Dropper Bottle

Quality Material Ensures Product Safety

We use high-quality materials in dropper bottles to ensure product safety and shelf life. These food-grade, BPA-free plastic or glass bottles offer superior defense for products against UV rays and various forms of damage.

What Types of Dropper Bottles We Offer?

We provide a variety of bottles made of various materials in response to the demands of the business.

Glass Dropper Bottle

Glass material provides a luxury appearance by improving product presentation. Because of its nonreactive properties, it is ideal for sensitive items. Our expertise lies in creating glass dropper bottles that feature an elegant look and are friendly to the environment. Glass’s best feature is that it makes a strong barrier against air and moisture and is chemically inert, keeping the product’s quality intact.

 

Plastic Dropper Bottle

Dropper bottles made of plastic are lightweight and simple to squeeze for use on the go and during vacation. Plastic is a strong, break-resistant substance. It’s secure, simple to use, and economical. We provide these plastic dropper bottles for several kinds of uses. Because of their adaptability, they are suitable for application in all industries.

 

Variety in Sizes to Meet Every Requirement

By keeping in mind the demand of each industry, we provide bottles of all sizes. The size we offer:

  • 10ML Dropper Bottle is ideal for travel kits, essential oils, and sample sizes. This size is small and lightweight, fitting easily into a purse or pocket.
  • A 20ML Dropper Bottle is a perfect option for large quantities. You can use it to store tinctures, concentrated solutions, and serums.
  • 30ML Dropper Bottle size is a perfect balance between capacity and portability. It is the most popular size for daily-use products like herbal extracts, facial oils, and medicinal drops.
  • 50ML Dropper Bottle is best for storing larger volumes of liquids like massage oils, hair oils, and tinctures in bulk.

Leak Proof Design with Precise Cap

We create a leakproof and strong seal to prevent leaks and spills. This makes our dropper bottles perfect for keeping your products mess-free and safe. Each bottle has a precise bottle cap that allows you to control an exact amount of liquid. This quality improves efficiency while reducing waste.

Customization Option for Brand Identity

Take advantage of our customization packaging offer and boost your brand’s identity. We offer all kinds of colors, sizes, and materials according to brand requirements. Get bottles that meet your brand standards and increase your brand identity and product appeal.

Why Choose Us

The Custom packaging has a good reputation in the packaging industry for providing quality services. Our packaging is a perfect blend of style, durability, and functionality. Order now to enhance your product line with premium quality dropper bottles.

Custom K Cups Boxes

Unparalleled Customization with Custom K Cups Boxes

With our wide range of customization options, you can choose any design and printing for your k cup boxes. If you want to increase your brand identity, it’s a great option that you can add to your brand you can add personalization to your k cup packaging boxes according to yourself.

Wholesale Opportunities at The Custom Packaging

We at the custom packaging offer bulk orders and the number of quantities according to your requirements in wholesale. We offer competitive prices and provide one of the best packaging that meets all the requirements of customers. When you order in bulk from wholesale it will provide you with the opportunity to save money.

High-Quality Printing

When it comes to packaging printing you don’t have to compromise on choosing high-quality printing for your packaging. We at Custom Packaging offer high-quality printing for k cup boxes that can highlight and pop your packaging design. We also offer embossing and debossing to provide your packaging with a more sophisticated touch.

Sturdy and Reliable K Cup Packaging

Our Custom K Cup Boxes are made up of corrugated cardboard which will provide durability to the coffee pods. It will also help to protect the coffee pots and it can help to ship your products smoothly. It will keep your product fresh and safe for a long time.

Brand Recognition and Awareness by the Custom Packaging Boxes

The world has changed, and marketing and branding are the key to brand recognition. We will help to provide you with the best packaging by which you can choose custom prints, logos, and fonts. It will help you to attract potential customers and will also leave a lasting impression.

Choose Convenience with Custom K Cup Boxes

You can choose convenience by adding custom k cup boxes. Your customers will enjoy their coffee without any problem. People want convenience and we are here to help you with that. We will provide you with packaging that is easy to use and convenient for the customers with high quality material. We understand our customers’ need and then work on it.

Air-Tight Containers

Preserving your coffee pods is essential for your brand to maintain freshness. Our custom K-cup boxes come with air-tight sealing. It will make sure to maintain the freshness of your coffee. Customers will enjoy high-quality coffee and it will help to build trust in your customers.

Boost your Sales by Custom K Cup Packaging

Adding Custom K Cup Boxes is one of the great decisions that you can make for your brand. We are here to provide you with the best packaging possible that can help boost your sales. It will also help to protect your product and maintain its quality product.

Our Services

We at The Custom Packaging provide the top grated Custom K Cup Boxes that can help you to differentiate your brand. We have an experienced team of graphic designer’s printers that will provide you with great services. Feel free to contact us for any query or place your orders.

Zip Seal Mylar Bags

We provide a variety of Mylar zipper bags to choose from. The variety is based on colors, prints, and shapes. You can choose the Mylar product bags of your choice.

Various Styles

The latest packaging techniques have made it possible to personalize Mylar bags per needs. You can take the packaging to the next level by designing distinctive Mylar packaging bags. We provide high-quality Mylar coffee bags, candy bags, herb bags, medicine bags, as well as spices bags. These bags are easy to customize in various forms.

For example, you can get Mylar stand-up pouches for spices, teas, wheat, rice, and dry fruits. Furthermore, flat Mylar bags are also available for herbs, spices, and many other items. You can also get Mylar bags with hangers to display your products in different stores. Other than that, we have Mylar window bags as well to provide transparency to your products. Whether you want Mylar packaging for food, cannabis, vitamins, coffee, or beans, we have bags to fit your packaging needs.

Size Selection

You are free to choose the size of custom Mylar zipper bags per your needs. You can get large Mylar bags to store a large number of food items. Furthermore, the thickness of Mylar food storage bags will be customized based on your order. The size of these bags depends on your needs. If you want to sell samples of your items, mini Mylar hanger bags are best for you. Other than that, you can get hangable zip seal Mylar bags for a variety of products. We design and manufacture these bags exactly per your desired specification. You can even get wholesale Mylar bags to run your business smoothly without facing a shortage of bags for a longer period.

High-End Printing

We have the latest digital and offset printing techniques to design custom-printed Mylar bags. These techniques can turn boring bags into premium Mylar bags. In a highly competitive marketplace, printed Mylar pouches are best to use. We use the latest printing techniques with fast turnarounds to ensure customer satisfaction. Printing makes it easy for you to describe your products. You can print the nutritional facts and expiry date of your products on custom Mylar packaging bags. You can contact us and we will manufacture the best quality printed zipper Mylar bags for your products.

Resealable Zipper

You can use manual zipper Mylar packaging to store your products. Moreover, easy-to-open Mylar bags can store your goods for a longer period. Furthermore, one can use these bags many times because of their durability. We provide customized Mylar pouches with resealable zipper mechanisms to provide convenience. Zip seal Mylar bags will keep your goods contained inside them. Your salt, pepper, and other food products will be safe inside zipper Mylar storage bags. The smoothing opening effect will provide a memorable experience to customers and they will love your packaging.

Most Convenient Packaging

You can just open the seal and put your products inside zipper Mylar packaging bags. They are best for storing and packaging food items. You can get a Mylar zipper bag with a window for a further enhanced appearance. This kind of design allows customers to have a quick look at the inside goods. Furthermore, the tight zipper seal will prevent food leakage and protect freshness. The aroma and taste of your food will be preserved in our durable Mylar packaging. We are now using the latest lamination techniques to color Mylar packaging bags per your orders. You can select the colors of these bags per your desires and we will give the best finished results.

Mylar Bags with Window

The custom packaging has Mylar bags with windows to store or display your food. These bags come in a variety of shapes, sizes, and styles to support every kind of food item.

Finest Materials

We use fine-quality materials to make Mylar bags for food storage. Heat, dust, pathogens, humidity, and even air can disturb the quality of food. Therefore, we use materials that are resistant to these factors. The quality materials make quality bags for food storage. Furthermore, we make sure that our bags are smell-proof. The original taste and aroma of your candies, favors, or spices will be safe inside our smell-proof Mylar bags. These bags are highly resistant to moisture because of their resistant coating. We can make bags of any shape and size to fulfill your packaging needs using these materials.

Clear Transparency

The custom-designed Mylar bags with window are best for packaging and selling things. These bags are primarily designed to fulfill food storage needs. Other than that, you can put your fresh food in bags containing a window to give customers a clear view of the quality of your food. You can also package herbs, spices, and other things in these bags. We provide smell-proof Mylar food bags to preserve the odor of your food items. Customers can observe the quality of your food by looking through the window.

Easy to Display

Stand-up Mylar pouches with windows are easy to display. You can place these bags on the shelves of stores. These bags look attractive because of their unique appearance. The easy-to-stand bottom of these bags makes them displayable in stores. You can put your candies, chocolates, or favors inside these bags and put them to display. Customers will look at the delicious food range you have to offer and get their desired items.

Keep Everything Fresh

We know that you want the best for your food products. Nobody wants cheap bags that can disturb the freshness of their food items. Therefore, we provide high-quality Mylar bags with window for food storage. You can select the thickness of these bags per your food needs. Furthermore, the highly resistant walls of these bags are protective against pathogens and insects. When you get Mylar food bags with windows, you not only give customers a glimpse of your food, but you are also showing the freshness of your food. That’s why we provide such Mylar food pouches that are highly protective against every sort of contamination. You can store pasta, beans, oats, rice, and even wheat inside these food bags.

Easy Customization

You can customize Mylar packaging bags per your needs. For that, we will provide you with high-end techniques. For example, you can print graphics, images, and other prints to design these bags. Customers will feel attracted to your items if you cut the window in unique patterns. We die-cut windows in creative shapes to design distinctive Mylar product bags. The choice of window cut also depends upon your target customers. To attract teenagers, you can cut artistic windows. Mylar window bags are therefore perfect to store and promote your food.

Business Promotion

Many brands get Mylar candy bags with heart shapes, hexagonal, butterflies, or some other shape windows to attract customers. Furthermore, we use innovative printing techniques to print your brand name and logo on these bags. Custom-printed Mylar bags with logos are best for business promotion. You can also print nutritional facts, beneficial features, and the expiry date of your food on these bags. Our expert designers can help in printing all these details in an impressive manner to attract customers.

Give Us a Call

If you want to know further about the miracles of custom-designed Mylar bags you can contact us at 888-851-0765. We design and manufacture these bags exactly per your specifications. Feel free to get the help of our experts in getting distinguishable Mylar pouches. You can also get these bags wholesale which will be shipped flat and securely to your doorstep.

Mylar Bags with Hanger

We always choose the best quality materials to make durable Mylar bags with hangers. These bags will easily showcase and promote your products. You can easily hang these bags in stores without fearing damage.

Reliable Packaging Solution

Whether you want to deliver or showcase your food products, custom Mylar bags with hangers are best to keep your products safe. You can package herbs, spices, or food items in these bags and hang them in stores. Customers passing by will look at the bags and get their required products. It’s not wrong to call these bags to display bags as well. Mylar display bags have the ability to showcase your goods in different retail stores. Other than Mylar food bags, many brands get these bags for herbs as well. Furthermore, wax beans are also stored in custom Mylar product bags. Each kind of Mylar pouch is made with reliable packaging materials to keep them in their best forms.

  • The oxygen absorber Mylar bags will keep sensitive herbs like seeds, herbal leaves, and food items as well safe from damage.
  • Heat-resistant Mylar bags are suitable for products that melt easily or leave their original order in heat.
  • Moisture-resistant Mylar bags will protect against humidity inside their strong walls.
  • These bags are tear and puncture resistant as well which makes them the best packaging solution

Easy to Carry

Personalized Mylar bags with hangers are easy to carry. Customers can just take off the bags from the counters and add them to the cart. Furthermore, you can also easily put your products in these bags and put them to display. You can package candies, beans, nuts, cashews, and many other products in these bags. Hangable Mylar bags are the choice of many brands because of their convenient structure. We will add a punch hole hanger on the top of these bags to make them more convenient.

Easy to Hang

The hanger of custom-designed Mylar bags makes them easy to hang. The hanger will hold the bag to display your products. You can add a window cut on the Mylar product bags to show transparency. This will make it more comfortable for customers to have a look at your goods.  Hanger the bags is comfortable for hanging products in different stores. You can add a hanger in custom Mylar packaging to easily display your goods.

Impressive Display

A bespoke Mylar bag with a custom hanger is the best packaging solution for your products. Furthermore, the lightweight of these bags makes them ideal for packaging products. When you add a hanger on custom-printed Mylar bags, it becomes easy for you to deliver your products. You can advertise your business by customizing Mylar pouches. Customized Mylar packaging has the ability to promote your business with style. You can add impressive graphics and fascinating colors with stylish fonts to make displayable Mylar bags. You can also keep your food safe from contamination and wastage will fully sealed Mylar food bags.

Versatile Printing Possibilities

The Custom Packaging has the latest printing techniques to design custom Mylar packaging. You can print the brand name and logo on the Mylar packaging bags per your business theme. We also give you the freedom to describe your products by printing custom Mylar bags. The flexible printing techniques will provide you with the best-printed bags. You can design distinguishable bags to win over your competitors. We have expert designers as well who can assist you in designing these bags. Printed Mylar product bags are best to promote your business in the competitive marketplace.

Custom Printed Mylar Bags

Mylar bags with logo are nowadays the most selling packaging items. That’s because customers never like non-printed bags. Therefore, we give our clients the freedom to design these bags the way they like.

High Resistance

Custom-printed Mylar product bags not only attract customers but are the ultimate packaging solution because of their high resistance. Many brands prefer to get these bags because they protect against various damage-causing factors. Durable and high-quality Mylar pouches are the choice of many brands. That’s why we make sure to provide our clients with the best Mylar packaging bags. The metallic aluminum layer of these bags protects against sunlight, dust, and oxygen. Our Mylar food storage bags are therefore perfect for packaging sensitive items.

Easily Sealable

Custom-printed Mylar bags are the best packaging solution for herbs, medicines, cartridges, and even medicines. You can also package edibles inside these bags. We provide bags that are easy to seal. Your customers can take out some quantity of food and then again seal food bags. Furthermore, many people like to eat candies or dry fruits from time to time. In that case, easy-to-seal Mylar pouches are the best options. These bags will keep candies, jellies, nuts, almonds, walnuts, and other confectioneries fresher for longer periods. You can also package and promote your spices inside these bags. Customers can take some of the salt, turmeric powder, pepper, or other spices, and seal them for later use.

Customizable

We have techniques to customize custom-printed Mylar pouches per your needs. You can decorate the shelves of your store with printed Mylar bags. You can design these bags with colorful printed and tempting graphics. The thickness of printed Mylar packaging bags is also modifiable per your needs. You can select the sizes of Mylar packaging pouches per your needs. If you want very small bags for chocolates, favors, or other items, they are also available. Large Mylar food bags are also available for your bulk orders. We have designers who can help you in designing attractive bags for your items.

Build Brand Image

Custom-printed Mylar bags help in building brand image. You can get Mylar pouches printed with the brand name and logo in this regard. These Mylar packaging pouches are perfect to promote any kind of business. In competitive industries, you have to face many rivals. Therefore, you should get high-quality bags containing vibrant colors, adorable pictures, and fonts, together with a brand name or logo to get your brand recognized. You can design these bags the way you like to represent your brand image. In fact, many brands use printed packaging bags as a source of advertisement. You can also do that by getting printed Mylar bags designed with the help of our experts.

What The Custom Packaging Has to Offer?

Design Support

We, at custom packaging, provide our clients with the support of our expert designers. They will suggest the best ideas to get impressive Mylar bags.

Customer Satisfaction

We value our client’s choices and preferences. It is their choice to select the design and we will deliver the final results. Many cannabis brands get these bags per their needs. One can print visual elements that show a better brand story.

Fast Delivery

We also try our best to deliver custom-designed Mylar bags in the quickest time. To avoid delayed deliveries, we follow a proper time frame to design and manufacture these bags. This will save the valuable time of our clients. You just need to call us and tell us your requirements to our experts. Once you are done with the order we will start our work to design the best bags for your business. Thus, feel free to contact us.

Reed Diffuser Packaging

If you are looking for customized packaging for the reed diffusers, The Custom Packaging is an ideal choice for getting customized reed diffuser packaging at the most affordable rates without compromising on the quality. We ensure the complete product safety of the reed diffusers by offering high-quality packaging in your desired packaging specifications.

Create unique product identity with customized packaging styles

Creating a unique identity of the product is mandatory to set the brand apart from the scores of competitors. For this purpose, we are offering innovative packaging styles from simple tuck end style to sophisticated seal-end style and appealing window style. The variety in the box styles for reed diffuser packaging will allow you to get the boxes customized in your desired style. We ensure whatever packaging style you choose for reed diffuser packaging is easy to carry and most importantly easy to open which will let your customers take out the reed sticks and diffuser jars effortlessly for usage. In addition to this, our professional designers will help you get the boxes inaccurate box dimensions that will not only fit the product perfectly but also ensures the protection of your glass reed diffusers from breakage and damage.

Get innumerable packaging material choices

Customers today are more likely to get attracted towards the packaging made with top-notch packaging materials. Considering this, we offer an extensive range of materials from durable cardboard to high-strength bux board and recyclable Kraft to help you get the boxes in your desired material. Our highly durable and long-lasting packaging material will provide maximum security to reed sticks and diffuser jars from any sort of damage that might occur during its display on the shelves or during transit. In addition to this, our high-quality material will protect the reed diffusers against external climatic influences and bacterial contamination that can affect the quality of the reed diffusers. We don’t restrict our customers with the choice of packaging material and get the boxes customized as per their demands.

Avail of the endless customization possibilities for customized reed diffuser packaging

Due to the widespread popularity of the different types of reed diffusers, reed diffuser brands are now in the race to make their brand prominent among the spectators. Our team greatly considers the importance of what custom-made packaging can do for your business and provide cost-effective customization options to our customers that surely attract the attention of the onlookers. From color to graphics, printing, and finishing, you can choose whatever suits the product best. On top of this, our expert designers are equipped with state-of-the-art printing techniques that give high-color results and provide a rich printed touch to your custom reed diffuser packaging. From our modern finishing techniques, you can choose your desired finishing application and get the boxes customized right according to your packaging demand. Regardless of the customization option you choose, our designers will meticulously create and design the wholesale reed diffuser packaging to surpass your expectations.

Custom Shipping Boxes

The custom-made shipping boxes provided by our company are made with highly durable packaging materials that provide safe shipping of the products to end customers. Irrespective of what package you are sending, our sturdy and heavy-duty shipping boxes have the ability to withstand the rigors and severity of shipping.

Get advantage of our endless style for shipping boxes

We offer a variety of packaging styles for shipping boxes to accommodate your shipping requirements. You can choose from different packaging styles such as folding cartons, rigid styles, telescope styles, shoulder styles, collapsible styles, and roll-end tuck box styles to fulfill your different mailing needs. We not only focus our attention on providing innumerable choices for packaging styles, but also we ensure we are offering the most secure, strong, and reliable shipping packaging boxes at the most economical prices to meet your packaging needs. Regardless of the style you choose for custom shipping boxes, these can be customized in your desired design and size to make them according to your demands.  We are offering unlimited customization choices without any limited restrictions to help our customers get the boxes just the way they want.

Providing guarantee protection to encased products

Our designer experts are providing customized shipping boxes made with top-notch packaging materials like corrugated, cardboard, and bux board which will ensure the safety of the product at a maximum level. Depending on the style you choose for the shipping boxes, we are also providing a range in stock thickness and strength level from 10pt to 28pt to help you choose as per your desired specification. Also, we provide custom-sized shipping boxes that will provide maximum protection to the encased product from all sorts of physical damage during transit and shipment. Moreover, we are extremely passionate about saving the environment from harmful ecological impacts by providing sustainable packaging choices that will retain your sustainable standards among environment-conscious customers. Offering eco-friendly and biodegradable shipping boxes will result in reducing a significant level of carbon footprint that will keep the environment safe from harmful packaging impacts.

Avail of our unique add-on customization facility for shipping boxes

Delivering complete satisfaction to our valuable customers is our primary concern. For this purpose, we are offering a unique add-on packaging facility such as the addition of inserts and foams made out of your preferred material that will absorb bumps, vibrations, and shocks that a product can possibly experience during shipment. The addition of this add-on facility will keep the product safe from physical damage and retains the product quality.

Get your orders confirmed now!

Our highly trained professional designers will give attention to detail to your every requirement concerning shipping boxes and get them made right according to your demand. Get creatively customized shipping boxes at wholesale prices to give cut-throat competition to your competitors. Want to place your order? Or need a sample? Request a quote now.

Custom Kraft Display Boxes

Design your own custom-made Kraft display boxes using various customizing services offered by The Custom Packaging. We provide error-free packaging services at cost-effective prices with free shipping to our customers all across the USA and Canada.

Design your own custom Kraft display boxes

You can draw the attention of potential customers in no time by exhibiting your entire range of products in custom-printed Kraft display boxes made by our company. The printed Kraft display boxes will increase the perceived value of your product in the eyes of the customers and make it more visually aesthetic. These brown Kraft display boxes are a perfect way to advertise your company as we let our customers design the logo of the company using striking color combinations and eye-catching fonts that will grab customers’ attention. Our professional designers will guide you regarding this printing concern.

Our material designers will design the Kraft boxes in any box style that you require. Our experts having years of design experience will help you choose the right style of display boxes for the product. Moreover, we can get your Custom Kraft Display Boxes made to your preferred dimensions. No matter what box size you require, our designer’s team will get it made for you. The unique design of the display boxes with necessary company details will itself do the marketing of your products. Join hands with our company to get your desired Kraft display boxes at wholesale rates.

The boxes made by our experts will give a strong competitive edge to your competitors in the market as we use high standards of digital and offset printing techniques to design the boxes. You can get any text, color, and image printed on the display boxes with your preferred printing technique. Also, if you have any creative ideas regarding the box designs, let them know our designers they will design the box according to your requirements. If you need any professional guidance in designing your own Custom Kraft Display Boxes, you can get our professional assistance without paying any charges.

Reach us out

The Custom Packaging has years of experience in serving our customers to the best abilities. Rely on us to get your brand noticed among the others by using our best customization services for designing your custom-made boxes. Reach us out through call or email to get your bulk or small orders made from us.

Small Counter Display Boxes

The Custom Packaging delivers high-quality small-sized display boxes with a range of customizing options to its customers with free shipping all across the USA and Canada. Make us your preference as we also provide wholesale boxes at affordable rates.

Grabbing customer’s attention with attractive display boxes

A good product presentation is an important part of offering your product to your targeted customers. A customer is first introduced to your company and then ultimately your product. We provide our customers with unique customization options to give a more creative look to their display boxes as per their demand. Our team of professional designers utilizes their expertise accordingly as they know how to captivate the eyes of customers. They play with different colors to give a unique look to the counter display boxes as color is the main influencing element to the customers. Regardless of the type of product you need to place in Small Counter Display Boxes, the flamboyant color combinations will impulsively get customers’ attention. Moreover, you can also give embossing and debossing effects on the display boxes to make them look more appealing.

Enticing customers with innovative designs

We offer our customers a wide range of material options to encase different products, we provide cardboard and Kraft material to provide protection to the product placed in the boxes. These materials have the ability to provide resistance against external environmental influences. Moreover, the double-layered walls of the display boxes will provide complete protection for the products from breakage. No matter what box style you require for display boxes, our designers will get it made for you. We deal in offering different styles of display boxes either a pop-up lid, vertical, or staircase.

Moreover, we also provide reliable finishing coats to make your Small Counter Display Boxes more likable to the customers. Our team makes sure to use high-quality CMYK and PMS techniques to give a more enhanced look to the display boxes. All these unique customizing options will make your brand stand out from all other competitors in the market. Moreover, the attractive appearance of the boxes will boost up the sales of your business.

For a consultation, you can contact our customer support team by making a call or sending an email. We tailor the boxes to perfection and strive to serve our best to our valuable customers while keeping in mind your packaging requirements.

Retail Display Boxes

Make your precious range of products stand out on the retail shelves by getting our exclusive customization services for designing custom-made retail display boxes in numerous colors, designs, and shapes.

Unlimited customization choices

A custom-made display box does more for your business as compared to plain boxes. A customized packaging box paves the way to draw more customers and enhances the perceived value of the customers. To give a more appealing look to Retail Display Boxes, The Custom Packaging offers a diverse range of customization options to our customers to design the boxes that suit their precise needs.

Selecting material

Our company offers a range of materials for custom retail boxes including durable cardboard, high-strength corrugated, and recyclable Kraft. Our material specialists will help you select the best material for the boxes that can hold both light and heavyweight products. We don’t bind our customers with limited material selection. The material selection is entirely up to the needs of the customers.

Selecting size and shape

No matter what shape and size you require for the custom retail boxes, our designers will get them made for you. Choosing the right size for your products will provide more protection to your products. A box that fits your products will also keep your product safe during transport. Moreover, you can save a significant amount of money by selecting the best size for the products. We serve in providing complete satisfaction to our valuable customers. Our expert designers will give their best to satisfy our customers.

Moreover, you can also acquire any design of the Retail Display Boxes from us. Whether you need counter display boxes, standup display boxes, countertop display boxes, or window display boxes, our designers will create the best box that caters to all your demands.

Designing the display boxes

The best way to attract more customers to your product is by choosing the right type of design. You can enhance the visual appeal of the boxes by designing them with attractive color combinations and bewitching graphics. The attractive graphics will make customers interested in your products. Moreover, it will also influence their buying decision. You can make the outer side of the boxes more glossy and gleaming by using gloss lamination. Also, you can give them a matte look by choosing the matte lamination for the boxes. You can contact our customer support team to know detailed information about the various types of finishing techniques we offer to our customers. Contact us to get your custom retail display boxes at affordable rates.

Printed Display Boxes

Choose from our diverse range of customizing services to design your boxes according to your requirements. The customized printed display boxes can be customized in any design, shape, color, and size as per your demand. For our customer’s ease, we provide free shipping services to them around Canada and the USA.

Custom printed display boxes according to your choice      

Showcasing the products in Printed Display Boxes is very important in terms of marketing your products. The display boxes for the exhibition of different products can be made in numerous shapes and sizes according to the requirements. Moreover, to impart a strong impact of your brand on customers, you can get the advantage of our wide material options for display boxes. We offer display boxes in different materials such as Kraft and cardstock. Both of these materials ensure the safety of the product placed within the display boxes. We assure you that whatever material you opt for the display boxes, provides maximum security to the product. The raised sidewalls of the display boxes will keep the products from damage. However, good quality material will reflect the standards of your brand to customers.

Printing the display boxes with necessary information regarding the product will greatly grab customers’ attention. You can win customer’s trust and credibility by printing the company’s information such as the logo and the name of the company on the boxes. The logo on the top of the boxes will help customers recognize your brand. You can either get your logo embossed or debossed to enhance the visual appeal of the boxes. Moreover, you can also apply spot UV for designing the logo. Whatever technique you choose for logo designing, our designers will create the best-customized display boxes.

Also, you can print various themes and designs on the boxes to attract customers’ eyes. The themes can be customized according to different occasions. Moreover, you can also print images regarding the nature of the product to engage more customers and give a more appealing outlook. Regardless of the printing design you choose, we use high-quality printing methods such as CMYK and PMS. The CMYK produces a vibrant print by using the combination of four main colors including Cyan, magenta, yellow, and Key. Contrastingly, the PMS technique uses one particular color to produce a masterpiece.

On request, we also provide 3D mockups to customers to let them know what they are getting. Email us or call us to get your Printed Display Boxes from the most reliable customizing platform at affordable prices.

Pharmaceutical Display Boxes

The Custom Packaging is also serving a huge contribution to the pharmaceutical sector. Regardless of the type of product you want to package in the display boxes. Our company is providing affordable customized medicine display boxes to present your different types of medicines.

Premium quality material stock

The packaging of the medicine product is very significant to retain the quality and to keep them from harsh external climatic factors. Moreover, it should provide protection to the product during its storage and transportation unless it is consumed. Keeping in view this requirement, our company is providing a wide range of materials for Pharmaceutical Display Boxes that provide complete protection to your medicines no matter what nature of the product you want to package. You can get the advantage of our cardboard display boxes in custom shapes and sizes according to your requirement. Whatever material you choose, you can vary the thickness level of the boxes ranging from 10pt to 28pt to provide more durability.

Moreover, we are also turning green for our packaging boxes which helps you grow your business at a fast pace. The green packaging we provide is 100% recyclable and reusable as we show our great concern for saving the environment from harmful packaging impacts.

Getting custom printed pharmaceutical display boxes

If you want to deliver the most professional look to your different medications. Our skilled experts can create custom printed display boxes for your medications. We opt to provide our customers with different printing facilities on custom-made display boxes. You can engage more audience in your products by imprinting your brand’s logo, name, product information, the direction of usage, benefits, expiry, and other important information regarding the product. Our competent designers will prepare 3D mockups for you and upon your approval and satisfaction the production process will begin and you can get your boxes delivered to your doorsteps. We make sure to use premium-quality printing tools and techniques for printing your Pharmaceutical Display Boxes.

Apart from the printing facility provided, we also offer customizations in the color, shape, and size of the boxes. You can choose any shape and size for the medicine display boxes that meet your requirements.

Place your orders with The Custom Packaging to get your printed display boxes with the necessary information printed on them. Contact us through a call or an email to confirm your orders. Our customer support team is standing by to answer all your queries.

Personal Care Counter Display Boxes

We make sure to sort out all your packaging concerns as we have a huge team of highly trained designers who will utilize their skill in creating high-quality boxes in customized shapes and sizes for their customers.

Branding with our customized counter display boxes

If the product is presented in a great manner and is visible to the customers there are the chances of an increased number of sales. Branding with the counter display boxes at the countertop for your personal care products is the best way to increase the sales graph of your business. We offer our customers the best ways to for the effective branding of your products. You can customize the logo and the name of your brand in various font styles and colors to grab customer’s attention. Moreover, you can also opt for the best finishing techniques provided by us for designing the logo of your company. We provide the option of embossing, debossing, spot UV, and raised ink. The choice of the finishing technique is entirely up to the needs of the customers. The use of all of these techniques will enhance the visual appeal of your Personal Care Counter Display Boxes. The customers will ultimately grab the sight of your product boxes when they will be making a purchase.

Choosing the finest quality material

Our cardboard and Kraft material counter display boxes provide total protection to your products from breakage, cracking, damages, and other external climatic influence. The high strength and durability of these display boxes will help you achieve customer loyalty to your brand. Both these materials provide a quality surface for printing and designing. The easy customization of these material boxes has made them gain popularity. Moreover, we make sure that whatever material you choose is completely reusable and recyclable.

Customizing as per your demand

You can also print striking and appealing images related to your personal care product on Personal Care Counter Display Boxes. You can also add various inserts in the counter display boxes to showcase your multiple ranges of personal care products in the boxes. The color of the display boxes can be customized as per your requirement. You can give a minimal appearance by giving them a light solid color, or you can also print heavily detailed images on the boxes that give them an appealing and attractive look. Contact us through an email or call us to get the detailed information regarding our services. Our company is striving hard to serve its best to its customers.

Hot Dog Boxes

The Custom Packaging is also delivering its services to the food industry by offering premium quality customizable packaging boxes at affordable prices. To deliver a strong impact of your hot dog brand in the market, you can get these boxes in various designs and styles to tempt more customers to your product.

Providing safe and secure packaging

To make a long-lasting impression of your brand among your customers, you can get the advantage of the diverse varieties of packaging materials we offer. You can select between cardboard and Kraft material for the packaging of the hot dogs. The cardboard material provided by our company for your food packaging product will provide more strength and durability and keep the product safe. Moreover, you can also pick Kraft material for the packaging of the hot dogs. Regardless of the type of material you choose for Hot Dog Boxes, it will preserve their quality, and taste and also retains the tenderness of the sausages for a long time. The quality material provided by us can also be kept in the freezers for storage purposes which keeps your food item safe and secure without losing its freshness.

Above all, we also show our contribution to the environment by offering bio-degradable and eco-friendly packaging solutions that depict the positive image of your brand in the market. The premium quality materials for the sausage boxes also have the ability to recycle into new boxes leaving behind little to no packaging impact on the environment.

Tempting hot dog lovers with customized hot dog boxes

Regardless of what requirements you are requiring for your custom-made food item boxes, we provide the boxes in different colors, sizes, shapes, and designs to cater to all your precise needs. By using our advanced printing techniques, you can maximize the visual appeal of your hot dogs by printing tempting product images to entice more customers. Moreover, you can also make your product distinct from other brands by mentioning necessary information regarding the products such as ingredients, steps to cook, calorie details, and expiry date to make your customers well-informed of everything you offer.

In addition, you also have the option to add die-cuts on the Hot Dog Boxes to make a distinction among your competitors. These boxes can be tailored-made according to your requirements to meet all your needs.

Hire us!

Our designer’s team will put their great efforts into designing your custom-made boxes in the most creative manner. Hire our company for creating customized boxes to bring your sales to another level. Contact us through the call or send us an email to get your orders booked from our company.

Health Counter Display Boxes

The custom health counter display boxes provided by us will enhance the appeal of the products placed on the countertop of the retail stores. We offer the finest quality boxes in varying colors, shapes, and sizes at a reasonable price to our valuable customers.

Customizing features enhance the appeal of your products

The Health Counter Display Boxes are an ideal solution to keep your products within reach of the customers at display shelves and countertops. Our company provides an array of customizing options ranging from materials, shapes, sizes, colors, and designs for effective marketing and selling of the products. Our material experts will help you choose the best material for your boxes. You can choose from cardboard, Kraft, and corrugated material for the display boxes. All of these materials are highly durable and have high strength that keeps the product safe from damage. In addition to providing high strength, these material boxes are a highly cost-effective packaging solution to showcase your wide range of products.

You can also opt for different styles of counter display boxes to make your product prominent to the customers. You can select display boxes with lids to print your brand name, logo, and product description on the boxes to engage more audience with your product.

Make your box look eye-popping by choosing our flamboyant color schemes to imprint your desired color on the boxes to make them look more attractive. You can also pick from our diverse range of finishing techniques such as glossing, coating, lamination, spot UV, and foiling to give a more exclusive look to your counter display boxes. You can also share your ideas for box design with our highly-trained experts. They will utilize their expertise and creative ideas to give the best professional outlook to your boxes.

You also have the option to add special inserts or partitions in your counter display boxes to hold a wide range of products in one box without mixing up. Moreover, you can also customize the Health Counter Display Boxes in multiple sizes and shapes according to your requirements.

Choose us to get your orders done

The Custom Packaging is the best box customizing platform that offers vast customization services to its customers. We also provide wholesale rates if you want your orders in bulk quantity. Choose us to avail the best services from our company. We also provide free shipping services to our customers all around the USA and Canada.

Custom Wrist Watch Boxes

Our company is a perfect pick to cater to all your customization requirements for your wrist watch boxes. The professional customized box designers at our company will utilize high-quality customizing techniques for box designing to represent your watch brand in the best manner.

Follow these four simple steps to get your desired wrist watch box

Selecting your preferred watch box

Most watch brands spend a large chunk of investment in packaging to make their watches look more luxurious when packed in high-quality boxes. Do you want the sales of your watch brand to increase to larger digits? Encase your luxury watches in our high-quality material boxes that give more strength and protect your watches from stretches. Our material specialists will help you choose the best box material for a watch box either cardboard or rigid material. The use of both of these materials will increase the sales of your brand as the customers are more likely to buy the product that is encased in high-quality packaging. Moreover, we also offer our customers to choose from a variety of different box styles to cater to their different demands.

Selecting your preferred customization options

Make the first sight of your Custom Wrist Watch Boxes more impressive by placing the watches into the best-customized box. Reflect the true standards of your watch brand to the audience by creatively embossing or debossing your brand name and logo on the custom-made boxes. Our highly-skilled professionals add details to your boxes by using up-to-date digital and offset printing techniques according to your requirement. Moreover, you can make customers hold on to your product by giving vibrant colors to the boxes. The vibrant colors will add more attraction to the wristwatch boxes.

Apart from the color selection, you can also choose from a wide array of finishing options to give a more detailed and refined look to your custom watch boxes.

Inserting various add-ons

We also offer our customers to customize their watch boxes by adding a window cut covered with a PVC sheet. The addition of the windows will help customers see the product through the provided window and helps them make a purchase. Moreover, you also have the option to add various inserts in the Custom Wrist Watch Boxes if you want to keep more than one watch in the box. The inserts will keep each of the watches in their place and also prevents them from damage.

Place your order

Acquire the best customization services from The Custom Packaging at very affordable prices. We provide free shipping to our customers all around Canada and the USA. Call us or send us an email to get your orders booked from our company.

Custom Wrap Boxes

No matter for what purpose you require wrap boxes either for gifting, product presentation, or food packaging, The Custom Packaging provides a number of customizing possibilities to design your ideal wrap box that fulfills all your necessities.

Our premium printing services

Our company offers high-quality printing services to our customers at very reasonable prices. You can opt for any of the printing techniques either digital or offset. With our diverse printing techniques, you can print striking images, vibrant colors, and eye-catching content to capture the interest of your clients. Moreover, you can print any theme or a design pattern on the customized wrap boxes that make your boxes look more attractive and appealing. We make sure that whatever printing technique you choose, we will create the best-printed wrap boxes as per your requirements.

Giving innovative color schemes to the customized boxes

The color plays an important role in capturing the audience’s attention. With our advanced PMS and CMYK coloring model techniques, you can give any desired color to the Custom Wrap Boxes. You can print your brand’s logo in any desired color to grab your customer’s interest. The striking color of your logo will make your boxes stand out from your competitors.

Matchless range of add-ons

We also provide an endless range of add-ons to our customers that give a more splendid outlook to their products. You can also add a window cut on the customized boxes to tempt more customers with your product. The window cut can be customized in any shape and size to suit your requirements. On top of that, we also provide unlimited finishing touches to give a more magnificent look to your custom-made boxes.

You are also provided with a 3D mockup sample of your product that lets you know what end product you are getting. The manufacturing process for the boxes will begin upon your consent and satisfaction. Our team of designer strives hard to fulfill your packaging requirements to the fullest.

Offering wholesale wrap boxes to our clients  

If you require Custom Wrap Boxes in bulk quantity for your business, we offer wholesale wrap boxes to our valuable customers at very economical prices. The boxes we offer are made out of sturdy and durable material that provides total protection and safety to the product packaged within the box. We provide wholesale customized wrap boxes to our customers at their doorsteps without any shipping cost all around Canada and the USA.

Custom Window Soap Boxes

We at The Custom Packaging offer customers a pool of customizing options including material, shape, size, color, prints, and designs to create soap boxes that provide a more appealing outlook.

High-quality material selection

A customer perceives the standard of the brand with its high-quality packaging. We make your customization dream come true by offering a plethora of material choices including durable cardstock, high-strength bux board, and eco-friendly Kraft. No matter what material you choose for the window soap boxes, our team will utilize their skill in creating the best packaging box for the soaps. We make sure to provide our customers with high-quality material that retains the quality of the product packaged inside the box.

Size and shape selection

We also provide our customers an ease of choosing their desired shape and size as per their requirements. Regardless of the box shape and size you choose for Custom Window Soap Boxes, our designer’s team will create a perfectly-designed box that caters to all your precise needs.

Top-quality printing techniques

We offer advanced digital printing techniques with a combination of PMS and CMYK techniques at affordable prices to fulfill all your printing requirements. The choice of the printing technique is entirely up to the customer’s need. We don’t bound our customers with limited printing restrictions. You can print the artistic logo, eye-catching graphics, product information, and vibrant colors on the custom soap boxes to engage more customers with your product.

Attracting customers with unique designs

The windows on the soap boxes can be customized in various sizes and shapes according to your requirement. The windows can be made in circular, rectangular, and triangular shapes, etc. according to the customer’s demand. Moreover, you can give a finished outlook to your product by choosing from our wide variety of finishing options such as foiling, embossing, lamination, glossing, coating, spot UV, and raised ink. All of these finishing options will enhance the external appearance of the Custom Window Soap Boxes and set them apart from all other competitors.

Contact us to book your orders

The Custom Packaging is providing the best custom-made boxes to its customers to help them achieve their marketing goals. Get your customized boxes delivered at your doorsteps by availing our free shipping services all across the USA and Canada. Call us now or drop us an email to get on board with The Custom Packaging.

Custom White Boxes

The white packaging boxes made by our company are the best solution for fulfilling your different needs either for presenting, gifting, or displaying. Our team will modify the boxes that cater exactly to your precise needs. Call us to make your orders confirmed from the most reliable packaging platform.

Offering different varieties of white boxes

We are offering an extensive range of white boxes to fulfill your different needs either storing, shipping, presentation, display, gifting, etc. Whatever your need is, our designers will create the best-customized boxes of your choice. We provide white boxes in different materials that include Kraft, corrugated, and cardboard. All these materials serve different purposes to cater to your different needs. For instance, white Kraft material has the ability to recycle and provides maximum protection to the packaged product from external damage. Most companies prefer the use of white recyclable Kraft to impart their good image to customers.

If you require shipping of your products around different parts of the world then our white corrugated boxes are a perfect choice. The multi-layered walls of the corrugated boxes will keep your product from damage during transport. We also provide white cardboard boxes that can be used to showcase your products in an elegant manner. The high-strength nature of this material will keep your fragile products from breakage and provides more protection to the products.

Customizing white boxes in different colors, sizes, and designs

The white color of these boxes will reduce the color printing cost as its color delivers more elegance. You also have the option of printing these Custom White Boxes in different colors according to your requirements. You can customize different design patterns on the boxes with a white base that provides a more elegant outlook to your products. Moreover, you can also print the logo and name of your brand on the boxes to increase brand awareness in the market. The logo on the customized boxes will not only increase your brand’s visibility but also drives more sales for your company. The logo on the boxes can be enhanced by using foiling, embossing, debossing, and spot UV technique.

We are offering different styles of white boxes for packaging your different types of products. We offer gable style, sleeve style, handle style, pillow box, etc. You can also avail the option of adding a window or die-cut windows in different shapes and sizes according to your requirement.

We can customize the Custom White Boxes according to your requirement. Make us your choice as we offer the best customization services to our customers at the lowest prices. We also provide free shipment to our valuable customers for their convenience.

Custom Wedding Card Boxes

Make your wedding invitation cards more special and hooks the guest’s attention by presenting them in customized wedding invitation boxes entirely customized according to your requirements.

Making the first good impression

It is very important to maintain your first good impression on your guests by presenting your invitation cards in exclusively designed high-quality boxes that will ultimately convince them in joining your big day. We make sure to provide protection to your wedding invitation cards by presenting them in high-quality boxes. Our high-quality cardboard material boxes are a perfect pick to provide protection to your invitation cards if they require shipping to different parts of the world. The cardboard material is rigid in nature and prevents the folding and crumpling of your wedding cards. The wedding card boxes made out of cardboard material has the ability to resist moisture and provide complete protection.

Other than the cardboard material, we also provide Kraft material for Custom Wedding Card Boxes. We leave the choice of material selection entirely up to you. Both these materials are cost-effective and will save your manufacturing cost. Moreover, these materials boxes are easily customizable into different sizes and shapes according to your requirements. The unique appearance of the wedding invitation boxes will greatly hook the attention of your guests.

Custom-printed wedding card boxes

Customizing the wedding invitation boxes is the most fun. You can customize the boxes in any shape, size, and color along with the best printing and finishing techniques according to your requirements. You can make it more appealing by giving attractive themes to the boxes that have been set for your wedding day. Moreover, you can enhance the visual aesthetics of the wedding invitation boxes by mentioning the important details with the help of embossing, debossing, spot UV, raised ink, and foiling. All of these techniques will enhance the appearance of the wedding cards.

Moreover, you can also attract your card readers with attractive and striking fonts that capture their interest. To give a more appealing look, you can also print the photos of the bride and the groom on the Custom Wedding Card Boxes. Whatever printing design you choose for the wedding invitation boxes, our designers will create the boxes using high-quality printing techniques.

You also have the option to decorate your card boxes with fancy lace, ribbon, bows, and other embellishments to make your invitation card boxes more attractive and appealing to the guests.

Custom Two Piece Boxes

Get your two piece boxes made from The Custom Packaging in varying styles, shapes, colors, and sizes according to the nature of your product. Considering all your packaging needs, our company is the ultimate solution for all your custom packaging requirements.

Flaunt your product by packaging it into custom two piece boxes

Regardless of the type and nature of the product, you wish to encase in two-piece boxes, these boxes will provide enough protection to the product as its lid firmly fixes over the box base on all sides that prevents the products from breaking. We offer Custom Two Piece Boxes to different industries to showcase their products in the best possible manner. Moreover, you can also customize the lid of the boxes in different colors and printing patterns to provide a high-end look. You can achieve your customer’s loyalty and increase the perceived value by embossing your logo on the custom boxes. The logo in a unique-styled font will ultimately capture the customer’s attention.

Moreover, you can also complement the color of the lid with the base of the box to give it an extraordinary appearance. The eye-catching color combinations made by our professional designers will surely receive immense appreciation.

Enhancing the visual aesthetics by adding inserts and windows

Apart from providing protection to the products, these boxes are also utilized by many brands for promotional purposes. The brands are sending their products in two-piece boxes to influencers for the ultimate promotion of their product and brand. With their unique outlook, these boxes are the ideal solution to create brand awareness among customers. You can make your two-piece box distinguished from the competitors by adding Kraft paper inserts in the boxes. The Kraft material will keep the product in its place and provides the most elegant product appearance.

We also provide our customers the option of adding a window cut to the top lid of the box. The windows are the best ways to provide a clear view of the product convincing the customers to make a rapid purchase through the window cut. The window cuts can be tailored in various shapes and sizes as per the requirements of the customers. Also, you can give a ribbon closure to the Custom Two Piece Boxes to give a splendid unboxing experience to customers.

Get in touch with our team through call or email to get your orders done from the most reliable and well-known custom packaging platform.

Custom Tulip Boxes

Our company provides custom-made tulip boxes with your desired customizing preference at affordable prices. We make sure to produce the most durable packaging boxes that keep your product safe from damage during transportation.

Making your brand impression with customized tulip boxes

The brands are acquiring new ways to attract their customers with innovative packaging solutions. The tulip boxes are popular in demand as it provides a magnificent unboxing experience that leaves an ever-lasting impression on the minds of the customers. We help our customers to grow their businesses by providing them with custom-printed tulip boxes. The unique printing designs offered by us retain the customer’s interest in your product. Moreover, we also provide our customers with advanced offset and digital printing techniques to leave a lasting impression on the customers.

You can also incorporate your brand’s name, logo, and tagline in striking fonts and colors to capture the audience’s attention. You can also play with different colors to give a unique color combination to the custom-made boxes. Our expert design team will analyze all your printing requirements and offers you the most appropriate printing designs for Custom Tulip Boxes. Moreover, if you have your own exclusive creative idea for the box design, make sure to let it know to our designers and they will transform the box as per your demand.

Going green for the packaging

Our company is very concerned about delivering a positive packaging impact on the environment. Most customers require green packaging for their product packaging in order to maintain their brand standards. Keeping in view the needs of the customers, we have turned green for the packaging solutions. We make sure that whatever material you choose for the packaging provides the least packaging impact on the environment and is 100% recyclable. We help you save your money by adopting green packaging as it is the most cost-effective solution to fulfill all your packaging requirements. Since we are striving hard to lessen the production cost, we achieve positive results from the customers.

Why choose The Custom Packaging?

The Custom Packaging is the most reliable packaging platform to fulfill all your custom packaging requirements. You can get your small or bulk orders made from us without any hassle. Our team of professional designers will create the best Custom Tulip Boxes by choosing your preferred customizing options.

Custom Tuck Boxes

If you are in search of the best custom box manufacturer, The Custom Packaging is the best solution for your packaging needs. We provide tuck boxes in diverse customized shapes, sizes, colors, designs, and patterns according to your requirements. Our highly-skilled professionals will create the best box of your choice as per your demand.

Adding value to the packaging boxes with printing

To give a more sophisticated and distinguished outlook to your box, printing it with captivating designs and bewitching themes is a great option. The printing allows you to effectively promote your brand’s message to the customers. To create brand awareness among the customers, you can print the logo and the name of your company in striking fonts that will greatly grab the customer’s attention. We offer advanced printing procedures to our customers that include CMYK and PMS. The CMYK is a four-color HD printing technique. On the other hand, the PMS technique creates a color theme by using one particular shade.

Moreover, you can also customize the Custom Tuck Boxes in various themes and design patterns according to your preference. Giving the right color to the tuck boxes can greatly influence the customer’s purchase decision. Moreover, the unique color of the tuck boxes will bring light to your product in the market. The iconic color of the boxes will make your brand recognizable among other competitors.

Enhancing the box appeal with various add-ons

We provide our customers with unique and attractive add-ons to surpass their competitors. For instance, you can also avail the option of adding a custom-made window cut. The window cut can be made in different sizes and shapes as per your choice. Moreover, you can also cover these windows with a plain sheet of PVC to keep the inside product from damage. You can also opt for the best finishing technique out of the diverse techniques provided by us. The use of embossing, spot UV, aqueous coating, matte lamination, and gloss lamination techniques will give a rich outlook to the boxes.

We also provide physical samples of the Custom Tuck Boxes to the customers before commencing the final production process. Our team of professional designers will provide you with unlimited customizing options for the box designs that will surely make your box stand out in the market. To book your orders, you can either make us a call or drop us an email.

Custom Sweet Gift Boxes

Get a chance to advertise your bakery business in an appealing way by offering your customers high-quality gift boxes for sweets made from our company to make your own distinction in the market.

Best customized sweet gift boxes

Our company is providing impeccable gift boxes for sweets to our customers who are very enthusiastic about sending and giving gifts to their loved ones. Our team of in-house designers will use their years of experience in designing the best gift boxes in the most artistic ways. Keeping in view all the essentialities of Custom Sweet Gift Boxes, they are designed by utilizing the best quality material for the sweet gift boxes that ensure the safety of the sweets when transported to far distant places. Our high-quality material will not only ensure product safety but also maintain its freshness and quality during transit. For more protection and well-organized protection, you also have the option to add various inserts in the boxes. The inserts will keep each of the products in their place and also maintain their appearance. Moreover, it will also the product safe during transport.

Opting for the best customization option for enhancing the appeal

Designing the most attractive and impressive gift boxes for sweets requires professional skills. The designers at our company will make your gift boxes look more attractive by choosing multiple customization options for designing. You can customize the shape and size of the boxes as per your demand. No matter what box shape you require either heart, circle, rectangular, or any other, our team will get it made for you as per your demand. Also, you have an option of adding a window cut to the gift boxes to tempt the taste buds of your loved ones.

Also, we offer a wide range of box designs for gift boxes including gable style, pillow style, die-cut style, sleeve style, or tuck end style. The choice of the best box design is entirely yours. Whatever your choice is, let it know to our designers. The final step is to choose the best-suited finishing option according to your requirement to enhance the visual appeal of the gift boxes. Moreover, you can also add various add-ons such as bows, ribbons, and other embellishments to give a more attractive look to Custom Sweet Gift Boxes.

Reach us out

Get your sweet gift boxes delivered to your doorsteps with our free shipping services all around the USA and Canada. Book your orders by calling us or by sending us an email. We also offer wholesale prices to our valuable customers.

Custom Suitcase Boxes

We make sure that the customized suitcase boxes we made are distinctive in style and design and are made with the best quality material that ensures the safety of all your belongings. Our designers having years of experience will create high-quality boxes and will provide error-free packaging services to our customers.

Top-quality material suitcase boxes

Our company provides high-quality material for suitcase boxes to impress our customers. We offer durable cardboard, Kraft, and corrugated material for creating your suitcase boxes. Although the cardboard material is lightweight still it can store and carry all your heavy stuff regardless of its nature in a well-organized form. We don’t limit your material requirements you can get the Custom Suitcase Boxes in any preferred material. The materials we provide have the ability to withstand any damage and external pressure. Moreover, we don’t compromise on the quality of the boxes and create the boxes out of your preferred material in customizable shapes and sizes.

Our material specialists will help you choose the best material that accommodates your all particular necessities. We aim to provide the most suitable product for you that serves all your purposes and concerns.

Customizing the best suitcase box as per your desires

We offer a number of customization services with which you can transform your dream ideas into reality. Our designers will create the most stylish boxes for you that will greatly capture the interest of the onlookers. Customizing the suitcase boxes is really fun. You can customize the suitcase boxes in any shape, size, and color according to your requirements.

If you own a business that deals with selling suitcase boxes to customers, you can customize the best color schemes in accordance with the themes of your brand to make your brand recognized among the audience. Moreover, to convey credibility and trust, you can imprint your brand’s logo and name on the Custom Suitcase Boxes to make a strong impression on customers. To give a more splendid outlook, you can either emboss or deboss your logo to amaze your customers.

For easy carrying, you have the option of adding sturdy handles that let your customers carry the boxes easily. Moreover, you can also add partitions and inserts in the suitcase boxes that keep each of your stuff and belongings in sorted way. The size of the suitcase boxes can be varied according to your requirements.

Drop us a line

Reach our customer support department by making us a call or by sending us an email. Our team will get back to you as soon as possible. We also provide free shipping services across the USA and Canada to our valuable customers. Get your order booked now!

Custom Spot UV boxes

If your brand needs to launch and sell any product, then the custom-made boxes provided by our company are the best solution to cater to all your packaging needs. Order us to get your customized spot UV boxes in your desired shape and size at reasonable prices.

Getting the best design as per your demand

We provide freedom to our customers to choose the best material of their own preference. We provide eco-friendly material for the box packaging that can be reused over and over again without causing any harmful impact on the surroundings. You can choose any material for the boxes either cardboard or Kraft according to your preference. You can acquire the spot UV boxes in different shapes, patterns, colors, and designs according to the nature of your product.

You can adapt any style for the spot UV boxes either a straight tuck end style or a gable style. We leave it to your choice. You also have the option to add a die-cut window to the customized spot UV boxes. These windows will enhance the visual appeal of the boxes and provide a splendid outlook. You also have the option to add multiple add-ons such as embossing, debossing, ribbons, bows, etc. to make your boxes worth looking at. The additional finishing techniques will shield your Custom Spot UV Boxes from dirt, water, and scratches. We also provide a 3D sample of the packaging box to our customers. Upon approval of the design, we initiate the production process. We believe in going beyond ways to satisfy our valued customers.

Our highly trained professionals will maintain the quality and high standards of the custom-made packaging boxes. You can also tell your creative ideas to our professional designers to create your customized boxes. Moreover, you can also seek guidance from our expert designers to create your own custom-made box without additional charges.

Order Now!

Our expert designers will deliver the best quality and design according to your requirements. We make sure to satisfy our customer’s needs to the fullest. We promise to deliver our exclusive packaging services all around the USA and Canada with free shipping. You can also get your bulk orders at wholesale prices. Get your Custom Spot UV Boxes made from The Custom Packaging by contacting us through call or email.

Custom Sports Boxes

Don’t risk your business by choosing the wrong packaging for your sports products. The Custom Packaging is offering customized boxes in multiple shapes, sizes, and colors to cater to all your needs. We have years of experience in providing the best-customized boxes to our valuable customers that will uplift the reputation of your sports brand.

Brand promotion with customized sports boxes

In this competitive market, there are a number of sports brand that deals with selling sporting accessories to customers to gain profit for their business. All the famous sports brands have become the favorite of sportsmen due to the quality product packaging they offer to their customers. To compete to their level and to make your sports brand popular among sports lovers, you have to choose well-designed and high-quality packaging for your products. Quality packaging will promote your brand among customers. For effective brand promotion, you can emboss or deboss the logo of your brand on customized boxes to make a prominent impression on customers.

Printing the logo of your brand on the custom sports boxes will help customers identify your brand among the competitors. The quality material we offer for packaging boxes will enhance the perceived value of your brand in the eyes of customers. Regardless of the type of materials you choose for sports goods packaging, it will provide maximum protection to your products. However, our team aims to provide high-strength materials for your product packaging that will surely enhance your brand reputation in the market.

Adding details to draw more customer’s attention

Our company is providing an extensive range of customized packaging boxes to package all sorts of sports products including sports balls, sports caps, sports helmets, and sports pouch belts, etc. Let your sports boxes stand apart from your competitors by creating printed sports boxes that will provoke a desire in sports enthusiasts to buy more products. You can print attractive graphics with the necessary information to make your audience engaged in your products. Moreover, you can also print the tagline of your brand on the sports boxes to make it more eye-catching to sports lovers. You can also choose from our vast range of finishing techniques to enhance the visual appeal of the custom sports boxes.

Customized sports boxes at wholesale

We also provide wholesale prices to our customers if they want to get their orders in bulk quantities. Flaunt your wide range of sports products in our custom-made boxes among your customers. We deliver your boxes at your doorsteps with no shipping costs everywhere around the USA and Canada.

Custom Silver Foiling Boxes

Find the most durable custom-made silver foil boxes in your preferred shape, size, and color at the lowest market rate at The Custom Packaging.

Increasing sales with attracting box designs

What will make your box stand out from the competitors? The appearance of the boxes is the main element that greatly captures the attention of customers. Our company considers the importance of giving attention to details while designing the custom-made boxes of your preference. The magnificent outlook will ultimately boost the sales of your product by allowing you to showcase your packaging in the most attractive manner. Moreover, your brand reputation will be enhanced which will lead to an increased perceived value of your product.

Cost-effective and eco-friendly packaging solution

We provide the most cost-effective material for Custom Silver Foiling Boxes. The cardboard material is known in the packaging industry due to its reliable quality. We consider the use of cardboard material for silver packaging boxes as it has the potential to follow the 3R principle (Reduce, Reuse, and Recycle). Due to its distinct specialty, the production cost of this material for packaging boxes is comparatively less than the other materials. The recycling ability of cardboard has made them the eco-friendly packaging solution that has the least packaging impact on the environment.

The diverse box customization choices

The Custom Packaging offers a wide range of customization options to its valuable customers. Without any limited restrictions, you can freely customize the material, material thickness level, shape, size, color, and design. The material stock can range from 10pt to 28pt according to your requirements. You can also give your preferred size to the custom-made boxes. The silver foiling boxes can be made in any box style either a gable box, window box, pillow box, pyramid box, etc. Whatever box design you choose, we ensure to produce high-quality boxes as per your requirement.

To give a more refined and magnificent outlook to the Custom Silver Foiling Boxes, we provide spot UV, gloss lamination, matte lamination, and aqueous coating finishing techniques as per your taste and demand. The unique finishing options made on the customized wholesale silver foiling boxes will ultimately draw the customer’s attention.

Place your order

Our company promises to serve our customers with the best customization services at very affordable prices. Get a chance to avail our exceptional services at the lowest price. Our customer support team is available 24/7 to give you a detailed response. Get in touch with us either through a call or by dropping us an email.

Custom Shampoo Boxes

Make your shampoo packaging boxes stand out on the store shelves by getting the most aesthetically appealing shampoo packaging boxes from The Custom Packaging. No matter whatever your packaging requirements are, our highly trained professionals will get them made for you in the most innovative and creative manner.

Boost your business with customized packaging for shampoo

Bring your business to the limelight by customizing your custom shampoo boxes in such a way that it does the marketing and branding of your brand. You can customize the shampoo packaging boxes in unique colors, sizes, and shapes that make your brand stand out from the competitors. You can achieve your customer’s loyalty by effectively printing your product and brand information that makes them engaged with your product. With the printing of necessary information on the boxes, customers will not have to look for their requirements in other brand’s products. This way you can increase the sales of your brand by letting them know you have all the necessities they require.

The Custom Shampoo Boxes will not only enhance the perceived value of your product but also helps in boosting your business with an increased number of sales.

Quality assurance for shampoo packaging boxes

Delivering the best quality boxes to our customers is our primary concern. We provide the most durable packaging materials to our customers that ensure the safety of their products. We offer recyclable Kraft and cardboard material with varying stock thickness levels. The thickness level of the material is made according to your requirements. The high-quality packaging material will bring the sales of your company to another level. Our material designers will help you choose the right dimension, material, and style according to your product.

Additional add-on options for shampoo boxes

You can also get the advantage of our different add-on features that makes your box look more attractive. We offer embossing, spot UV, aqueous coating, and lamination, etc. to add a more charismatic look to your Custom Shampoo Boxes. You also have the option of adding a window cut in different shapes and sizes that let customers smell the fragrance of the shampoos. Moreover, the addition of windows will help them make a rapid purchase decision.

Place your orders

Place your packaging boxes order from our company at wholesale rates by calling us or by sending us an email. We also deal in providing bulk orders for your retail business.

Custom Shampoo Bar Boxes

Our company is delivering the best quality soap bar boxes to our customers with customizable shapes, sizes, and colors according to our customer’s precise needs. The attractive packaging boxes made by our designers will distinguish your brand from the competitors.

High-quality shampoo bar boxes with matchless printing

Promoting the product in an effective manner is quite a nerve-wracking task, but once done in an effective manner it does wonders for your business. Our company is very concerned about delivering the best quality boxes to our customers. We make sure that whatever material you choose for the shampoo bar boxes keeps the product from external environmental factors. We offer a wide range of materials including cardboard and Kraft for Custom Shampoo Bar Boxes. We assure you that whatever material you choose for the product packaging boxes provides maximum protection for the product. Moreover, it also preserves the quality of the shampoo bars. Our corrugated material is the best pick if you require shipping of your products to far distant locations.

Regardless of the type of material you choose for the packaging boxes, we provide materials that are easily customizable in various colors and printing patterns. The designers in our company will make use of our unmatched printing techniques to create the best printing designs on the shampoo bar boxes. You can print attractive images, eye-catching texts, and necessary information regarding the product on the boxes to attract more customers. We provide the best printing methods at very affordable prices for our customer’s ease.

Enhancing features with the unique finishing options

We also provide a unique extensive range of finishing options to make your boxes look unique and attractive. We provide gloss finish, matte finish, aqueous coating, spot UV, embossing, foiling, and raised ink techniques. All of these techniques will enhance the visual aesthetics of the products and make them look more attractive and appealing. The gloss finish will provide a glossy appearance to the external side of the boxes. If you want a dull or matte finish, you can apply a matte finishing touch on the customized boxes. You can emboss or deboss your brand’s logo on the Custom Shampoo Bar Boxes to leave a magnificent impression of your brand on customers.

Also, we provide samples of the custom-made boxes to our customers at their request. The production will be commenced after your approval. Our team of professional designers having years of experience will utilize their best skills in creating the best-customized boxes of your choice. We also provide free shipping services to our customers all around the USA and Canada.

 

Custom Seal End Boxes

The Custom Packaging is designing these customized seal boxes to perfection with the use of high-quality packaging material to impress and persuade more customers in buying. Our highest quality custom-made seal end boxes are perfect for all types of products such as food, cosmetics, electronics, glass bottles, and many more.

Choosing the best material for the seal end boxes

Our highly trained professionals will help you choose the best material out of a diverse range of materials for the packaging boxes. You can choose from high-quality cardboard or plain brown Kraft material for manufacturing these boxes. The stock thickness can be varied from 12pt to 28pt according to your preferences. No matter what thickness level you choose for the Custom Seal End Boxes. The customized boxes with varying thicknesses will provide maximum protection to the products.

Getting custom printed seal end boxes for your products

The custom-printed boxes for your product packaging will play an important role in boosting the sales of your company. Branding like the name and the logo of the company, the taglines, and other necessary information regarding the company is one of the best ways to attain maximum customer exposure. The use of striking color combinations and bewitching graphics will greatly grab the customer’s attention. The custom-made printed seal end boxes will leave a positive impression of your brand on the customers. Moreover, it also makes your product noticeable among the competitors.

Seeking professional’s expertise in designing the customized boxes

The Custom Packaging has a team of expert designers that help you create the best Custom Seal End Boxes according to your requirements. Our designers will help you choose the best material, shape, size, and color for designing the customized box of your own choice. Moreover, you can also seek guidance from our professionals without charging extra money. The manufacturing process from the tailored seal end boxes will not be initiated unless it is approved by the customers. Our designers will provide free samples of the boxes with the final designs prior to the production process to let customers know what they are getting.

We facilitate customers at every step

Our team at The Custom Packaging is here to facilitate our customers at every step. We make sure to offer our best-customizing services at wholesale prices to our customers. Contact us through an email or call us to get your orders made from us. We promise to fulfill all the packaging requirements of our valuable customers.

Custom Presentation Boxes

The brands are figuring out new innovative packaging solutions to introduce their different product ranges to capture the audience’s attention. The exclusively designed presentation packaging boxes made from The Custom Packaging will make your brand remarkable among your competitors.

Follow these three quick steps to get your Custom Presentation Boxes made by our professional designers as per your demand.

Material

Choosing the right material for showcasing your products in the best presentation packaging boxes is quite a difficult task. We offer both cardboard and corrugated material for the presentation boxes. Our corrugated material boxes are the best choice of material for presentation packaging boxes. These are lightweight and provide maximum security to the products. Being lightweight doesn’t mean that it is not durable. You can package any type of product in these boxes. Both these materials will provide maximum strength to the products and protect them from external damage. You can create any design of the boxes either two-piece style, gabble style, or pillow style with these materials as these can be customized in any box form. However, the size of the boxes can be varied according to your requirements.

Design

You can make the appearance of the boxes more appealing by printing various patterns, themes, colors, and images. You can print eye-catching graphics and images on the boxes regarding the nature of the product to make it more engaging to customers. You can make a strong recall for your brand by printing captivating color schemes on the boxes. The striking color combinations will greatly capture the attention of customers. You can also customize the logo of your brand in striking fonts and colors to make them look more attractive. You can also design the custom-made boxes according to your own style. You can also pitch in your ideas for designing the custom-made boxes of your own choice. Whatever your creative idea is, let it know to our designers, and our designers will create the best Custom Presentation Boxes of your own choice.

Approval

We also deal in providing the box sample to our customers before the boxes go for the last production step. If you require any change, you can inform our designers and they will customize it according to your choice.

Confirm your orders

Our company has a team of highly-skilled designers who will utilize their decades of experience for creating ideal customized presentation packaging boxes in the most creative way. Make your orders confirmed by calling us or by sending us an email. If you want to get detailed information regarding our customization services, feel free to contact our customer support department.

Custom Postage Boxes

The postage boxes supplied by The Custom Packaging are available in a number of sizes and features that fulfill all your requirements. Our high-skilled designing team will create the best postal packaging that will be particularly customized in accordance with your product in the best artistic manner.

Maintaining brand impression with custom postage boxes

We help our customers to maintain their favorable impression of their clients by offering high-quality postage boxes. Good quality material boxes will deliver your products safely to your end customers which mean high-quality packaging plays a vital role in maintaining the first powerful impression. The custom packaging of the boxes will keep your business in the long run and also helps in generating larger revenues for your business. To make a remarkable impression, you can engrave your brand’s logo and name in a striking manner that greatly captures their attention.

Customization as per your need

The customers are not only concerned about the products they receive but also concerned about the boxes in which the products are delivered. To make your boxes look more appealing and attractive, you can customize the boxes in multiple shapes, sizes, and colors. The attractive features on the Custom Postage Boxes will also enhance the unboxing experience of customers. We exceed our customer’s expectations by offering them advanced printing techniques at very affordable prices. With our printing techniques, you can give any color and print any graphics or images on the boxes to give a more striking outlook.

We also offer a wide variety of material options for creating postage packaging. Our professionals will make the boxes out of any material such as cardstock and corrugated. Both materials provide durability and keep the products safe from external pressures. We assure you that our packaging materials are eco-friendly and bio-degradable and show the minimum impact on the surroundings. Our green packaging solutions will surely impress your customers and drives more sales.

Apart from this, you can also add striking features to the boxes by applying several finishing touches to give a more enhanced look to the postage boxes. You can choose from spot UV, silver or golden foiling, matte or gloss lamination, aqueous coating, etc. The unique look of the postage boxes will greatly increase the profitability of your business.

Also, we offer different types of the Custom Postage Boxes such as box and lid, die-cut boxes, envelop base, etc. to fulfill your different requirements. Whatever your box style preference is, let it know to our designers and they will make the box exactly according to your requirement. Book your orders from us to avail the best customization services from our company.

Custom Pomade Boxes

Our company also deals in providing customized boxes to cosmetic industries for the packaging of their different products. Join hands with our company to get exclusively designed custom boxes for pomade made exactly according to your requirements.

Custom printed pomade boxes

When a customer makes a purchase for the best hair styling product, an important factor that highly influences their purchase behavior is the packaging and appearance of the product. The printed packaging boxes for pomade will display your products in extreme elegance and style that will surely capture the attention of customers at first sight. These printed pomade boxes will reflect the standards of your brand and make your brand prominent in the eyes of customers.

We offer our customers the best printing ideas that help them increase the sales of their products. You can engage your customers by mentioning brief information regarding the product. You can also print the direction of usage, ingredients, benefits of the product, and product image on the Custom Pomade Boxes. All of these will hold on to your customers and will influence them in making a purchase from your brand. Moreover, you can make your brand prominent among the competitors by printing your brand’s logo using unique font styles and colors to grab your customer’s attention.

We also offer customers extensive color schemes to give a more vibrant and appealing outlook to the custom-made pomade boxes. We offer CMYK and PMS coloring model techniques to our customers at affordable prices. You can either use a combination of four colors or you could pick one particular for giving a vibrant outlook to your product. You can opt for any of these coloring model techniques to create the best box of your choice.

Protection is our top concern

We make the safety and protection of the product our top concern. You can choose any of the material stock either cardstock or Kraft for packaging the products. Both these materials provide extra protection to your product and keep your glass jars safe from breakage and damage. You can get the pomade boxes in any desirable material and size. The stock thickness of the boxes can be varied from 10pt to 28pt according to your requirements. We make sure to provide the best quality material for Custom Pomade Boxes that keeps your hair waxes safe from UV rays and other contamination during transit.

Custom Pencil Boxes

Are you looking for creative packaging boxes for your pencils? The Custom Packaging is right here to fulfill all your packaging concerns and requirements. You can acquire tailor-made packaging boxes for your colored pencils in numerous shapes, colors, and sizes as per your demand.

Acquiring the tailor-made pencil boxes as per your demand

The packaging of the pencils is as important as the packaging of other stationery products. The conventional packaging boxes will not excite customer’s interest which will ultimately make them lose their interest in your product. Our team of professional designers is very skilled in creating the most reliable and secure packaging box for your products that surely captures the attention of your targeted customers at first sight.

We offer a wide range of customization options for designing the customized boxes in a unique style. If your targeted audience is school going students, you can tempt them by printing their favorite cartoon characters, game heroes, animated movie stars, and other characters to influence them in making a purchase. Moreover, you can also enhance the visual appeal of the Custom Pencil Boxes by giving vibrant colors to the boxes. The striking colors of the pencil boxes will greatly capture their interest. Apart from providing colorful and attractive printing designs, we also provide additional finishing services that give a more enhanced outlook to your pencil boxes.

You also have the option of choosing the best material for your customized pencil boxes. Our high-quality cardboard material will provide complete protection to your pencils from breakage. The durable cardboard material with high-quality printing will make your product more eye-catching in the eyes of customers. We assure you that the packaging boxes we offer are 100% nature-friendly. We offer different types of boxes for pencil boxes such as pillow boxes, blister card packaging, hang tab boxes, and many more according to your requirements. Whatever box style you choose, the logo of your brand imprinted on the boxes will make your boxes distinguished from the competitors.

Getting our designer’s assistance

If you want to create your own Custom Pencil Boxes, you can contact our designers for getting free designing guidance for your tailor-made pencil boxes. You can also tell them your creative ideas for box designing. Your ideas together with the designer’s ideas will surely create a great masterpiece. Contact our customer support team to know more about the customization services we offer. Our team is right here to facilitate you best through our services.

Custom Paper Cones

The uniquely designed custom-made paper cones will surely make your fast food brand shine among the competitors and grabs your customer’s attention at first sight. If you are looking for attractive food paper cones look no other than our company that is providing matchless customization options for designing the paper cones in a creative way.

Preserving food quality with the best quality materials

When it comes to the sales of any fast food item, the customers are not only concerned about the appearance of the food item but they also look into the material in which the food item is served. We offer high-quality material for the paper cones that exceed our customer’s satisfaction and expectations. The material employed for making the paper cones will not only preserve the quality of the food item but also retains its freshness. Our customized paper cones will provide you safe and secure handling that will make you enjoy every bit of your favorite fast food item. Our premium quality Custom Paper Cones that help in increasing the sales of your business. Moreover, we are also very concerned about providing recyclable material for paper cones packaging that will impart the positive impact of your brand on your clients. Join hands with our professional designer’s team to create the most suitable packaging for your fast food products.

Selecting the suitable size for paper cones

Choosing the best size and dimensions for the paper cones is the most significant step in the manufacturing process. No matter what size you require either small, medium, or large-sized paper cones, our designers will create the perfect size for holding your different types of food items. Regardless of the size of the paper cones, it should provide safe handling to customers.

Designing the paper cones as per your requirements

Apart from providing the best material, we also offer high-quality design services to our customers that will attract the greater attention of the audience. You can choose any design, color, and shape for your Custom Paper Cones. The printed paper cones with the logo of your brand either embossed or debossed will make your brand stand out from your competitors. Moreover, our high-quality printing will surely grab customer’s attention. You can give any vibrant color to the paper cones to capture the sight of customers. On top of that, we also provide unique finishing techniques such as glossing, lamination, spot UV, and foiling to enhance the visual aesthetics of the custom-made paper cones.

Custom Lip Balm Display Boxes

Add a more charismatic look to your lip balm display boxes by customizing them into multiple sizes, colors, shapes, and designs as per your demands.

Creating everlasting impression with unique display box outlook

The display boxes for lip balms serve many purposes at the same time. It will showcase your product in the most graceful manner, provide protection from damage, and display the same multiple products in the same boxes. Moreover, presenting in a unique manner will drive the sales of your company. We offer multiple designs of display boxes to keep your product in front of customers. We offer different customizing options to our customers to design their brand’s logo on top of the boxes for the impactful branding of their product. The wide surface of the display boxes with your brand’s logo either embossed or debossed will capture the audience’s attention and create a lasting impression of your brand on the customers. The lip balms when placed in the Custom Lip Balm Display Boxes on the shelves will not only attract customer’s attention but also increase the visibility of the product.

We are skilled in packaging and printing

Our company is very concerned about boosting the reputation of our customer’s brand in the market. We offer a wide range of material selections for manufacturing the boxes. Our designers will create these display boxes by using the most durable material that provides complete protection to your wide range of lip balms. The rigid sidewalls of the boxes will keep your product from wear and tear.

Make the selection easy for the customers by printing necessary information regarding the product including the ingredients, product image, and product details on the boxes. Whatever printing idea you choose, our designers will utilize their skills by printing it using high-quality printing techniques. You can cover the sidewalls of the boxes with a colorful attractive theme that compel the customers in buying lip balms.

Adding inserts to provide protection

We also provide our customers an option of adding inserts in Custom Lip Balm Display Boxes to provide more protection to the lip balms. The addition of the inserts will restrict the movement of the tube-shaped lip balms and avoids free rolling into the boxes. No matter what style of box you choose for display boxes, these inserts will hold your product tightly and prevent them from damage.

Custom Gold Foil Boxes

The Custom Packaging is offering custom-made gold foil boxes in multiple shapes, sizes, and designs to cater to the different needs of the customers. We offer high-quality printing and packaging solutions to every industry in the market. We provide budget-friendly packaging solutions to our valuable customers.

Master in providing superior quality custom-made boxes

At The Custom Packaging, we serve in providing the best quality of customized boxes to our valued customers. Our high-quality gold foil boxes come in premium quality material to keep your product safe from damage during transportation. No matter what nature of the material you choose for packaging, we offer customers customized boxes that provide both durability and portability. The cardstock material used for the gold foil packaging will provide resistance against moisture and keeps the product safe from damage.

Designing the gold foil boxes in various styles

You can acquire the Custom Gold Foil Boxes in various styles to cater to your different needs. You can customize the gold foil boxes in different styles either a sleeve box, gable box, foldable box, hinged box, rectangular box, or any other packaging box according to your requirements. You can choose the box design that fits best according to your product. Also, you can top up the appearance of the boxes with various ribbons closure, magnetic closure, bows, and other embellishments to give an enhanced outlook to your box. Adding a window on the customized boxes will help customers see the product inside the box. These windows greatly influence the buying decision of the customers. However, choosing the best-styled gold foil box for the product packaging will make your brand superior to the competitors.

Providing high-quality printing and finishing options

We make use of advanced printing techniques such as offset and digital printing to make your box look superior to the competitors. By using our high-quality printing methods, you can print the name and the logo of your brand in striking fonts and colors to grab the customer’s attention. Moreover, you can also opt for gold stamping to give a more prestigious outlook to your boxes. These custom-made boxes with high-quality gold foiling will make your box noticeable to the customers.

Our customer support

Our team of highly trained designers will help you choose the best customization option for designing the Custom Gold Foil Boxes. You can place your orders by simply making us a call or by leaving us an email. Our team will answer all your queries in detail and also provides free consultation for the designing of your custom-made box.

Custom Gloves Boxes

We provide our customers with the best design and quality of custom-made glove boxes at the most reasonable prices. Our team of expert and professional designers will provide the most unique packaging solution for your product packaging.

Attracting customers with unique customizing options

Regardless of a large number of competitors in the market, you can attract your customers with unique options for designing custom-made boxes. We serve complete satisfaction to our valuable customers by offering them unlimited unique tailored options for designing. You can engage your audience with the product by mentioning the product information, usage guidance, product image, and company name on the custom-made boxes. The custom printed boxes with the embossed logo and the name of the company will serve as a marketing tool and will ultimately boost up the marketing of the product.

You can get the advantage of our matchless and unique custom shapes and sizes of the boxes. The size of the boxes can be varied according to your requirements. The shape of the boxes can also be customized in cubical and rectangular shape according to your requirement. With our large number of customization possibilities, you can acquire your Custom Gloves Boxes with unique graphics to attract more customers. Also, you can choose from a range of different colors to give a unique appearance to your custom-made glove boxes.

You can also share your designing ideas with our professional designers. Our designers will incorporate their designing ideas with your creative ideas to design the boxes. The production process of the customized boxes will not begin unless it is approved by the customers.

Providing eco-friendly packaging material

The Custom Packaging is serving its customers by providing cost-effective sustainable customized packaging solutions for the product packaging. The use of eco-friendly packaging material for the boxes will reflect the true standards of your brand to the customers. One great advantage of eco-friendly packaging is that it is easily customizable into various shapes, sizes, and designs according to the customer’s preference. You can acquire Kraft material for the Custom Gloves Boxes as it is highly affordable and great for glove box packaging.

We also provide custom-made boxes at wholesale rates to provide more packaging benefits from our company. Our expert designer team is available around the clock to answer all your queries. Get your orders made from us by calling us or leaving us an email. We will be happy to serve our valuable customers.

Custom Gift Soap Boxes

Having decades of experience of our professional designers, The Custom Packaging is making their customers satisfied by offering them exclusively designed customized soap gift boxes. Make your customization dreams come true by getting gift boxes made from our company at highly affordable prices.

Delivering high-quality material

We aim to provide the best material for the gift boxes that increases the perceived value of our company in the minds of our customers. We offer a variety of material choices for soap gift boxes that preserves the quality and fragrance of the soaps. You can choose between Kraft and cardboard material depending entirely upon your requirements. Whatever material you choose for the soap gift boxes, we make sure it is durable and protects the sensitiveness and delicacy of the soaps. You can save your money by choosing any of the material types as both of these materials are extremely cost-effective. Our company aims to offer cost-effective packaging materials to fulfill all the requirements of our valuable customers.

Customizing soap gift boxes as per your demand

If you want your soap brand to get recognized among customers, you can send Custom Gift Soap Boxes to influencers and bloggers as subscription boxes. Packaging soaps in custom-made soapboxes will enhance the visual appeal of the soaps and make them look more attractive. You can get your brand distinguished from the competitors by printing the name and logo of your brand on the boxes. You can emboss or deboss your brand’s logo on the gift boxes to make a great distinction of your brand. Moreover, you can also mention the product details or print the product’s image on the boxes to make it more engaging to customers.

If you want to send soaps as a gift to your friend and family, you can customize various attractive themes on the boxes according to different occasions. Not just this, you can also give attractive color combinations to the boxes with the use of our latest color-model techniques including CMYK and PMS. You can make use of any of these coloring techniques as both of these are very affordable.

Either purpose you opt for sending soaps, our highly trained professionals will create the best soap gift boxes for you in various customizable shapes, sizes, designs, and colors according to your requirements.

Start customizing your bulk or small orders at wholesale prices using our best customization services. We are just a call away in dealing our customers with our best services for designing Custom Gift Soap Boxes with free shipping around the USA and Canada.

Custom Gift Pillow Boxes

Make your pillow boxes stand out from others when placed on gift tables by presenting your gifts in Custom Gift Pillow Boxes. The ideal appearance of the pillow gift boxes will ultimately get attention when they are customized in striking colors and designs.

Designing the gift pillow boxes according to your choice

For whatever purpose you opt for sending pillow boxes, the boxes ought to be designed in a unique and attractive way to capture the sight of receivers. You can customize the pillow gift boxes in various sizes, colors, and designs according to your requirements. The use of different finishing techniques will give a more luxurious look to your pillow boxes.

Embossing and debossing

Use our most advanced embossing and debossing techniques to give a magnificent outlook to your boxes. You can either emboss the name and logo of your company on the boxes to give a more enhanced outlook. Or you can deboss the necessary information regarding the product or any image on the pillow boxes to get your customers focused on a particular part of a box. The embossing will raise the content on the boxes while the debossing will repress on content on the boxes.

Foiling

To give a more charismatic outlook to the Custom Gift Pillow Boxes, you can give a shiny appearance to them by applying golden foiling on the boxes. The golden foiling on the boxes will add more grace to them. Moreover, you can also get the advantage of our silver foiling technique to make your pillow boxes more eye-catching.

Lamination

You can choose from our two different types of lamination either matte or gloss lamination to give a more striking appearance to the pillow gift boxes. Both of the lamination techniques will provide protection from scratches and damages.

Adding windows

You also have the option of adding a window to the pillow boxes. The addition of the windows on the pillow boxes will let the receivers see the product inside the box. You can also cover the window cuts with a PVC sheet to keep your gifts protected from external influences. The shape and size of the window cuts can be varied according to your requirements.

Printing options

We offer two advanced printing techniques including offset printing and digital printing techniques. Using our advanced techniques, you can print anything on the Custom Gift Pillow Boxes including graphics and texts to make your pillow boxes look more attractive to the receivers.

Contact us

Book your orders for custom printed pillow gift boxes without any further delay. If you have any queries send us an email, our team customer care team will get back to you in the shortest period of time.

Custom Folding Boxes

As the folding boxes are an ideal way to boost your brand reputation and enhance your perceived value in the market, you can get your orders made from The Custom Packaging in customized style and shapes according to your choices. Our highly trained professionals will exclusively design the folding boxes that cater to all your precise needs.

Selecting the best material

These boxes are extremely cost-effective and lightweight that’s the reason companies are making use of these boxes for showcasing their extensive range of products. Being lightweight doesn’t means that it doesn’t provide strength to the products packaged inside the boxes. We aim to provide the best quality material boxes that can be used to package any type of product and also provide maximum protection.

You can get benefit from the wide range of materials options we offer that include cardboard, corrugated, and Kraft. All of these materials have different thickness and strength you can choose your preferred material according to the type of product you need to encase inside the folding boxes. You also have the option to choose thickness levels ranging from 10pt to 28pt according to your requirement.

Acquiring the best style for folding boxes

The folding boxes come in different styles so we offer a complete range of boxing styles including sleeve boxes, gable boxes, tuck end boxes, seal end boxes, reverse tuck end boxes, and straight tuck end boxes, etc. to fulfill all your packaging requirements. The unique style boxes with customizable sizes, colors, and designs will make your box stand out from your competitors. Moreover, you can also seek guidance from our professional experts in choosing the best style for your Custom Folding Boxes for packaging your different products.

Whatever boxing style you choose, you are also provided a 3D sample on your request before the boxes go into the manufacturing unit. The production will be commenced after your confirmation.

Catching customer’s attention with unique customization

Our company is offering an extensive range of printing options to design the boxes of your choice. We provide offset, digital, CMYK and PMS. We leave the choice of printing technique on our customers. You can print striking images, vibrant colors, and creative logo on custom-made boxes. Moreover, you can also a more detailed outlook by opting for our best-advanced finishing techniques such as lamination, aqueous coating, glossing, and foiling, etc. Each of these techniques will greatly capture the audience’s attention with their luxurious appearance.

Choose us

Our team of professional designers will bring you the most superior quality for your Custom Folding Boxes that will greatly capture the audience’s attention. Choose us to transform your customization ideas into reality. We serve our customers best to fulfill their requirements.

Custom Face Mask Boxes

To make your brand stand out in the market, you can get the advantage of our diverse and unique customization services to design your custom-made face mask boxes at very affordable prices. Our professional designers will create the best attractive boxes for your face masks that help you create your own brand identity in the market.

We make quality our primary concern

Increase the value of your face mask boxes by offering custom-made boxes for your face masks. We don’t compromise on the quality of the packaging boxes as it is our primary concern. It is basically the quality of the packaging that greatly influences the customers. Therefore, we make sure to produce high-quality packaging materials for the Custom Face Mask Boxes. The most common material used for the face mask boxes is cardstock. Due to its high strength and durability, it keeps the product safe from damage.  Moreover, the premium quality material will also keep the product safe during transportation. Also, we are also playing our part in saving the environment from harmful packaging impacts by providing 100% recyclable material for boxes.

Designing the boxes according to your requirements

Feel free to choose from our diverse customizing options to design your custom-made boxes. We provide high-quality coloring and printing techniques such as CMYK, PMS, offset, and digital printing. The use of all of these advanced techniques will enhance the visual aesthetics of your custom-made face mask boxes. Moreover, high-quality packaging will ultimately boost the sales of your product.

If you want to give a high-end appearance to the face mask boxes, you can also choose from our unique range of finishing options. Regardless of the type of finishing option you choose, we provide the finishing techniques at very economical rates. Moreover, we cater to your splendid packaging needs by providing a vast range of color combinations to enhance the visual appeal of the custom-made boxes.

Acquiring custom printed face mask boxes

We also provide custom printed boxes to our customers to meet all their packaging needs. You can get the logo and name of your company imprinted on the Custom Face Mask Boxes to create your strong brand impact. This printing of the logo will help in creating your brand awareness in the market.

No matter what type of customizing option you choose for designing the box, our professional experts will help create the best box of your own choice. Contact us through a call or an email to get all your packaging queries answered from us.

Custom Donut Tray Boxes

Preserve the freshness and quality of the donuts by packaging them into high-quality custom tray boxes provided by The Custom Packaging. You can customize the tray boxes in various colors, sizes, and designs as per your requirements.

Selecting the size and shape of the tray boxes

The donut tray boxes can be customized in various shapes and sizes according to your requirements. The size of the tray box depends on the number of donuts you need to place in the box. You can get the small, medium, and large size boxes as per your needs. Putting the multiple numbers of donuts in a standard-sized box will give not give a good impression. So, whatever your requirement is, our highly skilled designers will create the boxes that meet your precise needs. Moreover, you can also custom the tray boxes into multiple shapes like rectangle, square, etc. as per your demand. The unique shape of the Custom Donut Tray Boxes will draw customer’s attention to your product.

Selecting the material

We make quality our top concern and offer high-quality material for the packaging of bakery items. You can choose from a diverse range of material options for the tray boxes including cardboard, Kraft, and bux board. The stock thickness can be varied from 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt, and 24pt with white SBS C1S C2S. All of these materials will ensure the safety of the product from different environmental factors like moisture, temperature, and heat. Our premium quality material will preserve the taste, smell, and quality of the donuts. The donuts when displayed in the finest quality material will not only enhance the value of the product but also enhances the perceived value.

Designing the tray boxes as per your demand

Another important element that adds value to the boxes is the unique design of the Custom Donut Tray Boxes. You can customize the design of the tray boxes in various colors and prints to make them look more attractive. Also, you can customize various themes on donut tray boxes to suit different occasions. You also have the option to cover the tray boxes with a PVC sheet to keep the donuts from dirt and damage. We also provide unique finishing features such as coating, lamination, foiling, embossing, spot UV, and raised ink, etc. All of these advanced finishing features will enhance the visual appeal of the donut tray boxes.

Want to know more about our customization services? Pick up your phones and make us a call to talk to our customer support department to get all your queries solved. Or, you can also send us an email our team will get back to you as soon as possible.

Custom Die Cut Display Boxes

Our custom-made die-cut window display boxes will facilitate customers in making the right decision while making a purchase. With reference to the latest trend in the market, our highly skilled professionals are producing high-quality die-cut display boxes to cater to your all needs.

Enhancing your product value

A display box with a die-cut is a perfect way to showcase your product in an effective manner regardless of what type of product you are showcasing. A die-cut window can be carved into any shape and size as per the demand of customers. The importance of die-cut display boxes is increasing as it highly affects the sales of the business. A die-cut box removes all the packaging hassles of the business owners as it makes the product look more attractive and worth looking at.

Materials of die-cut display boxes

There is quite a large number of products in the market from food to clothing and cosmetics to electronics. Every product has its own packaging requirements. However, the Custom Die Cut Display Boxes are the best solution to your packaging products. We offer a diverse range of materials for different kinds of products like cardboard, Kraft, and corrugated. The choice of the material depends on the type of product you need to encase inside the display boxes. The corrugated material is best for products that are heavy in weight. The cardboard material provides maximum protection to the products during transportation. On the other hand, for products that are light in weight, Kraft is the perfect material. Regardless of the type of product, you need to showcase in die-cut display boxes, our designers will make the best boxes of your preferred choice.

Customization of die-cut display boxes

Give maximum exposure to your product through die-cut windows by customizing the packaging boxes into different styles, designs, and colors. Display boxes with die-cuts can be customized in flamboyant colors and attractive graphics using the latest offset and digital printing techniques. You can also add value to the display boxes by applying various trending finishing techniques to the boxes. These include foiling, embossing, gloss/matte lamination, aqueous coating, and spot UV, etc. No matter what type of finishing options you opt for Custom Die Cut Display Boxes, our designing experts will add grace and beauty to the display boxes.

Find out more about our packaging and customization services by directly sending us an email or making us a call. Our customer support department will answer all your queries regarding the packaging concern.

Custom Counter Display Boxes

Our team of professional designers having years of experience will utilize their great packaging skills in designing the best counter display boxes for the exhibition of your different products.

Promoting the brand with custom printed counter display boxes

Promoting your brand with custom printed display boxes is the best approach to increasing the number of your customers. We allow our customers to use our diverse printing methods either offset or digital printing techniques to create eye-catching printing designs on the counter display boxes. We provide the most cost-effective printing techniques to our customers to print their desired color and font on the Custom Counter Display Boxes. The display boxes with vibrant colors when positioned on the countertop will ultimately capture the audience’s attention regardless of the type of product placed in the display boxes.

Moreover, you can also incorporate the image regarding the product on the boxes to give them a more appealing outlook. You can also add the important features of your brand’s product on the display boxes to educate more people about your brand. It makes the outlook of your boxes more professional and also enhances your brand awareness in the market.

Acquiring sustainable and eco-friendly packaging solutions

Our company is striving hard to maintain the standards of the environment by offering eco-friendly materials for the display boxes. The eco-friendly materials we provide are 100% recyclable and reusable so that it doesn’t show any harmful packaging impact on the environment. You can choose from a variety of materials for the counter display boxes. No matter what type of material you choose, our highly trained designers will create the box using your preferred material. Moreover, we provide eco-friendly packaging material at extremely affordable prices that suit the budget of every customer. We also provide wholesale packaging boxes to serve our customers in the best possible way.

Regardless of the type of material you choose, our designers will carve the boxes in your desired shape and size that cater to your different needs. The unique size and shape of the Custom Counter Display Boxes will make them look more appealing and attractive thus making the customers catching sight of your product effortlessly.

Our customer support system

Don’t hesitate to contact us if you have any queries regarding the packaging concerns. Our customer support department is available around the clock to deal with our valuable customers. Drop us an email or make us a call to get your orders booked from our company.

Custom Chocolate Gift Boxes

Tempt the sweet buds of the chocolate lovers by presenting your delicious chocolates in perfectly customized gift boxes in different styles, colors, and sizes according to your requirements.

Getting printed gift chocolate boxes

Printed gift boxes have more influence than ordinary gift boxes. We offer our customers an extensive variety of different printing techniques including offset, digital, CMYK, and PMS. You can print eye-catching images, striking colors, and the artistic logo by the use of any of these printing techniques. If your business deals with providing gift boxes to customers you can make your box distinguished from the competitors by printing your logo using unique fonts and colors. The striking colors of the gift chocolate boxes will greatly influence the customer’s purchase behavior.

Moreover, you can also print various themes on the Custom Chocolate Gift Boxes to make them fit according to different occasions. You can also acquire the printed chocolate boxes in various attractive styles either gable boxes, rectangular boxes, window boxes, sleeve boxes, or two-piece boxes according to your requirements. The unique styles of the gift boxes will ultimately make the customers pick your box from the crowd for presenting their gifts.

Adding various add-ons to the chocolate gift boxes

Apart from various printing techniques, we also provide customers the option of adding various add-ons to the gift boxes to make them look more attractive. You can add inserts made from Kraft material in the Custom Chocolate Gift Boxes to give a more organized look to the chocolates. The inserts will keep them in their places and also prevents them from colliding the walls of the boxes which can disrupt their appearance. Moreover, you can also add a window covered with a plain lamination sheet that will keep your chocolates from moisture and heat. Also, you can also decorate the gift boxes with different decorative elements such as ribbons, bows, and magnetic closure to give a more appealing outlook.

Our designers can also create a box sample on your request prior to the manufacturing process give customers an idea of what end product they are getting. If you need to make any changes to the boxes, let our designers know about the modifications and they will create them exactly according to your precise demands. Call us or send us an email to get your order made from our company at the lowest market rates.

Custom Cardboard Counter Top Display Boxes

Customized cardboard counter top boxes made from The Custom Packaging are made with durable cardboard material that can be customized in any shape, size, and color for different products according to the needs of customers.

Custom-made printed counter top boxes for promotion

Printing is an important aspect of custom-made boxes in order to promote your business in an effective manner. The printed counter top display boxes will serve the purpose of marketing your brand. You can effortlessly showcase your brand by carrying out effective branding of your company by printing the brand logo and name of your brand on the customized display boxes. The logo is the identity of your brand by which customers become well-aware of your company. For printing of the Custom Cardboard Counter Top Display Boxes, we offer both digital and offset printing techniques to our customers. You can opt for any of these techniques to design your artistic logo on the boxes. The sales of your product will be increased ultimately if you print various discount offers to engage more customers.

Other than printing the logo, you can also print product information including the product’s image to make more customers interested in your product. Moreover, you can also print attractive printing designs and colors on the display boxes to grab the attention of larger customers. You can opt for any of these printing ideas on the cardboard counter top display boxes to enhance the visual appeal of the boxes.

Picking the best finishing options

A box looks incomplete if a proper finishing technique is not applied to the custom-made display boxes. The finishing techniques will give the most luxurious look to the boxes and make them look more captivating and appealing. We offer a wide range of finishing options to our customers to choose their favorite type. These include foiling, glossing, embossing, debossing, lamination, spot UV, and aqueous coating. You can choose any of these techniques that suit your requirements. Enhancing the Custom Cardboard Counter Top Display Boxes with these advanced finishing touches will provide a good packaging impact which will ultimately lead to an increased number of sales.

Book your orders

Our team of highly skilled designers will design the best counter display boxes that cater to your precise needs. The customized counter top display boxes made by our company will set apart your boxes from the competitors and will greatly attract to the eyes of customers.

Custom Candy Display Boxes

No matter what kind of sweet delights you need to display either chocolates, cotton candies, toffies, or truffles, The Custom Packaging is offering high-quality material candy display boxes that ensure its durability.

Making a remarkable first impression using premium quality

Making a first memorable impression of your brand on customer’s mind is very important for maintaining the standards and reputation of your brand. Our company is very keen on imparting the best standards by offering premium quality customized display boxes to our customers. You are offered multiple ranges of materials including cardboard and Kraft to make your custom-display boxes. We ensure that whatever material you require for packaging is of premium quality and provides maximum protection to the candies. Moreover, the high-quality material will preserve the quality of the candies. Also, the good quality material will provide maximum protection during transportation.

Our durable cardboard and eco-friendly Kraft material can be carved into any shape and size according to your requirements. The higher raised sides of the display boxes will provide protection from wear and tear. However, to provide more protection, you also have an option to add various inserts in the Custom Candy Display Boxes. The inserts in the display boxes will firmly hold each of the products and prevent free movements.

Designing the candy display boxes using different color schemes

Another important element that requires maximum attention is the selection of the perfect color for designing customized candy boxes. A candy display box with a vibrant color combination will leave a powerful impact on the consumer’s mind. The unique color combination will gradually grasp customers’ attention and allow them to make a rapid purchase. Moreover, you can also customize the candy boxes with colorful and attractive images that complement with the nature of the product to tempt more cravings of customers. The colorful and bewitching images on the boxes can be made using high-quality PMS and CMYK printing techniques.

Wholesale candy display boxes

If your candy business requires delivering candies in a bulk quantity, our company also offers Custom Candy Display Boxes at a wholesale price. We want our customers to get maximum advantage from us. Not only we deal in providing customers best customization services but also we offer free shipping services to our customers all around the USA and Canada for their ease. Contact us through call or an email to get your orders booked in bulk quantity.

Custom Burger Boxes

Avail the best customizing services from our professional team to design the best custom-made boxes for the burgers. The unique customizing options opted for designing the customized burger boxes will help you create your own brand distinction.

Going green for the materials

The burgers should be packed in boxes that not only retain their quality but also preserve their freshness and taste. You can choose from a wide range of materials such as cardstock, Bux board, E-flute corrugated, and eco-friendly. No matter what material you choose for the burger packaging boxes, our expert teams will create the best masterpiece out of your preferred material. Keeping in view the harmful packaging impacts on the environment, our company is providing green packaging solutions for product packaging.

Attracting customers with custom printed burger boxes

To make your brand prominent from the competitors, you can choose from an array of diverse printing options for designing custom printed boxes. You can get your burger boxes imprinted with eye-catching images and graphics to attract more customers. Moreover, you can also give an attractive appearance to the boxes by printing them with unique vibrant colors that attract the eyes of the customers. Custom printed burger boxes with the logo imprinted on them will create your brand awareness. You can make your box stand out by printing various themes on the boxes to make them more attractive. Our company is making use of high-quality printing methods such as CMYK and PMS techniques for the printing of images, graphics, and colors.

Adding different add-ons

We also provide our customers with the best finishing options such as lamination, coating, foiling, glossing, spot UV, and raised ink, etc. to give a more refined outlook to the Custom Burger Boxes. Moreover, you can also give an impressive outlook to custom-made boxes by adding a die-cut window in different shapes and sizes. The size and shape of the window cuts can be customized according to your preference.

Let’s get in touch

Enjoy our premium customizing services by reaching us out through an email at or you can also make us a call. Our team will get back to you in the shortest runtime. Our professional designer’s team is ready to help you with designing the best-customized box for your products. You can also seek help from our expert designers without any additional charges to create the box of your own choice.

Custom Blister Cards

Different brands are acquiring these customized blister card packaging as it is the most cost-effective and secure way for the effective branding of the products. With our diverse customizable services, you can give any design, color, size, and shape to the blister cards for your product packaging.

Using quality material for generating more sales

The blister card packaging is the best way to showcase your product to your customers. The clear blister provides a complete view of the product to customers that greatly influence customers’ buying decisions. The Blisters will greatly help customers to examine the product prior to their purchase. However, we make sure to provide high-quality blister card material to our customers that ensure product safety and protection. The blisters are fastened to the blister cards by the use of gluing or heating that displays your product securely to end customers.

Our premium quality Custom Blister Cards are made from Kraft paper and cardstock material.  We also provide diverse printing services on different stock materials ranging from 10pt to 28pt according to your requirements. Furthermore, we provide eco-friendly and sustainable packaging materials that help you achieve a positive response from your targeted audience in terms of a greater number of sales.

Designing the custom-made blister cards

Our designers create the best blister cards for your product packaging that are not only lightweight but are easy to open and easy to ship around far distant locations. The easy handling and transportation of your product will attract more customers with your product. Apart from offering a choice of different materials, we also offer different styles of blister card packaging to fulfill your different product requirements. We provide trapper blister, mock clamshell, face seal, full face seal. Our designers will help you choose the best style for customized blister cards for your products. Moreover, the size and shape of the blister cards can be varied as per your demands.

With custom printed blister cards, you can carry out effective marketing of your product by mentioning the name and logo of your brand in a unique way. The striking appearance of your logo in a unique design helps your customers recognize your brand. Moreover, you can also highlight the important features of your product on Custom Blister Cards to engage more audience with your products.

Know more information

If you have some more queries in your mind regarding our packaging and customization services, feel free to contact our customer support team. Our team will give you detailed information regarding our services. Also, we provide free shipping services across the USA and Canada to our valued customers.

Custom Birthday Gift Boxes

Regardless of the type of gifts you want to present either clothing, scented candles, chocolates, watches, or any other item, our professional designer team will get the birthday gift boxes made as per your demands.

Choosing the most durable material  

No matter what type of gift you want to send to your friends on their birthdays, our materials specialists will help you choose the right material for your product. We provide a diverse range of material options for birthday gift boxes. We offer cardboard, Kraft, and corrugated material for the custom-made gift boxes. Our corrugated material is a perfect choice if you want to send your gift to different parts of the world. The high-strength of these material boxes will provide maximum security to the products during transport. The durable cardboard is a perfect pick for packaging heavyweight products. The durable nature of these cardboard material boxes will protect the products from wear and tear.

Regardless of the type of material you choose for Custom Birthday Gift Boxes, our designers will create the boxes in any style either sleeve box, gable box, pillow box, or any other style according to your requirements. We assure you that whatever style you choose for gift boxes, it is made from the most durable material that not only provides complete protection but also enhances the visual appeal of the gift boxes.

Customizing birthdays gift boxes as per your choice

Make your boxes more intriguing to the receivers by customizing the gift boxes in different shapes, sizes, colors, and designs. You can print impressive designs and images on the gift boxes to make them look more appealing. You can give a flashy appearance to the gift boxes by designing various attractive colors and themes. The striking colors on the boxes will make your receivers fall in love with your gift. Moreover, it will also enhance the value of the gift placed inside the gift boxes.

Getting our professional assistance

If you want to create your own Custom Birthday Gift Boxes, you can also seek guidance from our professional designers in designing the gift boxes without any charges. If you have your own creative ideas for gift box design, let our team know them and they will create the best design for your gift boxes. Get a chance to avail our best customization services and also our free shipping services at your doorsteps all around Canada and the USA.

Custom Belt Boxes

The Custom Packaging is the perfect one-stop solution to fulfill all your packaging needs and requirements. We produce belt boxes in a number of shapes, sizes, colors, and designs, to cater to our customer’s precise needs.

Choosing different customizing options for belt boxes

Make your customers fall in love with your product by opting for the best customization choices for the design of the belt boxes. You can acquire the custom-made boxes in your preferred shapes and sizes with incredible printing and finishing options. We also provide a 3D mockup view for the belt packaging boxes to enhance the design of the boxes and let customers see our creativity. Moreover, we also provide our customers with printing embossed and debossed logo and other necessary information regarding the product on the Custom Belt Boxes to convey your brand’s message to the customers.

You can also customize the boxes with stunning color combinations, eye-catchy graphics, and creative artwork. You can also pitch in your ideas for the design of the belt boxes. Your ideas when combined with the professional’s idea will surely create a great masterpiece which will be greatly admired by your customers. No matter whatever printing idea you choose, you can take advantage of our advanced printing and coloring techniques to design your boxes.

Finest quality material

Our company is contributing to the environment by offering eco-friendly and bio-degradable packaging boxes for your products. The boxes we provide are 100% recyclable to produce new boxes. We make sure to provide our customers with the best quality material for the customized belt boxes to leave a remarkable impact on your customers. The use of green packaging will enhance your brand reputation in the market and set apart your brand from the competitors.

Adding add-ons to enhance the visual appeal

You also have the option to add a window cut to the Custom Belt Boxes to enhance the visual appeal of your product. These window cuts can be made in any shape and size according to your packaging requirements. The windows on the belt boxes will help customers see the product inside the box which will greatly influence their purchase decision.

Why choose The Custom Packaging?

The Custom Packaging is a trusted name for producing high-quality customized packaging boxes. We promise to provide our customers with the best quality packaging to fulfill all the packaging needs of customers. You can get your orders made from us by reaching us through an email or by simply making us a call.

Custom Bandage Boxes

Earn your customer’s loyalty and credibility in your pharmaceutical brand by acquiring custom-made packaging boxes from our company at very affordable prices. We offer our best customization services to create the custom-made box of your own choice.

Modifying custom bandage boxes with unlimited restrictions

The packaging of the product is the main element that captures the attention of the customers. Therefore, our company is providing a versatile range of customization options including size, shape, color, and designs, etc. for the Custom Bandage Boxes to leave an ever-lasting impression on the minds of the customers. To give a more impressive outlook to your custom-made boxes, you can choose from endless finishing techniques such as matte lamination, gloss lamination, spot UV, aqueous UV, foiling, embossing, and raised ink. To give a more competitive edge in the market, you can acquire custom printed bandage boxes with the name and logo of your company imprinted on the boxes. This printing of the logo will help customers recognize your brand from the crowd. We are fulfilling the printing requirements of the customers as per their demands and needs.

Moreover, you can also choose from a range of different color options to give a more enhanced and vibrant outlook to the bandage boxes.

The Custom Packaging is also providing its customers with recyclable and eco-friendly packaging solutions. We ensure to provide the best packaging material to our valued customers. You can choose from a range of different materials for customizing the box. The thickness level for any material boxes can range from 10pt to 28pt according to your requirement. The use of eco-friendly material for the packaging boxes will uplift your brand reputation in the market.

You can also pitch in your ideas or you can also seek guidance from our professional designers in designing your custom-made bandage boxes. Our professional designers will help you create the best boxes without charging you extra money.

Drop us a line!

We also provide high-quality Wholesale Bandage Boxes at cost-effective prices. Get the chance to avail the free shipment service offered by us. If you want to get detailed information regarding our services, write us an email or ring us through the call. Our designer’s team is available 24/7 to answer all your packaging queries.

Custom Bakery Gift Boxes

Start the designing of your customized gift bakery boxes with our company to get exclusively designed boxes in varying shapes, sizes, and colors to tempt your gift receivers.

Customization of bakery gift boxes

By personalization, you can personalize the gift bakery boxes of your own choice and need with the help of our best customization services. You can give a vibrant color outlook to the boxes by using our advanced color model techniques such as PMS and CMYK. You can give color to your box which matches exactly with your bakery items to give a more appealing and tempting outlook. Moreover, you can also style the gift boxes by printing various designs and themes to make them look more attractive. Striking themes can be printed with regard to different occasions on which you want to gift your loved ones. Also, you have the option to print colorful graphics that complement the bakery items to present a more sophisticated outlook.

We also have the option of adding a window cut in different shapes on the Custom Bakery Gift Boxes to present a more splendid outlook. Your gift receivers will find the window cut style extremely amazing. This creative design of the gift bakery boxes will be created by our experts with great care and consideration.

Best materials for custom gift bakery boxes

We make sure that whatever material you choose for gift boxes should preserve the taste, quality, and aroma of the bakery items. Keeping in view this aspect, our material specialists are very concerned about helping you choose the best material out of the wide variety of material options we offer. We provide Kraft, bux board, and cardboard materials for box customization. All of these materials will block the exposure of the bakery items with an atmosphere that could disrupt their appearance.

Selecting the best boxing style for bakery gift boxes

We offer a wide range of gift box styles to hold your different bakery items. You could choose among gable boxes, window boxes, rectangle boxes, two-piece boxes, and tuck end boxes, etc. You can choose the box style for Custom Bakery Gift Boxes according to your requirements.

Know more about us

If you want to have detailed information regarding our services, feel free to contact our customer support department. Our team will answer all your questions in detail to make you satisfied. Send us an email or call us to get your orders placed from us.

Consumer Product Display Boxes

You can count on The Custom Packaging for best-customized, cost-effective, and protective consumer product boxes for the effective presentation of your brand products.

Affordable wholesale boxes

If you own a retail business, you should consider the importance of product display packaging. Most brands opt for wholesale display boxes to carry out effective marketing and promotion of their products. No matter what quantity of boxes you require, our company will provide you the custom-made boxes at a wholesale price. We keep our prices low so that our customers can easily compete with their competitors without concerning about the packaging costs.

Durable and protective material

The quality of the product packaging is the main factor that greatly influences customers in making a purchase. If the quality of the boxes is not up to the mark, the customer will never make an effort to make a purchase from your brand. We provide our customers with the most protective and durable material for Consumer Product Display Boxes. We offer the most durable material for the boxes that is a cardboard that has the ability to withstand wear and tear. The higher strength of these boxes has made them hold different heavy products without causing any damage to the product itself. Apart from cardboard material, our company is also utilizing the use of recyclable Kraft material to minimize the packaging impacts on the environment. The use of eco-friendly and recyclable material for the boxes will leave a positive brand impression on the market.

Exclusive printing and finishing technique

We provide the most advanced printing techniques to our customers to make their product display boxes prominent among the other competitors. The creatively designed logo, eye-catching graphics, unique font, and vibrant images will become the center of attraction for most customers. Our expert designers make use of the advanced digital and offset printing techniques with the latest color model techniques to create a masterpiece that will surely receive great recognition and appreciation from the customers.

Moreover, you can also get the advantage of our diverse finishing touches to give a more unique look to your Consumer Product Display Boxes. Also, our designers will prepare 3D mockups to achieve your satisfaction. These mockups will let customers know what the end product looks like. The manufacturing process will be commenced after the customer’s consent. If you want to make any alterations to the display boxes, let our designers know to make the amendments prior to the production process.

Coffee Product Display Boxes

Win the hearts of your customers by providing them customized coffee display boxes in diverse colors and sizes for your coffee brand made from The Custom Packaging.

Tempting coffee lovers with unique coffee product packaging

The attractive appearance of the coffee display boxes should provide four main purposes. The custom-made boxes should provide protection, promotion, attraction, and information. Make your customers add your product to their shopping cart by tempting them with unique packaging. The display boxes for the coffee will act as a medium to exhibit your product to the customers on the retail shelves thus effortlessly convincing them to make a purchase.

Material selection

Our material designers will help you choose the best material out of diverse material options for the Coffee Product Display Boxes that preserves the quality and aroma of the coffee product. You can choose from a diverse range of materials like cardboard and Kraft, etc. No matter what nature of the material you choose for packaging, our designers will help you transform your ideas into reality.

Printing techniques

Moreover, you can also make customers interested in your product by mentioning the product details on the boxes. We make sure to use the most advanced offset and digital printing techniques to print texts and images on the boxes. The printing inks used for printing comes from organic sources and prevents them from getting vanished due to moisture and temperature.

You can also mention the logo of your company in striking fonts and colors on top of the display boxes to capture the attention of customers.

Size selection

The size of the coffee display boxes can be varied according to the number of packets you wish to place inside the box. Tell your desired dimensions to our experts and they will tailor the box size according to your precise needs.

Design selection

You can highlight your Coffee Product Display Boxes on the shelves by opting for the best design customization option for box designing. You can choose from our vast range of finishing techniques to give a more premium outlook to the boxes. The gloss lamination will enhance the exterior side of the box and gives it a glossy and shiny look. The golden and silver foiling on the boxes will add more grace to them. The coating will provide protection from scratches and give a smooth finishing to the display boxes.

Get in contact with our customer support team to book your orders from our company. We make sure in providing the best customization services to our valuable customers.

Chocolate Display Boxes

The custom-made display boxes for the chocolates produced by our company will make your product look more appealing and appetizing when placed on the retail shelves. Get your orders made from us in any customizable color, size, and shape according to your requirements.

Making your product stand out with durable cardboard display boxes

With a large number of chocolate suppliers in the market, it is very important to maintain your own standards of your brand among the competitors. Maintaining the true standards of your brand by using premium quality cardboard material will make your own distinction in the market. The durable cardboard material offered by our company will provide maximum protection to the products and keeps them from external environmental factors like moisture, heat, and temperature. Moreover, the good quality material will make your boxes stand out from the competitors and leaves a good impression on customer’s minds.

Apart from this, we also provide eco-friendly and sustainable packaging materials to our customers to show our concern for the environment. We are offering green packaging material for the display boxes to impart a good brand image to customer’s minds. The sustainable material for Chocolate Display Boxes will beat the rival companies and makes your brand a priority concern of customers.

Providing printing and finishing services at affordable rates

Designing the boxes using the best printing techniques will set apart your brand from the competitors. We offer ease to our customers by providing the best printing services to our customers at affordable prices. Regardless of the type of printing method you choose for Chocolate Display Boxes, either digital or offset printing method, our designers will create the box of your choice using your preferred technique. You can make the chocolate boxes more appealing to chocolate lovers by printing appealing images on the display boxes. The colorful images on the boxes will ultimately become the center of attraction for customers.

We also provide a diverse range of high-quality finishing techniques to our customers that make your product look more attractive and valuable. Moreover, whatever technique you opt for the display boxes for chocolates, it will become the top-selling product of your brand with its unique look.

Our team of professional designers also prepare a mockup sample on request for your customized boxes before your box goes into the production unit for manufacturing. Upon approval of the design, the production process will be commenced further.

Our customer support department

Our customer support team is available 24/7 to answer all your packaging queries. We also offer wholesale prices to our customers if they want to get their orders made in bulk quantity. Reach us through email or call us to get the detailed information regarding our packaging services.

Child Resistant Boxes

The Custom Packaging is a perfect pick for packaging your sensitive range of products in high-quality children resistant boxes with quality features offered by us. We ensure the complete safety of your children by offering child-resistant boxes in different designs and styles for your different ranges of products.

Best quality material for child-resistant boxes

The quality material offered by our company not only protects children from dangerous product exposure but also keeps the product safe. We offer Child Resistant Boxes in different stock materials such as Kraft, corrugated, and Kraft. Making your product packaging child-resistant is our top concern, we make sure to produce the box that caters to all your needs. Our designers having years of experience will create the box out of any material with the best child-resistant properties. The material specialists will examine the nature of the product and suggest to you the best material with locking features like a cherry lock, push-button lock, and gusset lock, etc. that keeps both your child and product safe.

We make sure that we fulfill all the laws and regulations to create a unique box for your product. Also, we deal in providing different types of children-resistant boxes like folding boxes, locked boxes, and square drawer boxes, etc. according to the need of customers. No matter what type of box you require for your product, our designers will create the box by using your preferred material.

Custom printed children resistant boxes

The custom printed boxes will increase brand awareness among customers and also drives more sales for your products. We offer digital and offset printing techniques to our customers with the help of which you can print any desired image and color on the boxes using high-quality inks. To make your brand more prominent among customers, you can give the color schemes of your brand on the boxes that help your customers recognize your brand instantly when they catch sight of your product. Moreover, you can also print the warning labels of your product in bold text that aware customers of the dangers of the product. We also provide attractive designing patterns for your high-quality printed boxes at the lowest rates. Moreover, you can also add printing effects like embossing and debossing on the Child Resistant Boxes to draw the attention of customers.

 

 

Cardboard Display Boxes

Give a boost to your sales by acquiring high-quality material customized display boxes from The Custom Packaging to give a perfect display to your wide range of products. We deal in providing the best customization services to our valuable customers at the lowest price possible.

Attract customer’s attention with customizable shapes and sizes

Since the market is flooded with the use of display boxes for showcasing their different products, you can acquire high-quality display boxes in different customizable shapes, sizes, and styles from us to reach your targeted audience. We make display boxes in different designs including countertop display boxes, die-cut window display boxes, self-locked display boxes, and pop cardboard display boxes. Whatever box design you need for Cardboard Display Boxes for showcasing your products, our designers will utilize their capabilities and skills to create the best box of your choice. Also, you can make changes in the size of the boxes. The size of the box depends on the type and size of the product a box can hold.

Providing protection to the products

All it takes to make a brand popular among the other competitors is its uniqueness in packaging. It’s the packaging that makes or breaks the sales. We provide high-quality and durable cardboard material for the boxes that can take your sales to another level. Our superior quality cardboard material has the ability to withstand any damage and abrasion. No matter what type of product either lightweight or heavyweight you need to display in these display boxes, this material has the ability to bear any type of weight. Moreover, we assure you that the material we use is eco-friendly and bio-degradable that shows the least packaging impacts on the environment. The use of environmental-friendly material will give a good brand impression to customers.

Make your cardboard display boxes more attractive

If you want to make your Cardboard Display Boxes become the center of attention for customers, make the external appearance more appealing by applying finishing touches to the boxes. We offer an array of different finishing techniques including embossing, matte or gloss lamination, and UV coating, etc. Get the logo of your company embossed on the display boxes to give them an attractive outlook. The lamination either matte or gloss will enhance the appearance of the boxes. The UV finishing will provide protection from ultraviolet rays and give your boxes a luxurious appearance.

You can contact our customer care department to get detailed information regarding our services. We offer quality services that give excellent end results. Get your exclusive display boxes in small or bulk quantities from us at reasonable prices.

 

Custom Sanitizer Boxes

Packaging is an essential part of your product. When it comes to sanitizers, they are associated with health. That is the reason people are highly conscious while purchasing them. This is where you need our glamorously designed Custom Sanitizer Boxes for an ideal display of sanitizers. The high-quality and stunning design of our boxes will notify the quality of the sanitizers to the customers.

Create a Difference Through our Custom Boxes

Regardless of how many competitors are there in the market, you can distinguish sanitizers from your brand easily through customized boxes. This is because our customized boxes are exceptionally designed with durable quality and efficient designing. Our designers work hard to provide you with your favorite design. In this way, sanitizer boxes can be embellished with your desired printing and graphic images.

Attractive Packaging with Unique Printing

One thing that can differentiate your products from rest of the products in the market is packaging. That is why, packaging should be unique and flawless. We, at The Custom Packaging, take pride in offering all kinds of assistance to our clients in availing a unique packaging. We offer attention-grabbing design options and logo printing. We personally listen to the individual demands of our clients and make things possible in a short period. You can mention any information about your brand such as name and tagline with customized fonts and background designs. These printing labels are ideal for conveying quality of your products and getting a distinguished reputation in the market.

Contact our customer support department to place your orders and avail a custom quote today!

Custom CBD Soap Boxes

You’ll find an amazing assortment of designs and prints with so many eye-catchy add-ons to personalize your very own Custom CBD Soap Boxes.

Using Topnotch Packaging Material

Using topnotch material in the whole manufacturing process of these boxes is our first priority. Because CBD Soap is made of natural ingredients and essential oils so it needs to be packed in high quality packaging. Such packaging boxes are required which help in increasing the shelf-life of the CBD soaps packed inside. Our highly customized CBD soap boxes provide 100 percent safety to the soaps and shield them from outer germs and other environmental factors. Besides, the boxes we manufacture are green and ecological which safe the environment. Either you choose cardboard or Kraft paper, it would be reliable for sure. Trusting us won’t disappoint you and you’ll come to order again in future.

Making CBD Soap Boxes More Eye-catchy

Making CBD soap boxes eye-catchy is really easy for our professional designers. If you’re still using standard packaging for your product, then it’s time to change it. Get our Custom CBD Soap Boxes imprinted with your required designs and color theme. There are a lot of choices to add on to your personalized boxes such as lamination, foiling, spot UV or aqueous coating. We offer CMYK and PMS printing techniques, choice will be all yours. You can have die-cut boxes or window panes in front of the boxes to give a clear view to the packed soaps inside. You can tell your required design or ask our experts for creative ideas; they’ll give you such unique ideas which help your brand to be renowned one in the marketplace.

Offering Discounts & Free Shipping

The Custom Packaging produces high-quality CBD soap boxes and offers at very affordable prices. You can get an amazing discount offer at your bulk purchase; the minimum order is 100 boxes. We deliver packaging for free around USA and Canada. Keep remember we do not compromise quality over quantity so order us as many boxes as you want. Besides free shipping, we also provide free design support to those customers who come with no ideas. You can ask us for a free 3D mock up and then decide what design or prints you actually want. As well as we can follow up on your instructions if you tell us your requirements and any design ideas. The choice will be all yours anyway, contact us now to ask your queries.

Our email address and phone no. are mentioned on our website; you can also get in touch with us on our live chat service.

Custom CBD Lotion Boxes

If you are finding premium but low-cost Custom CBD Lotion Boxes then this is the right place you’ve landed on. We provide first-class packaging personalized accordingly to your requirements.

We use first-class packaging material

Many beauty care brands are introducing CBD lotions now because of their properties such as skin nourishing and revitalizing. And these companies are in need of custom-made packaging to pack and retail their goods. In this regard, our company is providing tailored packaging to retailers around the globe. We utilize first-class packaging material in the manufacturing of Custom CBD Lotion Boxes. As we understand the sensitivity of this product, so we try to come up with durable and recyclable packaging. Such packaging not only provides safety to the CBD lotion packed inside but helps in maintaining its shelf-life too. We make you assure that our highly manufactured CBD lotion packaging is 100% green and eco-friendly. Anyhow, you should be concerned about the packaging as you give attention to your product quality.

We offer beautiful customized choices

Besides providing high-quality boxes, we offer an assortment of beautiful custom choices to our clients all over the world. We are providing CMYK and PMS printing techniques and come up with the best CBD lotion boxes ever. Color scheme and theme will be chosen by yourself or you can also ask for our free assistance. Our experts can help you in choosing designs or prints for your boxes or also help with some creative ideas. We offer silver and gold foiling, gloss and matte touching, spot UV and aqueous coating which give an elite look to your boxes. Decorating these boxes with transparent window panes can be attractive to its onlookers. The choice will be all yours, choose what you want but keep in mind the trend and people’s demand in the market.

We ship for free and offer discounts

The Custom Packaging offers various discounts to its esteemed customers for many years. We are a trusted packaging company which is working with a lot of clients all over the world. We have gained the trust of people so we are working as a renowned company. As we provide premium services and very reasonable prices so that we have regular customers. So if you have a low budget but want custom packaging then this place is for you. We provide high-quality Custom CB Lotion Boxes which are reasonably priced. You will get free shipping across US and Canada within 7-8 business days. You can get discount offers on bulk purchases too without hesitating about the packaging quality.

What else do you want? Get in touch with us thru our live chat service and get a free custom quote as per your requirement. You can also call or email us at our given contact information.

Custom CBD Cream Box Packaging

Get an exclusively designed Custom Box Packaging here for your CBD Creams. At The Custom Packaging, you’ll be offered various designs and prints in order to deck-up your boxes

Packaging Quality

CBD creams are utilized for various reasons, as they provide skincare, and sometimes for pain relief as well. Plus, CBD creams are really amazing for athletes as they usually get muscle pain. Anyhow, this product remains on high sale because of its frequent use among people around the globe. For this reason, those brands or companies which produce CBD creams definitely require its packaging. Such packaging provides full-time safety to the creams packed inside because these are sensitive enough to get affected by environmental factors. So we are here to offer you our highly manufactured Custom CBD Box Packaging which not only protects the packed product but saves the environment also. Our CBD cream boxes are ecological and crafted with top-class packaging material.

Custom Designs & Additional Choices

We are the only packaging providers that offer a large variety of custom prints and designs to make your boxes more appealing. No doubt, packaging quality matters but it’s not enough to pull customers towards your brand pro product. That means, designing your boxes with some alluring prints can help you in grabbing customers around the marketplace. You can have your brand name written in some unique way to attract people, besides you can have useful content imprinted over the packaging. You can have foiling, spot UV, aqueous coating, or lamination to make these boxes look pleasant. Our designers will help you in the whole manufacturing process of these boxes; they’ll follow your instructions as well as give you creative ideas.

Premium Services at Low Prices

There are some companies that provide top-quality services at very expensive rates while some provide low and slow services so cheaper. Well, both of these cases sound not good but what if you find a company providing first-class services at minimum prices? This would be amazing, and here’s good news eventually you’ve found that company. This is the company’s website where you’ve landed. We at The Custom Packaging offer so many amazing discounts to our customers on their bulk purchases. Our experts deal with the customers so nicely and satisfy them by providing premium services within the shortest turnaround time.

Contact us to avail our topnotch Custom CBD Cream Box Packaging with free shipping to US & Canada. There is a live chat box popping up on the right corner of the page, you can ask for a free custom quote. We also provide 3D mock-ups on requests. Feel free to ask us any query, our phone no. and email is also given at the website.

Custom CBD Capsule Boxes

Get an amazing discount offer on your bulk purchase of CBD Capsule Boxes from us. Choose from a large variety of designs available or tell us your desired theme or color prints, we’ll come up with the best for sure.

Get highly crafted premium boxes

CBD capsules are actually utilized to reduce stress and promote a sense of clam so they are high in demand. Because of its high demand, many manufacturers are being worried as they have a tough competition out there in the market. There are various CBD capsules introduced by different companies or brands. It’s quite difficult to get prominent in a crucial marketplace. We help you to get fame by providing highly crafted boxes that are made of premium quality packaging material. Our 100% recyclable, ecological and robust boxes ensure the safety of the CBB capsules packed inside. As well as our boxes are perfect to keep the efficiency and the shelf-life of these capsules for a longer time.

Choose from number of designs and custom choices

The Custom Packaging offers its respected clients a number of custom designs with CMYK and PMS printing techniques. Choose as per your requirement or tell us your ideas, we will transfer your ideas into reality by crafting your idealized packaging. Custom CBD Capsule Boxes produced by us help you in earning fame because we do not craft standard packaging like others. We do offer unique and fascinating packaging that makes your product prominent on the shop shelf and attracts customers. You can add lamination or foiling, spot UV or aqueous coating to the packaging boxes in order to give an engaging look to its viewers. Moreover, you can also ask for die-cut boxes and window boxes. You’ll find unlimited choices here; get in touch with us to ask any query about our designs or custom choices.

Enjoy topnotch services within a short time

We, at the Custom Packaging, offer a bundle of choices and additional services free of cost to our beloved clients around the world. We have a lot of customers entangles with us for many years, there are various reasons behind this. As we do offer discounts on bulk purchases as well as free design support with free shipping to USA & Canada. We never compromise quality over quantity neither we deliver the boxes late by our given business time. Well, you can have your own personalized CBD Capsule Boxes here at affordable rates as just you wish for.

To book your order, call us now or you can also send us an email with your queries or packaging requirements. And if you want a quick reply for any of your query then chat with us thru our live chat service. Our customer service is available 24 hours a day.

Custom E-Cigarette Boxes

The Custom Packaging provides it’s honored customers a perfect e-cig packaging solution at the most reasonable price ever.

Finest Packaging Material

Nowadays e-cigarettes are becoming so popular among people, especially elite class prefer to have e-cigs with them. E-cig consumers want to have such e-cigarettes which are best in quality and what they notice first while buying e-cigarettes, is definitely the presentation. And e-cig packaging is actually its presentation either it makes your product attractive or makes it unnoticeable. It all depends on a brand or company like how they make their product presentation feel pleasant to its consumers and buyers. That means, e-cig quality and the quality of its packaging both equally matter for the customer and as a retailer you should focus on it. In this regard, our company is providing its reliable services to all e-cig manufacturers and sellers. We utilize the finest packaging material in the production of e-cigarette boxes. You can get your own required Custom E-cigarette Boxes which are durable and green for sure.

Bespoke Designs

What makes a product packaging more pleasant and eye-catchy; it’s the design and prints on it. And you’re going to be offered a number of designs and printing choices over here. Our company has expert who can craft an amazing packaging design for you, either ask for our free design assistance or tell us your own ideas. We will come up with the best bespoke packaging ever which you have just imagined. We help you in making your e-cigarettes prominent in the marketplace. Make Custom E-cigarette Boxes a brand mark and earn more. We offer both CMYK and PMS printing techniques, choose what you want. Get these boxes in any size or shape imprinted with your desired prints. You’ll get an assortment of bespoke designs here, choose your required one or tell us your imagination. We will turn your imagination to reality and deliver the most exclusive e-cig packaging at your doorstep.

Eye-catching Additional Options

The Custom Packaging is one of its types in the town. It is because of our premium services that we are knotted with a lot of customers for many years. As we offer a bundle of custom choices to our beloved clients so they prefer to take our services again and again. If you’re in search of e-cigarette packaging, then this is the right place you’ve landed. Besides providing custom design and prints, our company offers its customers unique and eye-catching additional options too. We have gloss or matte lamination, silver or gold foiling, spot UV or aqueous coating to make your e-cig boxes more appealing. Die-cut or window panes would provide your Custom E-Cigarette Boxes an eye-catchy look for sure. You can have your e-cig brand name written in some unique way on the boxes which will enhance the charm of your e-cigarettes.

Now contact us via email or you can call us to our given phone number anytime, our customer services are available 24 hours. You can also get an instant answer of your query thru our live chat facility.

Kraft Hemp Oil Boxes

Tell us you packaging requirements and we’ll come up with the best beyond your imagination. Now order our topnotch Kraft Hemp Oil Boxes at very reasonable prices.

Top-quality Kraft Paper

Besides hemp oil’s usage for stress-release purposes, it is also utilized in body care products just like lotion, shampoos etc.  That means the demand for hemp oil is really high. And in accordance with its high demand, the requirement of packaging would be equally high. We are here to provide you with top-quality Kraft Hemp Oil Boxes in this regard. The Custom Packaging is one renowned company that has won the trust of its customers by providing them with top-notch services. Our packaging staff put so many choices to choose the Kraft paper in front of the clients. All of the material types are high in quality, you just have to choose your requirement and tell us the design you want. In case you’ve no idea in your mind then our professional staff will help you and suggest amazing design ideas free of cost. Well, packaging quality really matters when choosing it for oil products so do not compromise on it.

Exceptional Customized Choices

The Custom Packaging offers its customers several choices to add-on to their custom boxes. Besides having your brand or company name imprinted on the box, you can have special content. Content such as hemp oil benefits, usage, or ingredients, etc. attract customers and let them buy your product. We are here to imprint such content in the most unique way you actually want. Moreover, you can have debossing or embossing, silver or gold foiling, and gloss or matte lamination with spot UV or aqueous coating. We design Kraft Hemp Oil Boxes in all sizes and shapes you order for with your requisite customization. Our exclusively styled die-cut boxes or packaging with window panes looks more appealing and cause fascinating more customers.

Discount offers & Free Shipping

There are a lot of packaging manufacturing companies around the globe, but no one can compete us. As we provide the high-quality services in the town at very affordable rates. You’ll get the discount offer if you buy our hemp oil boxes in bulk, but our minimum order is for 100 boxes. Anyhow, you can get the discount on your every purchase and enjoy the premium services in return. Free shipping across US & Canada can be availed thru our company. Kraft Hemp Oil Packaging crafted by us is 100 times better than the standard boxes you generally utilize. Our first-class boxes not only differentiate your brand or hemp oil from others but provide full safety to the packed products inside. Ordering to our company won’t dissatisfy you, we pledge for that.

So get ready to avail our wonderful services at your door within the shortest turnaround time. Connect to us via email or phone no. given at our website, plus you can get in touch thru our live chat service. Our professional staff is twenty-four hours accessible to assist their valued customers.

Custom CBD Oil Packaging

Branding is the key step to gaining consumer trust and The Custom Packaging helps you in gaining that. What are you waiting for? Get a complete packaging solution in form of Custom Boxes in really cost-effective prices within the shortest turnaround time.

100 % Recyclable & Safe CBD Oil Packaging

Because cannabidiol is an active ingredient and offers a wide range of benefits to someone’s health. Keeping in regard to its diversified uses, its packaging should be as safe as the product itself. It is obvious that a medical product should be stored and packed in non-toxic and weather-resistant packaging. So we are here to provide you with such 100 percent safe and recyclable packaging which would be so perfect for your CBD oil products. Our professional staff has endless choices to design your Custom CBD Oil Packaging. Usually, CBD oil products are stored in glass dropper-style bottles manufactured in travel-size and big size as well. These bottles require such packaging which not only protects their delicacy but gives an attractive look to its buyers also. Boxes manufactured by us won’t only preserve your CBD oil products but are child-resistant as well. So this is the right place for you if you’re in search of reliable CBD oil packaging.

Custom Printed Designs with Attractive Add-on Choices

Here you will find an assortment of choices to make your product packaging fascinating which helps your brand to be prominent amongst various other CBD oil brands. You can get your packaging customized in any shape and size with some eye-catchy design imprinted on it which makes the box more appealing to the customers. Moreover, you can add as much as options to these boxes e.g.; gloss/matte lamination, silver/gold foiling, spot UV, aqueous coating, or a finishing touch to get a perfect packaging look. Die-cut windows can be added up on demand in order to give an attractive view to your beautiful CBD oil bottles packed inside. However, options aren’t just limited to box size shape or print you’re free to choose between the colors, tints, packaging material, or even printing techniques. To get CBD oil packaging with the finest quality and unlimited choices, you must contact us.

Affordable Prices & Discount Offers

Besides offering the most durable and unique CBD oil packaging boxes, The Custom Boxes offers discount purchases to its beloved customers. What else you want? If you’re a retailer or CBD oil manufacturer then you are definitely in search of such packaging which not only helps you in enhancing your business but should be cost-effective too. So we are here to provide high-quality boxes at such affordable rates which every customer wishes for. Order Custom CBD Oil Packaging in bulk and get amazing discount offers. Don’t worry, we do not compromise on quality over quantity so you’re going to have the best CBD oil packaging ever at the lowest price. You can also avail our free design support and free shipping to US and Canada.

Enjoy our premium services by contacting us via email or given a phone number at our website. Before proceeding to the order, you can ask us for a free custom quote as well. Our customer service is active 24 hours a day.

Custom CBD Tincture Boxes

Let’s create such CBD tincture boxes which are never seen before at the most affordable rates. We come up with the best and never disappoint our customers about quality or designs.

Finest Packaging Material

You will find the best quality Custom CBD Tincture Boxes here for your CBD products. Our packaging boxes are top quality as we utilize the finest packaging material in the production of these boxes. We care for the environment so we always produce eco-friendly packaging which is not only recyclable but 100% green as well. Our high quality services have already made us famous among our regular clients and we wish to have more clients. And if you’re in search of CBD tincture packaging then we guarantee you to provide the best packaging ever you desire for. Packaging material matters a lot when choosing it for CBD products, because these are very sensitive and need complete safety in order to maintain their shelf-life. And we are here to provide your CBD tinctures a long shelf-life. Well, you won’t be disappointed by the services provided by us as we always come up with the best.

Unlimited Choices to Add-up to your CBD Tincture Boxes

We design boxes in all shapes and sizes. Our professional designers will generate the custom boxes for you as per the dimensions and shape you require for your CBD tincture products. You can get these boxes imprinted as just you want; we have CMYK or PMS printing techniques. You can add a matte or gloss touch to these boxes to add some uniqueness to your brand. There is also an option available for spot UV and aqueous coating. Silver or gold foiling will give extra protection to this delicate product packaged inside. Moreover, Custom CBD Tincture Boxes can be imprinted with some amazing benefits attractively written on the front or back. This kind of customization pulls the customers towards your product for sure. Improve your brand name by printing it in a unique way with the help of our creative designers. You can avail free design support or also ask us to implement your creative ideas in the production of your very own custom boxes.

Premium Packaging Services in the Town

The Custom Packaging is the only company that treats its customers as its partners. Designers of our company are 24/7 available to assist their customers and answer their queries. You can ask for a free custom quote before the order, we can provide a 3D mock-up on request. If you need CBD tincture boxes then no place would be better than this. Just place your order and enjoy the premium services we offer to our esteemed customers in very low cost. Besides providing free design support, we offer free shipping to our customers in USA and Canada. You can get discount offers too on your bulk purchase.

What are you waiting for now? It’s the complete packaging solution you were actually looking for. Get in touch with us thru email or phone, we’ll assist you the best beyond your expectations.

Custom Cannabis Boxes

The Custom Packaging is such a trusted company that assures your business success in a short time by providing its customers with the most reliable Custom Cannabis Boxes.

Several Options to Deck up your Cannabis Boxes

When it comes to packaging, there are countless options to avail or maybe numerous creative ideas. You should have to be creative while designing the packaging boxes for any of your products. We are here to provide you with Custom Cannabis Boxes with a minimum order of one hundred boxes. We have these boxes available in all sizes and shapes you require. We use CMYK or PMS techniques to print out your custom boxes and get free design support from our professional designers. Qualified and creative professionals at The Custom Packaging have a lot of innovative ideas in order to design your cannabis boxes. Choose stock amid 14pt, 16pt, 18pt & 24pt White SBS C1S C2S for the boxes your order here.  Moreover, you can also get amazing options like custom window cut out, embossing, raised ink, or PVC sheet.

High-quality Cardboard Cannabis Packaging Boxes

We at The Custom Packaging provide our valued customers with 100% recyclable cannabis packaging. As we know cannabis products are quite sensitive and get easily spoiled or broken. So in regard to the safety of this product, we offer such robust packaging which is not only high in quality but green as well. We care for the environment so we prefer green cardboard packaging material in order to design your own Custom Cannabis Boxes. Well, you can add gloss or matte coating to these cardboard boxes or choose spot UV in order to get more advanced packaging. Silver or gold foiling to the boxes give extra safety plus attraction to the cannabis products packed inside. Besides, we have more choices such as default process die cutting, gluing, scoring, and perforation. We assure our customers that they won’t get such a premium package of cannabis boxes as they can get here.

Expand your Business thru Custom Packaging

If you’re reading this then it’s the golden time for you to avail of our discount offers on your purchase. Yes, the innovative Custom Cannabis Boxes are available at a very affordable price as just if you want. We help you to expand your business by providing you with the best packaging boxes in town. We send box flat view, 3D mock-up, and physical sampling on request. We help you earn a name in today’s competitive market where so many vendors are selling cannabis products. Our unique and durable packaging will help you to stand out amongst your competitors. This is the time to get your cannabis products familiar amongst its consumers. No company will be such trustworthy as our, because we do not compromise on quality over quantity and serve our customers the best.

Enjoy our premium services by contacting us at any of our given mediums. We are available 24/7 to assist our clients and answer their every query.

Cannabis Pre Roll Packaging Boxes

Are you in search of Cannabis Pre Roll Boxes? Do you want to get a Custom Packaging for your friable pre-rolls? The Custom Packaging can be the right choice then; you’ll get a lot of options here to deck your cannabis pre-roll boxes up. Here, you won’t get only packaging customized as per your requirements but some amazing offers and discounts as well.

Highly Customized Robust Pre Roll Boxes

The cannabis pre roll boxes we craft are robust in quality. We make sure our customers that they won’t get disappointed with us after shopping. You can choose either cardboard or Kraft material; it depends on your choice and requirements. You will find a lot of choices here as per the necessities of your pre-rolls. Some cannabis pre rolls are sold in individual tubes, while some are packaged together as multi-packs. As speckled as the packaging may be, pre roll sizing can run from the size of a finger to the size of a smartphone. Well, it all depends on how many pre-rolls you are going to pack in a box. By the quantity and keeping in view, the fragility of this product, a perfectly manufactured robust packaging is required. And we are here to provide our needy clients with the most high-quality cannabis pre roll boxes.

Numerous Personalized Choices & Add-ons

Amongst the number of packaging providers in the marketplace, we are one who provides unlimited custom choices to make your pre roll boxes more adorable. A cannabis pre roll vendor can ask us to imprint his brand name on the boxes and we will try our best to imprint it most uniquely. If you have some creative designs or prints in your mind for your packaging boxes, then you can ask us and we will try to implement your creativity in the manufacturing process of your very own Custom Cannabis Pre Roll Boxes. It doesn’t matter if you are out of the creative ideas and designs, our professional designers will help you throughout the production. Moreover, you can have a lot of other choices e.g.; lamination, foiling, spot UV, embossing or maybe windowpanes if required.

Free Design Support & Free Shipping

 Well, The Custom Packaging is one of those companies which not only provide packaging but are for their beloved customers. Besides providing top-notch services in the form of high-quality cannabis pre roll boxes, our company offers free design support with so many amazing creative ideas that help a brand in standing out amongst its competitors. It’s a bid deal for a business to uphold its name in today’s crucial market but The Custom Packaging has made it easier. You can enjoy amazing discounts on your bulk orders and free shipping across the US and Canada.

So if you’re interested in buying our most wanted cannabis pre roll packaging then just contact us through our given email or phone number. Besides, you can also get in touch with us in the chat box in the right corner of the page. We are available 24/7 to assist you.

Custom Printed Hemp Oil Boxes

A product packaging must be high in quality and attractive, we have got them both in our Custom Hemp Oil Boxes. Here at The Custom Packaging, you will get the most high-quality boxes at the suitable rates as just you want. Do you want to have a look at our hemp oil packaging? Just text us in our chat box and we’ll send you the custom quote as soon as possible.

Topnotch Material Stock

While manufacturing hemp oil boxes, choosing the material is the most important thing. And our company offers a variety of materials which a client can choose as per his requirements for the product e.g. card-stock, corrugated or Kraft material. It doesn’t matter which type of stock you choose, but we guarantee that the material would be sturdy enough to protect the product packed inside. Box quality matters more than the presentation sometimes, as it will help a manufacturer in transporting his goods perfectly without any loss or harm. We are here to provide you with the most durable and strong Hemp Oil Packaging ever that will not only provide safety to hemp oils inside but long-lasting storage as well which is the demand of buyers.

Unlimited Customization

The Custom Packaging provides packaging boxes in all shapes and sizes for all kinds of hemp oil. You can ask us for the required shape and size of the box according to your product. We are here to give you a free design and print ideas which would be unique and outstanding for sure. And if you have your ideas then let your creativity be done in the manufacturing of these hemp oil boxes¸ we are always here to hear you. There are so many print choices as well, CMYK or PMS. You can have a die-cut which is easy to assemble. Besides, get your very own Custom Hemp Oil Packaging with spot UV, foiling or embossing. It all depends on your choice. What are you waiting for now? Get these boxes with your specific brand logo or name imprinted in some unique way!

The Most Reasonable Prices 

We amaze our customers with so many discount offers and so many other things such as free custom quote, design support, and free shipping as well. However, The Custom Packaging is one of those companies that give its customers a full hold in designing their hemp oil boxes. We offer add-ons for these boxes to give an artistically bewitching look to your product packaging. Moreover, we at The Custom Packaging, offer high-technology digital and offset printing techniques at the most reasonable prices ever. We always try to make our customers happy by providing them our top-quality services with amazing discount offers. Our delivery staff is professional and experienced enough to deliver the order safely and sound to your doorstep within the shortest turnaround time. It’s time to order your own Personalized Hemp Oil Boxes with your desired prints and designs.

 

Custom Vape Cartridge Packaging Boxes

Get your Vape Cartridge Packaging Boxes with the personalized choices provided to give exposure to your design and printing ideas. The Custom Packaging offers the most durable and eye-catchy boxes at the most reasonable prices in the market. There are hundreds of choices available, choose among those countless options to style your packaging. And we hope to create the best vape cartridge boxes for you with your selected or required choices.

Standout in the Crucial Market with our Durable and Environment-Friendly Vape Cartridge Boxes

Both customers and brands are looking for environment-friendly products. And just because vaping may be injurious to health, it doesn’t mean it has to harm the environment! As such, all our Vape Cartridge Boxes are environment-friendly; we are the first choice of many vaping brands out there in the market. A brand or company gets fame if it presents its products in a unique way that customers demand.

The most important thing in being noticeable by the customers is to present them with durability first, the more packaging will be topnotch, the more product value increases. That means a product’s value depends on how it is presented to its buyers like how it is packed and protected. Product protection is equally important as the packaging and durable boxes can keep the delicacy of vape products packed inside. It will become easy for a vape brand to stand out in today’s crucial vape industry with our durable and eco-friendly boxes.

Present your Vape Products in Style with our Custom Printed Vape Cartridge Packaging

There are a lot of choices here to style the packaging boxes for your vape accessories only at The Custom Packaging. All custom sizes and shapes are available here. We use paper stock 10pt to 28pt eco-friendly Kraft, e-flute corrugated, boxboard, and cardstock. CMYK and PMS printing techniques are used. Gloss or matte lamination, spot UV, embossing, and silver or gold foiling are utilized as per the requirements. Die-cutting, gluing, and perforations are available as well and 3D mock-up can be provided on request.

Ask your requests with our skilled customer-support staff, and get economical solutions concerning your printing & designing needs. Do you want to make a WOW factor to your Vape Cartridge Packaging Boxes? Choose from different add-ons like spot UV or embossing to highlight your brand name or logo on the exterior of the boxes, it would be beneficial for your brand recognition. The Custom Packaging ensures an awe-inspiring display for your vape cartridges that captures courtesy of the customers at their first glimpse and confirms sales.

Get your Vape Cartridge Boxes here and Enjoy Amazing Discounts and other Facilities

You will get the most robust, long-lasting and eco-friendly boxes here with so many customized choices and some wonderful trendy add-ons a brand needs for its product or products. Moreover, our professionals provide free design support to those who don’t come up with their personalized choices. We do send our clients 2D or 3D mock-ups and a physical prototype to make it easier for them in deciding what they want actually. Besides unlimited customization and graphic assistance free of cost, we also do not ask for die or plate charges.

Our shipping is flat and free in the USA and Canada. There’s six to eight business 6-8 business day delivery time, but you can place a rush order for faster delivery. There is no minimum order; you will get your Vape Cartridge Packaging Boxes at cost-effective rates whether it is a short-run order. Create an out-of-the-world vape cartridge packaging that’s just hard to miss with The Custom Packaging.

Avail our 24/7 customer care services by consulting us through email or phone call, we are available to assist you all the time. You can also get in touch with us in our chat box and ask your queries, get a free custom quote now!

Custom Waffle Boxes

Get great discounts and free shipping here with all of your desired choices and prints on waffle packaging in any size, shape, and design. We provide premium custom boxes manufactured with high-quality cardboard or Kraft material.

Custom Waffle Boxes Best to Keep Your Food Fresh & Tasty

Our waffle packaging isn’t just limited to helping our customers in fulfilling their business or private needs but best in preserving goods too. It’s a fact that edibles get spoiled easily so packaging must be eco-friendly in order to preserve the food. We at The Custom Packaging use top-notch material in the whole manufacturing process of these boxes and follow the directions given by customers. We have Stock 14pt, 16pt, 18pt & 24pt White SBS C1S C2S with Digital & Offset printing as just you want. You can also avail high strength corrugated and rigid paperboard which satisfies all your shipping needs. Pick tuck end, sleeve or two-piece style boxes to showcase or present your yummy waffles perfectly. Our solely manufactured cube, rectangular or takeaway-style boxes allow you to easily accommodate your merchandise.

Flawless Custom Choices to Design Your Waffle Packaging

Unique and striking pictures imprinted on waffle boxes will definitely grab the attention of people around either in a marketplace or at some party place. Our boxes are ideal to double the treat for its receivers as well as best to keep the freshness of waffles packed inside. Besides high quality, we have unlimited custom options to choose such as matte, glossy, Spot UV, Aqueous Coating and Embossing. Moreover, silver/gold foiling, flaps, ribbons, thread handles or wire handles can also be added on demand. Our waffle boxes can also be personalized in the form of takeaway boxes which are best to keep at bakeries and shops to please customers. Bring an eye-catching outlook to your foodstuff by opting from our range of box styles.

Get free custom quote for your satisfaction and after finalizing avail free design support as well. Our Custom Waffle Packaging is shipped flat in the shortest turnaround time.  Avail free shipping on both long-run and short-run orders across the United States & Canada.

Custom Wine Boxes

If you’re looking for custom wine boxes totally personalized as per your demands and accordingly with the trend then The Custom Packaging can be the right place for you as we deliver custom wine boxes at affordable rates with free shipping across the USA and Canada.

Market Your Wine Brand with Our Uniquely Customized Boxes

In today’s competitive marketplace, it’s crucial to make your brand familiar with the marketplace especially when it comes to a wine brand. There are a lot of companies which are selling wine but what can make you famous among those wine-making companies, a good packaging. Yes, custom packaging can help you in making your brand exclusive and attractive. And we are here to provide you with such unique packaging that will grab the attention of wine lovers instantly. Personalized Wine Boxes can be just amazing to market your brand and get double amazing responses from the consumers. We use high-quality packaging material in the production of these boxes, and the material choice is all yours. As well as we use CMYK/PMS printing methods in the manufacturing process. Your wine bottles not only look exclusive in such boxes but also will remain safe as long as possible.

Hundreds of Custom Choices to Add-on

Our top-notch wine boxes aren’t just durable and handy but beautiful as well. For example, if you want to spread a smile on the faces of your guests invited on a party or want to impress your loved ones then there are so many things to do. You can make your wine packaging more impressive than standard boxes by applying some custom choices. We, at The Custom Packaging, offer hundreds of choices to add on to your boxes such as silver/gold foiling, matte/glossy lamination, spot UV, aqueous coating, window panes, die-cut and much more. Your very own Custom Wine Boxes will definitely give an astounding look with these exclusive additional choices. You just need to tell us what size, style, design, and type of theme you want to apply to the boxes. We make you assure that we will come up with the best.

Moreover, we do not charge for these extra add-ons if you want plus we also offer our free design support to our esteemed customers. We are 24 hours available to answer your queries, just open the chat box and ask for a free custom quote.

Custom Noodle Boxes

Custom-made Noodle boxes are manufactured with high-quality packaging material and digital printing at a reasonable price as just you want.

Custom Printed Noodle Boxes at Wholesale

If you are looking for eye-catchy noodle packaging with handiness then it is the right place you’ve landed. Because we provide tailor-made noodle boxes with amazing customization so you can choose from hundreds of choices offered by us or can ask us to design the boxes as per your demand. We use PMS/CMYK printing techniques and do offset or digital printing as just your prerequisite. Our team is here to follow your instructions and offer you unique ideas for the designing of your very own Custom Printed Noodle Boxes. We offer our customers amazing discounts as we deliver these boxes at a wholesale price. We never compromise quality over quantity so do not worry while ordering; trust our words because we’ll surely come up with the best as you expect.

Ideal Noodle Packaging with Exciting Custom Add-ons

The Custom Packaging not only promises to deliver the best noodle boxes at your door within a turnaround time but also provides exciting add-ons. We do offer spot UV, aqueous coating, silver/gold foiling, matte/glossy lamination, window panes, die-cut, and much more. As well as we do not charge for these additional choices, our rates are flat and economical. If you’re confused about the custom add-ons like what to apply and what to not. Then our skilled designers are there to help you free of cost. They will guide you from A to Z during the whole manufacturing process and will give you astounding ideas. When you’ll pack and serve your noodles in our exclusively designed Custom Noodle Boxes then people will remember you for the rest of their life either they are your customers or guests.

What are you waiting for now? Just pick up the phone and ring us, you can also chat with us in the chat box given below. We are here to serve you 24/7 and answer your queries related to packaging. Ask for a free custom quote or go for an order and enjoy our quality services with free shipping across the USA and Canada.

Custom Coffee Boxes

This is the right place if you’re looking for The Custom Packaging of your coffee jars or packs. We not only provide the best custom packaging but offer an amazing discount on your wholesale purchase with no shipping fee across the USA and Canada.

Premium Custom Printed Packaging for Your Coffee Products

Professionals at The Custom Packaging manufacture such coffee packaging for you which is more than you expect. We use high-quality packaging and printing material in the whole production process of these boxes. PMS or CMYK printing methods are utilized which give an astounding look to your boxes. Not just high-tech digital or offset printing, we use high-quality cardboard material in the manufacturing of coffee boxes. We go with the material you want to use in the production and the printing method of your choice as well. Quality is guaranteed, you just have to trust us and wait for the order to deliver on your door.

Unique Additional Choices to Impress Your Customers

If you really want to earn profits then you need to attach people to your brand, not just attach but emotionally attach. But how you can do that? Definitely by impressing them at their first sight and first sight goes to the packaging box of your coffee. Custom Printed Coffee Boxes with your desired add-ons will definitely give an impression to the customers looking for coffee in a retail store or shop. And we are here to provide you with such printed boxes for your coffee products either it is in a jar or in packets. We make your standard boxes to trendy boxes which attract coffee lovers and let them buy your product only just by its packaging. You can ask us to apply spot UV or aqueous coating on the boxes. we also have custom options for gold/silver foiling, matte/glossy lamination, die-cut, window panes, etc.

How We Help Our Customers?

We understand that it’s quite difficult to market your brand in today’s competitive world. But if you draw your marketing policy with the help of the right packaging company then you can earn the profit and fame as just you want. So what are you waiting for now? Chat with us and ask for a free custom quote or contact us through email or phone to get more info about coffee boxes. Our customer support service is available 24/7 that’s totally free.

Custom Book Boxes

We provide such book boxes which are actually designed to package and store a book or books in an attractive manner. Our professional packaging staff is best at the production of these boxes because the packaging solution we provide not only gives your product a smart look but saves you money.

Choose Your Very Own Personalized Boxes at Wholesale Price

Here you’ll find the best packaging solution for all types of books as they are safe and prevent books from being damaged. Book boxes we provide can be utilized as storage, freight, packing & gifting purposes with tailored themes, designs, and shapes as per your prerequisite. For business purposes, a company logo imprinted on the boxes will help you to create a symbolic brand and its awareness. We use 100% recyclable material in the making of these Custom Printed Book Boxes. Choose from biodegradable cardboard, Kraft, or corrugated material in order to design your personalized book boxes. Choose boxes to store books or choose for gifting purposes, we will design them as per the requirement and need.

Book Boxes with Plenty of Custom Choices

The Custom Packaging offers a range of customization for book boxes along with offset or digital printing, and fast and free delivery across the USA and Canada. We do not charge for the extra custom choices you want to add on to your book boxes just like lamination, foiling, die-cut, spot UV, aqueous costing, etc. Moreover, there are a lot of choices in box shapes and designs because books have categories e.g.; fiction, kids’ stories, school books, comics, journals, or storybooks, therefore, the packaging need to be of varying designs, and dimensions as per the need of the book. We have a wide range of styles to cater the need of all the book companies and retailers. You can ask us for the available box styles and designs plus you can also demand your desired style and we will design it as exactly you want.

Come to us, order in bulk and get an amazing discount. You can chat with us in order to get further information regarding book boxes or ask for a free custom quote. We assure you that we’ll provide the best services as you expect from a packaging company.

Custom Subscription Boxes

The Custom Packaging is the right place for you if you’re looking for uniquely designed subscription boxes made up of high-quality packaging material. We deliver durable and affordable custom subscription boxes totally altered as per your demands.

Right Subscription Boxes for Your Valuable Products

Are you finding the perfect subscription packaging for your products? Then this is the right place for you in order to get the right packaging. We just don’t say words; we are providing our quality services for years. You can try our packaging services by contacting us through email, phone or chat. We prefer quality in our standard boxes and put our unique thoughts into customizing your very own Personalized Subscription Packaging. We not only manufacture boxes for our customers, we also make certain that your customers get the impression that you want actually. You aren’t just getting the right quality packaging here; in fact, you will get one that is artistically pleasing to your receivers and pliable to enhance your products or brand worth in the crucial marketplace.

Mesmeric Custom Choices & Add-ons to Apply

We are here to serve you with the best, not only premium subscription packaging boxes but amazing custom choices and add-ons as well. At the possible lowest cost, The Custom Packaging produces your subscription boxes with full quality assurance and support. Our first-quality digital and offset printing proficiencies will definitely create a magical design beyond what your customers expect. So what could be better than this? Moreover, our exclusive add-ons include die-cut, silver/gold foiling, matte lamination, aqueous coating, embossing, die-cut, window patching, and much more! These are additional choices you can add to create a more lavish and matchless look to your Customized Subscription Boxes. And what can be better than that, there are no extra charges for die-cutting, window patching or printing plate, etc.

Contact us by chat now! We have given our contact number and email; you can connect to our efficient staff and get further info about subscription boxes. Our quality packaging services won’t disappoint you; you can trust us and ask for a free custom quote.

Custom Lip Balm Boxes

The Custom Packaging has a team of experts and offers unique solutions at affordable prices in order to help cosmetics just like lip balms manufacturers in getting the best packaging that can go comparable to the products offered.

Premium Quality Boxes with High-tech Printing

Lip balms are a common cosmetic product amongst men and women these days. In order to make your product famous in today’s competitive marketplace, you have to make it more eye-catchy. And your flavored lip balms with our alluring chromatic representation will just make your product hard to ignore, enlightening its shelf-life. Our topnotch Custom Printed Lip Balm Boxes are just amazing to promote your newly launched lip balm or already running cosmetic brand. The perfect combination of high-quality packaging and premium printing material is the right way to pop up the business amongst its competitors, either in the online promotion or physical one. At The Custom Packaging, lip balm boxes are personalized in various shapes and sizes and printed with quality ink where the use of different font styles makes it more fascinating.

Hypnotic Custom Choices

If you’re in search of first-class custom printing and packaging for your Lip balm products then no place can be better than The Custom Packaging. With our professionally designed boxes made exclusively for your product, you’d be amazed at how much of an edge you can give your product with its packaging only. We have a lot of choices to offer such as lamination, foiling, spot UV, embossing, die-cut, and much more. Just contact us to know more about our uniquely Customized Lip Balm Packaging. A personalized lip balm box display is a convenient way to advertise your brand without even trying. Simply set a box on your counter desk and let people take one on their way out. We also offer single or three-pack gift boxes for special customer gifts and retail packaging.

Moreover, our customized lip balm set boxes or a single box is best to secure the balms in safe and reliable packaging which is best to protect the nourishment of the lips of consumers as well. Anyways, you can be certain that we have everything you need to make sure your product’s custom packaging comes out impeccably. Marketing your lip balm collection is now easier than ever but only with us. Feel free to contact us for more details and further information regarding Lip Balm Boxes.

Custom Cosmetic Display Boxes

Our cosmetic display boxes have the power to enrich the presence and beauty of your cosmetic products on your retail shop shelves. So we offer Custom Cosmetic Display Boxes of the finest quality and precise according to your requirements at a reasonable price and get free shipping across the USA and Canada.

Branding With Our Highly Customized Cosmetic Display Boxes

Without captivating displays, a store or shop counter seems rather dull. So if you want your cosmetic products to get the right attention it deserves, then what you need is a well-designed display box for cosmetics. Our Exquisite Custom Cosmetic Display Boxes will make your beauty products look interesting and appealing to customers around the market. We, at The Custom Packaging, bring you an opportunity to discriminate against your cosmetic brand, establish it as a titan from a modest perspective, and enhance your business with inventive boxes. Choose these boxes in any size, shape, and design. No doubt, we have such appealingly printed boxes in stock which will definitely mesmerize your customers at first sight.

Hundreds of Choices to Design Cosmetic Display Boxes

Now get exclusive display packaging and printing of cosmetic boxes to highlight your brand in the ever-changing beauty market. It doesn’t matter which product or products you manufacture and sell, the thing that matters is how you’re presenting and displaying it. We make you certain that we offer Distinctive Custom Display Boxes which are perfect for your cosmetic products. And the printing processes we use certify that the colors are as vivacious as intended to be. The cardboard or Kraft material we use is bleed-proof so the design will be more prominent. Besides, we have a lot of choices to add to these boxes such as lamination, foiling, die-cut, aqueous coating, etc. Just tell us your requirements and we will come up with the best.

Don’t risk your premium quality cosmetics to ordinary cosmetic boxes, choose us and let your customers know the worth of your brand. Attach your buyers to your brand through these personalized boxes manufactured by us. Contact us now to get further information or ask us to get a free custom quote.

Custom Bath Bomb Boxes

If you require first-class bath bomb packaging personalized as per your demands, then we have plenty of stock and so many finishing options available at affordable prices.

Finely Printed Custom Bath Bomb Boxes

Uniquely designed bath bomb packaging is an ideal solution for newly-launched bath bomb item or brand that aims to grow itself in the marketplace. Ecological Cardboard, Kraft or Corrugated boxes are used to pack your delicate bath bomb products. Have your Personalized Bath Bomb Boxes printed in cardboard, Kraft material or paper stock only at The Custom Packaging. Because bath bombs are considered as an item that dissolves quickly. But the material we use in the production of these boxes prevents the product from being destroyed. We allow our customers to make choices regarding the material, design, and style in order to get a solution as per their need. Our perfectly-crafted bath bomb packaging also offers transportability along with flexibility and durability.

Market Your Product with Our Highly Customized Bath Bomb Boxes

If you’re looking for an exceptional packaging solution for your bath bomb products then you’re at the right place. Get ready to get ideal packaging for your inventive products. We will deal with you as just you want, get your boxes with raised ink, glossy/matte lamination, foiling, embossing,  die-cutting or any other preference. The use of alluring colors and exclusive designs helps in differentiating one brand from the other, in this way you can market your bath bombs effectively in a crucial market. Just make sure that the design you choose is eye catchy, use the right combination of color schemes, and fonts, etc. to make your Custom Bath Bomb Boxes extremely pleasing. Have the unique selling points of your bath bombs imprinted smartly on the box packaging in order to grab customers. Our graphics team will offer you a bunch of artsy template varieties for your bath bomb packaging.

Our professional packaging team makes sure that every customer receives personalized solutions based on his branding or packaging necessities. Moreover, we do not charge extra for shipping (US, Canada) and other services like any add on. Connect to us through chat or email to get an instant custom quote, we will provide our best services and deal with your orders within a turnaround time.

Custom Truffle Boxes

Give your truffles a more delightful look by packing in our pleasingly customized truffle boxes available in numerous sizes and shapes decked up with exclusive designs and styles.

Custom Truffle Boxes Made Of High-Quality Material

We use high-quality material stock in the whole manufacturing process of these truffle boxes. Material choice is yours; either you choose cardboard or select Kraft material. We offer 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt, and 24pt White SBS C1S C2S material stock. Our Custom Truffle Boxes will keep your truffle products preserved for as long as possible. We follow health and hygiene standards, so we use only food-grade material to provide definitive satisfaction to our customers. As well as we follow the instructions of our valued customers in the whole manufacturing process of these boxes. You can tell us your specifications and demand for size and shape. We never compromise quality over quantity so order these boxes in bulk without any fear. We ship the boxes flat at low rates and charge no shipping fee across USA and Canada.

Economical Truffle Boxes with Exclusive Custom Choices

We are here to provide you not only perfect truffle packaging but ease in your business as well. We have eco-friendly boxes at very economical rates decorated with trendy designs and add-ons as per your demands. Moreover, we do not charge for these custom choices you add up to your Personalized Truffle Boxes. We have gloss/matte lamination, spot UV, silver/gold foiling, aqueous coating, embossing, window panels, and die-cut. Window panes are an amazing choice to add on because your mouth-watering truffles will give an engaging look to the receivers or customers. You can ask us to add sections to your boxes in order to put each truffle in a single section. You can get these boxes customized in the form of gift boxes as well or ask us to imprint them for your brand or company.

Connect to us through email or the phone number given on our website. You can also chat with us in the chat box and get more information about truffle boxes. Ask us for a free quote then decide. Order now and enjoy quality services, free design support, and an amazing discount on your bulk order.

Custom CBD Boxes

You will find the best manufactured Custom CBD Boxes here at very affordable prices with no hidden charges for additional choices you want to apply onto the boxes.

Custom CBD Boxes with Unique Prints & Designs

Our custom-made CBD packaging are used for pitching and safe handing over of CBD products or oil to its purchasers. That means CBD packaging help CBD products or oil manufacturers in securely ship goods to customers. We use high-quality packaging material in the production of these CBD boxes which guarantee the safety of medicated products packed inside. Custom Printed CBD Boxes prove helpful for the purchaser when all the necessary information related to the packed product get imposed on the boxes. You can ask us to imprint the required details (ingredients, best before, how to use, etc.) onto the boxes with your specific brand name or logo that makes your name well-known in the market. Such custom-printed CBD packaging can make a newly launched CBD brand worth noticing with potential buyers.

Economical Personalized CBD Boxes at Wholesale

Our premium CBD boxes are used for packing, storing, promoting and shipping CBD products to customers far and wide. The boxes are actually designed to keep the contents and quality of the product or oil intact for a longer period of time. The products made from CBD and its oil can be packaged in our highly manufactured and Customized CBD Boxes available at wholesale in order to provide them safe all the time. Your very own personalized CBD packaging can also be decked-up with so many custom choices available only here at The Custom Packaging. Silver/gold foiling, spot UV, aqueous coating, matte/glossy lamination, window panes, Die-cut and much more. You just need to tell our designers your required design or ask them to give a unique idea for free. We do not charge for these extra add-ons if you wish to apply.

Want a free custom quote? Chat with us now. You can also contact us by given email id or phone number. Enjoy our quality services and discounts on a wholesale purchase without shipping free across USA & Canada.

Custom Bux Board Boxes

The Custom Packaging offers recyclable and reasonable Custom Bux Board Boxes which are flexible to pack any product or products in a convenient way.

Multipurpose Boxes Produced with Topnotch Packaging Material

Bux board boxes are considered as the most right packaging for freighting consumer goods to the retail market and handling household products. As we use high-quality material in the production of these boxes so they are perfect to protect the packed goods. And this is the reason our boxes are most advantageous to those who have a high demand for product delivery. You can order Custom Bux Board Boxes here without worrying about quality and quantity as we never compromise quality over quantity. We use PMS/CMYK printing techniques and do offset or digital printing and come up with the best boxes as just you expect from a packaging company. So don’t need to overthink, trust our words and ring us now. Our customer support staff is available to help you.

Exclusively Printed Bux Board Boxes & Numerous Custom Add-ons

You won’t find such exclusive bux board packaging anywhere as you can find at The Custom Packaging. We offer unique prints and designs to apply on your personalized boxes making them eye catchy and appealing to receivers and onlookers. Our Flexible Bux Board Boxes can be turned into any design, size, and shape as per your requirements and the specifications of your product or products. Choose from a number of custom choices and add-ons just like lamination, foiling, spot UV, aqueous coat, die-cut, etc. We do not charge for these extra additional choices if you want to apply to the boxes. Ask our professional designers for free design support or give them your ideas. Our Bux board packaging is entirely ecological packaging that can be customized in a number of expected ways and let you promote your brand amazingly.

Anyways, customization is unlimited but the choice is all yours. Let us know about your choice or ask us for a free custom quote in the chat box. You can also contact us by phone or email.

Custom Archive Boxes

An archive box is an ideal way to convey your brand values to your esteemed customers or suppliers. The Custom Packaging has an amazing range of archive boxes specially designed to keep your documents, files records, and statements organized and accessible whenever you need.

Durable & Multipurpose Custom Archive Boxes

Here you’ll find a wide range of high-quality archive boxes in a number of sizes and styles. All of these are best for general home and office file storage; including document archiving and home filing of bills, statements, and other important records. Our tailor-made archive boxes are multipurpose because of the wide accessibility of numerous sizes and shapes that are used for packaging, storage or transportation as well. These Premium Archive Boxes are manufactured with ecological material and furnished with exceptional features that assist in carrying these boxes. We use 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt, and 24pt White SBS C1S C2S material stock. Our cardboard-made archive boxes are faultlessly designed for making sure that your home and office filing stays organized and easily reached. Contact us to get the most stylish boxes produced with safety, flexibility, and suitability at reasonable prices.

Custom Archive Boxes Printed As Per Your Demands

The Custom Packaging fulfills the modern needs of packaging and storage by providing its customers with plenty of custom print choices. These boxes not only come in a number of shapes and sizes but in different hues, prints, and designs as well. You can get Custom Printed Archive Boxes with your brand logo and market your brand or company effectively. You can ask us to print the design as just you want or also avail of our free design support. Our qualified designers are 24 hours available to assist you and give you unique ideas in order to make your archive packaging impressive. We offer foiling, embossing, lamination, spot UV, aqueous coating, and boxes with lids. Anyways, ask us what type of boxes you want and which designs or prints you require for your archive boxes.

Don’t need to think anymore, chat with us and get further info related to archive boxes. You can also contact us through email or phone. Order now and avail of quality services with free shipping across UK & Canada.

Wine Bottle Carriers

Wine Bottle Carriers are one of the most ideal packaging solution for different kinds of beverages such as wine and champagne bottles. This kind of bottles need extra bit of safety and Wine Bottle carriers from The Custom Packaging make a perfect choice for you. Quality is our top priority hence we use the highest quality non-bendable and sturdy materials making them some of the most lightweight, compact yet durable packaging solution for your glass fragile wine bottles. The boxes have soft inner surface that keeps the enclosed bottles from scratches. We offer many different attractive customizations on wholesale orders including free shipping, free cutting die, and free printing plate equipment.

Tuck With Bellow Dust Flap Lock

The premium customization of the tuck with bellow dust flap lock is what we take pride in at The Custom Packaging. You can have these boxes customized in any size and dimension along with various surface finish options

Unique Customization

You can get tuck end bellow dust flap lock boxes for your brand whether technology, food, or cosmetics stand out in the market with our exclusive customization options. Brand visibility is what we ensure with our high-grade die-cut manufacturing equipment. To make your products more memorable, give them a memorable opening style.

Customized bellow dust flap lock makes packaging more mesmerizing with its unique flaps. You can add this flap to every kind of packaging. The double layer-like lid will provide extra protection to products. You can design flap lock boxes with our coloring, printing, and coating options. Furthermore, add-ons are also available to further upgrade your packaging style.

Color Schemes

You are not limited to a specific color scheme because we have CMYK and PMS color models to print the required hues. You can pick any color combination and see how perfectly we will print it to below dust flap lock boxes.

When this unique packaging is printed with accurate colors, clients feel difficulty in ignoring your products. Furthermore, if you struggle to choose the best colors for tucking with dust flap lock packaging, you can get expert help. Our skillful and expert designers can guide you to professional packaging that helps you beat competitors.

Easy Assembling

Custom tuck end boxes with bellow dust flap locks are easy to assemble. These are designed by The Custom Packaging for your convenience. You can get these boxes for effective product packaging. We also provide wholesale bellow dust flap lock boxes that are shipped under precautionary measures. Moreover, these boxes are shipped flat so that our clients don’t face storage problems. If you have any other requirements, feel free to share them with us.

Durable Materials

We get clients’ satisfaction by delivering them durable Tuck with Bellow Dust Flap Lock boxes. Strong paper materials are used in the manufacturing of these boxes so that we get the best final results. Furthermore, sustainable bellow dust flap lock boxes are in clients’ demand. Therefore, we use recyclable cardboard, Kraft, bux board, and cardstock materials. One can select the thickness and size of tuck end flap lock boxes per their needs.

Why Choose Us?

Besides above mentioned services, we give our customers fast shipping of Tuck with Bellow Dust Flap Lock boxes. Business days usually range between 10 to 12. However, rush delivery is also possible for urgent orders. To get design assistance, you can see free custom designs. If you want to know more, contact us at the provided number or email us at support@thecustompackaging.com.

Triangular Tray Lid

Triangular tray lid boxes are designed, manufactured, and printed based on your demands when it comes to packaging fancy products or sensitive food items. The custom packaging provides uniquely customized triangular boxes that are used especially for the comfort of carrying your delicate items in a customary and portable way.

Easy to Carry

We use the highest quality most durable materials for our Triangular Tray Lid packaging boxes making them ideal for your expensive and fancy products or delicate food products etc. The sealed products in a triangular tray and with a lidded box are surely your best option to carry your goods along with you. The perfection of these boxes lies within the creativity that is put into them. Each box can be designed according to your desires that best suits your needs. Custom designing is what makes customized triangular tray lid boxes easy to carry because your design is based on the product’s shape, size, and nature.

Prevent Damage

Packaging that is made of reliable materials and also is easy to carry is best for storing or shipping your products. The Custom Packaging offers cardboard or Kraft triangular lid tray packaging that prevents damage to all kinds of products. Besides that, we provide sustainable triangular lid boxes that are safe for the environment as well. One can get triangular packaging customized into any shape or size based on the product’s needs. Mostly it is used for food and gift products because of its unique shape. Chocolates, truffles, candies, pizza slices, and many other tidbits look more delicious in food-grade triangular lid tray boxes.

Broad Range of Styles

The custom packaging offers various styles of custom-designed triangular tray and lid boxes that are accessible to everyone. It does not matter what style you pick; we make triangular product boxes so accurate that they will act as a tool to promote your business. These boxes are made according to the requirements of different products like processed or prepared food, cosmetics, candies, tech products, etc. The lid and tray can be customized with inserts, partitions, or dividers to carry products in a portable way. The unique design of these boxes helps you get brand recognition with their distinctive styles.

Custom Printing

Our clients can choose from offset, digital, silkscreen, and 3D printing options to express a brand story. Let customers know about your products via custom-printed triangular tray lid boxes. Advanced printing technologies allow you to print images, drawings, patterns, or illustrations of your choice. CMYK and PMS color models never let printed content fade out. When treated with gloss, matte, or UV spot coating, printed triangular packaging becomes more appealing. You can creatively design triangular boxes to use as gift boxes or favor boxes during the events like Christmas, Halloween, weddings, thanksgiving or Easter.

Why Choose Us?

Available with an easy-to-assemble structure and functionality. The Custom Packaging promises you won’t find a triangular tray lid box better than the one provided by us. Whether you want fancy or decent packaging, the protective-shaped triangular boxes designed by our experts are best for you. Our boxes are made with fine materials per your specifications under expert monitoring. We offer bulk packaging add-ons to our respected clients such as custom printing, coloring, cutting die, coating, and fast shipping. Our customer care representatives are 24/7 waiting for your call at 888-851-0765. Don’t worry if the number is unavailable you can contact us via email at support@thecustompackaging.com and get free custom quotes.

Straight Tuck with Rise up Insert

The Custom Packaging makes sure to provide precise die-cut tuck lock systems to our Straight Tuck with rising Insert boxes that employ reliable friction lock mechanisms keeping your products safe as long as required. The tuck flaps are extended just enough to lock your products efficiently, and the rise up inserts provides satisfactory unboxing for your custom gift, electronic appliances, or technology products.

Customization Options

Like all custom boxes, straight tuck boxes with rise up inserts are also customizable according to your requirements. You can get these boxes customized in any color, print, shape, and size of your choice. We know that you cannot fit all kinds of products in a specific packaging. That’s why we offer all the customization possibilities to make personalized straight tuck with rise up insert packaging suitable for your products. You can select a themed design for these boxes and we will manufacture them as you order. Straight tuck boxes printed with eye-catchy images, graphics, and illustrations increase customers’ desire for your products. Moreover, you can add window cutouts to make your products easily visible to target customers. High-end die-cutting equipment makes accurate alternations to packaging boxes per your needs.

Design & Impress

Our custom straight tuck with rise up insert boxes help you package products with style. These boxes contain customizable inserts to keep all kinds of products in place. Choose from the material options and design templates or upload your design to make your business stand out in the market. You can get fully customizable straight tuck end boxes from us. You can select your favorite design and make it yours by adding a personal touch such as brand name, logo, and product details. Once you have selected the design, leave the rest to us.

Get Brand Recognition

High-quality custom-designed packaging boxes are reliable enough for brand recognition. These boxes come in all sizes to best fulfill your needs. For brand promotion, you can print branding details creatively with embossing, debossing, and gold or silver foiling techniques. Unique boxes get customer attention. Therefore, we provide you with tools to design distinctive boxes for brand advertisement. The rise up inserts will make your packaging style unique and impressive. For further designing, you can choose from the specification options to get a personalized straight tuck with a rise up insert.

Why Choose Us?

Get some of the most protective and attractive packaging boxes at the lowest wholesale prices from The Custom Packaging and present your products efficiently with custom rise inserts. Order bulk packaging from us and we will provide free shipping, free cutting die, and free printing plates equipment as free add-ons as well.

Straight Tuck With Customizable Window

The simple and beautifully cut front windows in our customized straight tuck with customizable window boxes will provide all the beautiful views of your fancy products to your customers for enhanced chances of sales.

Unique Customization

When it comes to unique and beautiful customization, The Custom Packaging is able to provide you with attractive printing finishes including embossing, debossing, raised ink printing, or gold/silver foiling to make your products stand out from the crowd. The unique die-cut frontal windows put your products on display showing off their attractive build and design. The durable materials and efficient foam or plastic inserts offer all the required protection for your fragile, valuable products while their lightweight, compact profiles don’t add much heft or weight to the overall package.

Accurate Designs

Product packaging highly influences its sales therefore design it properly to sell more. If the design is inaccurate means it does not appropriately represent your products, and customers might shift to the next products. Custom-designed straight tuck with customizable window boxes from the custom packaging includes die-cut designs that are made with advanced machinery. Die-cut window designs make your products easily visible to customers while they are searching for the required products. The shape, size, and style of the window are also customizable to make it brand-leading.

Easy Opening

The tuck end boxes are easy to open and close from both ends because of the tuck end flaps. You can store a number of products such as food, cosmetics, electronics, and medicines in custom-made tuck-end packaging boxes. Each box is designed and manufactured per your requests. The tuck-end flaps can be easily folded to keep your products hidden. Besides that, you can get custom designing services from us to get reliable straight tuck with customizable window cuts. Based on your product’s nature, we can make the strongest to smoothest straight tuck flaps. To package heavy products a rigid lock is added to the straight tuck ends to keep your products protected. Moreover, the easy opening of straight tuck end boxes is very user-friendly.

Stylish Window Cuts

The personalized straight tuck with customizable window packaging is made with advanced machinery to save time and prevent all errors. Thus, you can get precise window boxes with straight tuck ends for beauty, fashion, and household products. We use reliable die-cutting equipment that enables us to make alternations to the packaging boxes as you demand. The fully configured packaging boxes with straight tuck-end flaps are made for your convenience. Besides that, you can select the shape and size of window cuts according to your requirements to create a highly distinctive product presentation for yourself.

Surface Finishes

After customization and printing of straight tuck packaging with customizable windows. We apply a layer of UV spot, matte, or glossy coating to give printed tuck end boxes an exclusive shine. As we use recyclable paper to make sustainable packaging boxes, our green packaging coated with moisture or dust-resistant coating is perfect for you. You can get these coated straight tuck with customizable window boxes at any time with custom printing and add-on services.

We at www.thecustompackaging.com proudly say that our best customization services help us get 100% client satisfaction, and our customer care representatives never disappoint you in understanding your specifications. Thus, contact us now and get free custom quotes for your packaging boxes.

Straight Tuck End

Straight tuck end packaging boxes are ideal for packaging products that demand a primary display panel with a relatively large window panel. The folds close at the back, and the delicate edges at both ends of the front are covered up and hidden efficiently.

Most Convenient Packaging

The shape of the custom straight tuck end boxes allows them to fit with other boxes as they are one of the simplest and most intrinsic types of packaging solutions that we provide to our clients. These boxes come with easy-to-use mechanisms; on both sides with easy-to-open folds, this box can allow an adequate amount of support to products that are small to medium size. Straight tuck-end packaging boxes are ideal for the packaging of products that demand protective packaging Folds closing at the back the fine edges at both ends of the front are covered up and hidden efficiently.

Assembled Manually

Custom-made straight tuck end boxes avoid the proximity of errors between the tuck end panels which allows you to quickly assemble these boxes into their original form. These types of tuck-end packaging boxes are assembled manually or with the help of packaging machines. As they are easy to assemble plus time-saving therefore they are suitable for product packaging in minimum time. Once assembled, custom tuck end packaging is secure enough both for lightweight and heavy products. You can get these boxes customized from us in several personalized shapes, sizes, and styles.

Custom Designed Boxes

If you want to customize unique straight-tuck-end packaging, The Custom Packaging is the best place for you. You can get these boxes designed for different products, especially retail and display products. Custom designed tuck-end boxes are suitable for a variety of products because of the strong tuck-end flaps on both sides. Straight tucked flap packaging is very versatile as it is used for multiple purposes. You can get tuck-end toy boxes with straight-end flaps to package playthings. Furthermore, we make straight tuck boxes for tech products such as discs, CDs, cassettes, cables, and many more. It is easy to fill these boxes with the required products because of the tuck-end flaps.

Need Custom Printing?

Besides premium quality packaging boxes, we also offer numerous printing possibilities to professionally design eye catchy product presentations. Using advanced machinery and CMYK/PMS color models, we print images, color schemes, drawings, patterns, and illustrations with high resolution to transform ordinary boxes into some exceptional ones. Many of our clients get custom printed straight tuck end boxes with logo to promote their business in an effective manner. It is the best technique to get brand recognition and carry out the promotion of your products.

Get Started

Place your order now by filling in your dimensions regarding the required boxes. From the material selection to the final surface finishes, you can customize everything per your requirements. You can also share your themed design with us so that we can design wholesale straight tuck end packaging boxes exactly according to your desires. With an order limit as low as 100 you can get customized tuck-end boxes from us with full personalization by communicating with our custom care representatives at 888-851-0765 or at email support@thecustompackaging.com.

Six Pack Bottle Carrier

Manufactured with premium packaging materials, The Custom Packaging provides high-quality Six Pack Bottle Carriers efficient for every kind of bottled product.

Material Options

Custom 6 Pack bottle carriers are manufactured using different raw materials depending upon your needs. If your bottles are small, you can choose thin bottle carriers. However, for large and heavy glass bottles, thick corrugated carriers are best. We give Kraft, cardboard, Bux board, and corrugated material options. All these materials are durable and easy to modify per your needs. You can select any thickness and shape for the bottle carrier because these raw materials are easily modifiable.

Select The Required Size

Bottles come in a variety of shapes and sizes therefore you need to design carrier packaging boxes accordingly. Some bottles have round bottoms while others may have a square bottom. Therefore, we provide a custom-made 6 Pack bottle carrier that is designed according to the client’s needs. You can design bottle carrier packaging per the shape and size of your bottles. You can get small bottle carriers for mini juice or sauce bottles. We also provide large 6 pack wine bottle carriers. With our flexible materials and die-cutting technique, we make tailor-made 6 pack carriers for your bottles.

Print to Inform

With the facility of imprinting custom designs on the paper surface, we provide you with a platform where you can enhance your brand popularity with the customized printing of brand details on these carriers. The customization of 6 Pack bottle carriers with business details highly impacts product sales. You can also mention details of your bottled beverages to ease your targeted customers.

Customers know exactly what they want. You can tell them that you have what they are looking for. In this regard, you need to print the flavor, benefits, and ingredients details of your beverages either on the stickers on bottles or the carriers. Custom-printed bottle carriers are therefore used as a source of communication with potential customers.

Competent Bottle Carriers

We not only provide custom-made bottle carriers, but we also provide a source to compete with rivals. You can design one-of-a-kind 6 Pack bottle carriers that will help you stand out. Other than bottles, you can also put glass jars inside these carriers.

Get customized carriers for beer, sauces, jams, spices, soda, carbonated drinks, and other similar products. We add typography, images, and other elements based on the product category. If you are launching drinks for special occasions, we help you design six Pack bottle carriers accordingly. For that, we have the latest coloring, printing, and coating options. For further questions regarding personalized bottle carriers, contact us at 888-851-0765 or support@thecustompackaging.com.

Simplex Tray

Custom simplex trays contain inner and out panels with locking feet that keep them sealed completely. These are one of the most reliable forms of packaging that you can customize the way you like. We offer various customization possibilities to help you design attention-worthy trays.

Reliability and Durability

We are known for providing durable simplex tray boxes that are made in organized forms to the item in the most effective way possible. You can get cardboard trays for heavy-duty products because these trays are rigid and more durable when compare with simplex Kraft trays which are ideal for lightweight products. The custom packaging makes custom paper trays that are shipped flat so that one can get as many wholesale simplex trays as possible. As these boxes are shipped flat, you can assemble them for filling products by fitting the friction clip-in locks that are durable enough to keep the tray intact.

Multiple Uses

The custom-made simplex tray boxes are made in custom sizes along with the colors, prints, and surface finishes. Therefore, you can use these trays for as many products as you want by customizing them according to your requirements. You can get simplex product tray boxes for a variety of items such as food, cosmetics, makeup, pharmaceuticals, electronics, and many tech items including discs, CDs, and cassettes. The rectangular structure of these trays makes them spacious enough to hold many products providing double benefits i.e. Acting as storage and display boxes. One can get customized trays from us for storing, covering, or displaying products whenever required.

Get Customized Trays

The Custom Packaging has made customization of boxes as well as trays more convenient than ever giving clients an opportunity to get customized simplex tray boxes that are made the way they want. While getting these trays from us, you can customize them per your needs. The size is modifiable with little alternations with our advanced die-cutting equipment. You can also get a sustainable simplex tray packaging box because we manufacture it using recyclable paper materials. Besides that, you can get these trays printed with images, fonts, and graphics of your choice to fulfill your branding needs.

Exceptional Prints

Our high-quality paper stock is printable based on your needs. To promote your business, we include branding information such as the business logo, name, tagline, contact details, address info, and many more. The advanced printing techniques make the printing of simplex paper trays easier and more appealing with high-resolution results. With CMYK and PMS color models, we can provide custom-printed simplex trays with an attractive outlook to impress your target customers. Moreover, our top-quality inks print a number of colors with premium-quality pigments. A final coating of gloss, matte, or UV spot lamination gives a luxury touch to printed trays.

Our Services!

Created using the most durable material and cardboard from reliable vendors, custom simplex tray retail packaging from The Custom Packaging cannot be beaten. No other supplier in the packaging industry offers you the lowest wholesale prices along with the highest quality features for your simple tray boxes. Stop worrying about extra hidden costs in your invoices including printing plate charges, cutting die, or add-ons costs; we provide them free as well.

Side Lock Tuck Top Display Box

With strong structure and attractive display features, Side Lock Tuck Top Display Boxes are ideal for retail products such as cosmetics, food and gift items. These boxes come with double layered side panels that lock in the bottom panel and keep items safe from slipping out of the box due to any mishandling. The panel on the top can be folded in half that can be customized according to the desires of our clients so you can use the box as a display panel of you wish. This two in one function is one of the reasons why our custom side lock tuck top display box packaging has proven so successful for all kind of medium sized retail products. The bottom of these boxes is rigid and the top opens like a treasure chest for a truly delightful unpacking experience.

The Custom Packaging provides best customizable retail boxes at that is the most affordable packaging solution for our clients. Our services come with outstanding bulk offers including free shipping, free cutting, and free printing equipment.

Self-Locked Counter Display Tray

We, at The Custom Packaging, provide customizable custom-printed counter display trays for all your packaging needs. One can have customized counter display trays with self-locked walls and stylish back plate stand.

Self-Lock Mechanism

We make sure that our materials are not easily bendable and eco-friendly for manufacturing durable self-locked counter display tray that lasts longer. You can avail plenty of customization options to design reliable self-locking walls that are suitable for heavy as well as light products. Enduring self-locked counter display trays guarantee ultimate protection because these are made strong without any glue or adhesive. With their self-locked mechanism, these display trays are delivered flat which is very convenient to assemble into their original shape when required. Custom-made self-locked counter display tray once organized into their original structure will provide the best display for quick-sell counter products.

Stylish Packaging

Self-locked counter display packaging is the best way to make your products prominent in a crowded marketplace. We provide custom-designed self-locked counter display trays that are manufactured per your themed design. You can get these display trays customized based on your needs. We can make these trays stylish with punch partitions, custom-designed back stand plates, inserts, colors, prints, and high-end finishes. You can use stylish counter display trays made by expert designers of The Custom Packaging to promote your new products or for special marketing events and campaigns.

Print to Impress

The innovative and useful prints of custom-printed self-locked counter display trays don’t need any introduction. Customers will get an idea about your products via printed product details and brand info. Many clients get custom self-locked counter display trays with logo to promote their name in the market. We have all the printing options that include offset, digital, 3D, and silk printing along with shiny and matte coatings that will make your printed tray more impressive. The main purpose of printing is to impress customers with convincing typography and eye catchy graphics. Therefore, we print these trays with tempting factors to help you form a strong customer base.

Range of Designs

Tailor-made self-locked counter display trays are manufactured in custom designs to distinguish products of a brand out of many. Hence, we offer a wide range of designs and specs to offer personalized self-locked counter display tray to make your products steal the limelight. The distinctive tray is made with our printing, coloring, finishing, and various add-ons. You can print one or many colors to ultimate self-locking packaging and design it with graphics, images, drawings, fonts, and patterns. Have a look at the specification options that we provide and feel free to get your order booked today.

Why The Custom Packaging?

We provide customized self-locked counter display trays to everyone whether you are a retailer wholesaler or own a business. These trays are suitable for a variety of products because of their spacious structure and easy customization. Furthermore, with expert support, you can get these trays designed with custom printing, coloring, and finishing. Contact us now to get free custom quotes and get a wholesale self-locked counter display tray designed with the perfect customization of your choice.

Seal End With Tear Open

The Custom Packaging is famous for the endless customized features that they offer to its clients. We provide complete design support and have no issues with your required sizing and styling.

Ultimate Protection

Our raw stock is durable, flexible, and sustainable which is helpful in manufacturing high-quality seal ends with tear open. The main purpose of custom boxes is to protect products against all sorts of damage. Customers would buy your products only if they are in their best form. Furthermore, packaging that is difficult to open is not what customers want. The tear open makes these boxes perfect for delicate as well as expensive products. Such as food, jewelry, apparel, electronics, and gift items that need to be packaged safely.

Hinged Structure

Seal end boxes contain two overlapping panels with two dust flaps which are glued together making packaging highly protective against damage. To make these boxes more functional. We add a tear open which is basically a perforated zip-like structure making it easy to open the packaging without any inconvenience. Thus, we are providing durable seal end boxes with tear open making them easy to open just by pulling the tear-open area.

Steal The Limelight

Packaging boxes speak a lot about your products that’s why we offer custom-made seal boxes with tear open that are designed per your specifications. You can make a design in your mind and tell us exactly what you want your seal end packaging to look like. We guarantee that you will not be disappointed by our boxes which are the hard work of our expert team. Based on your business you can get seal end with tear open retail boxes or mailer boxes with tear open. It is sure that your boxes can steal the limelight when printed with eye-catchy images and graphics. Furthermore, the tear-open style of custom boxes looks unique and increases the probability of getting customers’ attention.

Innovative Designs

The designs of custom seal end packaging boxes are similar to standard boxes except there is a tear open at the front or side of the boxes. We provide ideal tear open seal end boxes for food, cosmetic, makeup, and media products which makes us one of the best packaging companies. You can get these boxes designed in prints such as images, fonts, and illustrations of your choice. We also have 3d, offset, and silkscreen printing techniques to add a charming appeal to customized seal end with tear-open packaging boxes. Besides that, one can also add window cuts, handles, inserts, or partitions to these boxes to make them more organized.

Why Choose Us?

The Custom Packaging is providing some additional finishing touches for these boxes in which we embellish them with additional cut out, embossing, debossing, stamping, and many others. Our high-quality boxes are offered at affordable wholesale prices along with attractive add-ons like fast delivery, custom printing, and die-cutting equipment on large orders.

Seal End With Tear Open and Lock

Our packaging services are available to promote your business by increasing the demand for your products. You can pick any shape, size, style, design, and print to make custom seal end boxes to enhance the worth of your products with customized boxes.

Manual Opening

Custom seal end with tear open and lock packaging is famous for easy opening. These boxes are identical to the seal-end tear-open boxes except there is a lock that provides tighter sealing. One can get a cube, rectangular, or square custom box with a tear open and lock. The side panels and dust flaps of these boxes are wider enough to fully cover the packaged products. The flaps and panels are glued together while perforated tear is used to open the sealed end packaging boxes with ease. Moreover, the locking feature makes it easy for clients to reseal the packaging for later use. Now, you might have an idea about the functioning and structure of our custom-made seal boxes with tear open and lock mechanisms.

Massive Protection

The fully glued structure of seal end packaging and dust flaps at the top and bottom avoid damage-causing factors from entering the boxes. The overlapping panels, dust flaps, and tear open combine together to guarantee ultimate product protection. Besides that, we ship these boxes flat which our clients can easily assemble at the time of product filling. Due to their manual opening, you can carry products without worrying about damage. Make sure that our seal end boxes contain durable tear open that does not open automatically unless your clients need it to open. Furthermore, as we use sustainable paper materials to make these boxes, they are safe for the environment as well.

Look Good-Sell Good

Customers are now giving more attention to product presentation than old days. Eye-catchy product presentation is a new marketing tool to get customers’ interest. Therefore, we provide tailored seal end with tear open and lock packaging that looks good whether you place it on the shelves of stores or display it on your website. Everything that looks attractive gets customer attention and convince them to make a purchase. Therefore, whether you are selling cosmetics, makeup, fashion products, or techs, focus on product presentation to sell more.

Exciting Customization

Don’t worry about designing custom seal end packaging with tear-open and lock packaging because we are here with all the customization techniques to design the best boxes for you. If you are looking for cardboard boxes for heavy duty, we can provide that for you. Furthermore, the latest offset, digital, 3d printing techniques, and CMYK/PMS color models enable us to design exciting custom-printed seal end boxes with tear lock and open. You can write product and brand details on these boxes along with eye catchy typography, images, and drawings. To know more, pick up your phone and call us at 888-851-0765.

Why Choose Us?

With all the experience that we have gained in the packaging industry, we have been able to give comfort to people. Keeping in mind the modern era’s packaging demands The Custom Packaging is evaluating more and more ideal packaging solutions to combat the market. When you order bulk packaging, we also deliver it to your doorsteps fast without adding any costs for the printing or cutting equipment as well.

Seal End With Perforated Top

Seal End with Perforated Top packaging of your products is one of the most ideal and functional packaging solution for your small to medium size products. We, at The Custom Packaging offer custom designs and color patterns for these Seal End with Perforated Top boxes for this very reason they can best suit many kind of retail products. We offer a diverse range of printed and folding cartons from reverse to flower tuck and many other custom designs. Our custom seal end with perforated top packaging boxes have a perforated top that is designed to tear away with ease with a single tug which makes them ideal for tissue papers. The design will depend on your requirements and specifications. We aim our packaging to enhance your sales through catchy designs and attractive looks.

Roll Ends With Lid

The Custom Packaging delivers high-grade Roll Ends with Lid boxes with sturdy and rigid materials and a glue-free construction. They provide all the protection to your expensive and fancy products such as jewelry, tech, grocery, software, pharmaceutical, and electronics products.

Secure Closure

Roll ends with lid packaging is identical to roll end top boxes except for the flat lid. The sides of the top panel can be easily folded over and tabs are self-locked giving a rigid structure to tuck top boxes. However, roll ends boxes are ideal for quick assembly because they are easy to open and close. Thus, you can get our roll-end boxes for products that require quick packaging. We offer many customization options to customize the size, shape, and style to make strong roll ends with lid boxes.

Advantages of Customization

Customization of roll-end boxes provides many benefits to your brand. You can personalize the shape and size of roll-end packaging because the advanced die-cutting technique is used to make tailored roll ends with lid boxes exactly per your specifications. You can tell us what details you want to print on the roll end product boxes to make them unique for your brand. Furthermore, roll-end boxes with logo help in promoting your brand name. We also provide roll-end mailer boxes which are designed and printed per your needs to impress your online buyers. Besides that, by making modish alternations with custom inserts, partitions, window cutouts, and add-ons, you can make distinctive roll end boxes to sell more products.

Product Evaluation

It is crucial to get packaging that perfectly fits your products. So that you don’t have to face any problems while displaying or shipping your products. The Custom Packaging offers you the freedom to customize the dimensions of boxes per product’s nature. Customized roll ends with lid boxes are made in the required shape and size therefore these are best to package every kind of product. You can package food items, electronics, makeup, beauty products, sweets, bakery goods, and even medicines in custom-made roll-end boxes. Using advanced die-cutting, gluing, scoring, and printing techniques, we provide our clients with dynamic roll-end packaging boxes with lids.

Unique Printing

You can design roll-end boxes with innovative printing designs that perfectly suit your products such as images, drawings, patterns, or graphics. We also provide themed printing based on different events. Such as Christmas, Halloween, Thanksgiving, or Easter to help you elegantly package gift products during the holiday season. To make the printing more premium, we offer various add-ons such as embossing, debossing, gold/silver foiling, and raised ink. The custom-printed roll ends with lid attractively house your products in addition to giving you a remarkable brand identity.

Contact Us Now!

The Custom Packaging has some of the most advanced material processing, up-to-date printing, and cutting die equipment that ensures appropriate and beautiful customization for your wholesale roll ends with lid boxes. Our exclusive wholesale offers also get you fast shipping services that when combined with free cutting die and printing plate equipment provide you with the highest value for your investment. Contact us now at 888-851-0765 to get know more about our services.

Roll End Tuck Top

The Custom Packaging provides the most functional and easy-to-assemble customized Roll End Tuck Top packaging boxes available in multiple versions including material choices, printing options, or brand and product descriptions with a variety of surface finish options as well.

Maximum Protection

Cardboard, Kraft and corrugated materials that we use to make roll-end tuck-top packaging boxes can be altered without any inconvenience. The rigid tuck top makes these boxes secure enough to provide maximum protection. The roll-end packaging with a tuck top makes it strong and rigid. Besides that, one can get mailer or shipping boxes with strong roll-end tuck top that ensures safe product delivery. You can get boxes that can withstand intense environmental conditions. A durable tuck top makes these boxes perfect for delivering even delicate products to far locations.

Quick Assembly

Our clients can easily assemble the foldable roll end tuck top boxes quickly without needing any glue, adhesives, or staples. Furthermore, the double-layered roll ends make these boxes perfect for both lightweight as well as heavy-duty products. The sliding tuck top provides fully sealed packaging for your products. You can easily package medicines, cosmetics, skincare, and many subscription products in these boxes.

Personalized Boxes

At the custom packaging, we offer all the specification options to help you personalize roll end tuck end packaging based on your needs and product dimensions. Perfectly customized packaging lets your clients think of you as a professional therefore we also aim to provide our clients with fully personalized boxes. One can select from materials options, custom printing, coloring, and various surface finishes to design custom roll-end tuck-top boxes. By customizing these boxes, you can decide the way your products are displayed in the market. You can also get the help of our graphic designers to customize trendy tuck-end style boxes.

Custom Printing

Our advanced printing techniques give a premium look to the custom-made roll tuck end top packaging boxes. You can select from offset, digital and 3d printing options to add pictures, fonts, or drawings to the packaging boxes. Custom printed roll tuck end top boxes with logos are highly effective in the promotion of your business on larger scales. Furthermore, you can design boxes with unique colors and prints to make your products distinguishable in a competitive marketplace. Besides that, our glossy, matte, and UV spot coatings give a final touch to the packaging boxes giving them an outclass appearance. You can also utilize add-ons like embossing, debossing, or gold and silver foil to make the printed boxes appear more appealing.

Why Choose Us?

The Custom Packaging is one of the most trustworthy packaging channels along with decades of experience in the packaging industry. With our advanced printing equipment, we have been able to satisfy our clients’ needs in the most efficient manner. We provide high-quality Roll End Tuck Top boxes at the lowest wholesale prices and also provide free shipping, free printing plates, and free cutting die equipment on huge orders.

Roll End Tray

We offer some of the most customized versions of these spacious retail-ready trays perfect for countertop or shelf usage. You can have these boxes in many different surface finish options including high gloss, elegant matte, or spot UV, and select from a wide range of materials such as cardboard, paperboard, or the eco-friendly Kraft paper options.

Customize Per Needs

Just like any other packaging box, you can also customize roll end trays according to your requirements. Whether you want to customize the size of these trays or designs, you can decide everything of your choice. We offer material selection, dimension, coloring, printing, and finishing to develop a theme design for your packaging and market your business with our designed rolled end tray boxes. Furthermore, if you want to customize the shape of these trays, it is also possible with our die-cutting techniques.

Communicate with Prints

Custom printing of trays matters a lot because it not only educates target customers but also enhances the overall appearance of tray packaging. Therefore, we offer all the modern printing options to make premium custom-printed roll end trays that will make customers recognize your products. Moreover, you can also get roll end trays with logo for business promotion on larger scales. We use offset, digital, silkscreen, and 3d printing techniques to manufacture perfectly printed trays that give a lasting impression. We can print product descriptions, images, drawings, and brand information to help you communicate with printed product boxes.

Stronger Trays

custom-designed roll end trays are used for different products. it does not matter whether your products are lightweight or heavy-duty, we make strong roll end trays that keep all the products protected. you can use our custom trays with roll ends for products like food items, groceries, bakery products, medicines, toys, electronics, and many more. the roll ends give double protection to the trays and products that are packed inside. furthermore, we can put a separator between the roll ends to make these trays stronger.

Eye-Catchy Display

you can get personalized roll end tray boxes to display products in retail stores, grocery shops, or malls. these trays are a perfect way to showcase your products and make them stand out from the crowd. you can put delicious food treats, accessories, and many quick-sell products in these trays. we can add perforated handles on the side panels of these trays to make them easy to carry. furthermore, you can tell us the design in which you want to customize these trays and make them harder to ignore.

Why Choose Us?

Once you use our spacious packaging tray, you will realize the answer to this question by yourself. We not only offer you the highest quality non-bendable packaging boxes but also provide guaranteed lowest wholesale prices with attractive offers such as free shipping, free printing plates, and free cutting die equipment on large bulk orders.

Reverse Tuck End with Lock

Reverse Tuck End with Lock boxes is one of the most functional and one step ahead of the customary reverse tuck end packaging boxes offering much more safety than usual friction locks with their precisely cut lock cutout on the top opening sides.

Secure and Reliable

Lock-on reverse tuck end packaging is more secure and reliable than ordinary flaps. You can make practical alternatives to regular boxes with the help of the custom packaging. We offer many customization possibilities for friction locks with customized cutouts on the lid of packaging. Furthermore, the strong reverse tuck end with a lock makes your packaging secure for products. We use durable Kraft, cardboard, and corrugated materials to make durable reverse tuck end boxes using advanced die-cutting and printing equipment.

Easy Customization

The custom packaging guarantees easy customization besides strong and non-bendable tuck end packaging boxes that provide extra protection to the inside products. From retail products to cosmetics, makeup, food, electronics, and storage items, customized reverse tuck end with flap locks are perfect for displaying, transporting, and shipping your products.

We precisely cut the lock on the top flaps to keep your products protected for as long as needed. You can choose from colors, prints, and surface finishes including glossy, matte, or UV spot coatings to make unique and premium reverse tuck end boxes. Furthermore, various add-ons such as embossing, debossing, gold/silver foiling, window cutting, and many more options make your packaging suitable for brand promotion.

Useful Packaging

To make your products stand out from the crowd you need the most functional reverse tuck-end packaging that is designed by experts. First of all, your packaging boxes need to be secure for the products. That’s why we make sure that our packaging compromise of the best qualities that make it useful for many products. Durable reverse tuck end with lock-style packaging provides extra protection to products with its strong walls and secure lock. We also provide packaging that makes your branding game strong and that is custom printed reverse tuck end with lock boxes. This packaging is good for delicate products because the strong reverse tuck ends with a secure lock. You can also use it for heavy products by customizing the size and thickness based on your needs.

Reasons to Choose Us!

The Custom Packaging is the most trusted company for many clients for all good reasons. We aim to provide the best packaging boxes that satisfy our respected clients. Moreover, we have techniques to make customized product boxes according to the changing trends. Our skillful designers and experienced customer care representatives take care of your needs. That’s why many of our clients get wholesale reverse tuck end boxes with custom locks containing the brand logo and product description for the advertisement of their business. It’s really easy to contact us at 888-851-0765 or at our email support@thecustompackaging.com with quick responses to get free custom quotes.

Reinforced Sides with Hinged Top

The Custom Packaging have all the expertise for the manufacturing and customized printing of these Reinforced Sides with Hinged Top boxes that will keep your fragile products safe with firm grip and custom range of protective materials including the highly appreciated corrugated options. We provide all the required customization in terms of printing as well as custom surface finishes such as high gloss, elegant matte or spot UV. They will best represent your brand in the market places. Make your brand and product more visible to the customers with these boxes having embellishing them with your brand logo embossed, debossed, foil stamped or raised printed on these boxes available in all surface color combinations and boost your product’s appeal to your customers.

We provide maximum customization options and cheapest wholesale prices we also guarantee other attractive wholesale orders add-ons such as free shipping, free printing plates, and free cutting die equipment as well.

Regular Six Corner

We offer all the customization options including coloring, printing, and finishing with various add-ons to design regular six corner packaging based on product dimensions.

Durable Packaging Solution

Product protection is the ultimate need that is fulfilled by durable packaging boxes. Therefore, we use enduring packaging materials to make durable six corner product boxes. For example, Kraft paper and cardstock are strong enough to protect inside products. You can get Kraft boxes with six corners for pastries, cakes, cupcakes, muffins, and many other bakery products. These boxes are suitable for cosmetics, apparel, electronics, and makeup products as well if customized accordingly. You can select the thickness of personalized six corner boxes based on product requirements to make them more durable.

Easy to Assemble

The regular six corner boxes are specially made to cater to the needs of a big number of retailers making them convenient for various products. The assembling of these boxes does not require any technical procedure or professional assistance since they are already glued from the required sides and areas. Furthermore, wholesale Regular Six Corner boxes are shipped flat to the clients but being easy to assemble no special skills are needed to assemble them.

Wonderful Printing

Printed regular six corner boxes are highly demanded because of their diverse benefits. These boxes are effective marketing tools because they carry the brand and its product info written on them. Just tell us the information you want to print on the regular six corner packaging and see how effortlessly we print it accordingly. We use offset, digital, screen, silk, and 3d printing techniques in this regard. You can get regular six corner boxes with logo to promote your business.

Effortless Customization

We provide custom-made six corner boxes that are customized per the client’s needs. You can have customized these boxes in colors and prints of your choice. Only you know your business needs therefore we design these boxes as you order. You can choose the images and colors you want to print on customized six corner boxes and we will satisfy your needs. Themed packaging that showcases your brand story is the perk of getting customized boxes. You can tell about your business by customizing boxes with an expert’s assistance.

Additional Features

There are many ways to upgrade your packaging styles and custom packaging provides it all. We give our clients a chance to add various features to tailor-made regular six corner boxes. One can easily attach a custom handle that is also customizable into any shape or size. Furthermore, personalized inserts, partitions, and window cuts enhance product visibility.

Get Customer Satisfaction

Make customers happy with the most attractive by displaying products in six corner window boxes. Besides that, you can use the embossing technique on the logo to make it more prominent on the packaging. Metallic foiling and much more is available to add a royal touch to wholesale six corner packaging boxes. Many other options are available which you can know by calling us at 888-851-0765 or emailing us at support@thecustompackaging.com.

Punch Partition

Some of the most advanced, high-tech, and reliable punch partition boxes ensure supreme product safety during the hectic process of shipping, handling, stocking, and displaying.

Diverse Pros

Custom-made punch partitions are one of the organized ways to display your products. Ranging from cosmetics to food items, you can place your products in punch packaging. Custom punches or inserts are made using advanced die-cutting techniques that give precise results. We have experts who use these techniques to make partitions of the exact shape and size of your products. If you want personalized punch partitions in lipstick boxes, you need to measure the shape of lipsticks to get accurate partitions. Furthermore, you can put multiple products in the partitions of a packaging with an organized appearance.

Excellent Materials

Partitions come in direct contact with your products, if you want to package food items, it is better to get chemical-free partitions. We also know the importance of sustainable packaging. Therefore, we use recyclable cardboard and Kraft materials to make premium punch partitions. Thus, we provide our clients with excellent partitions made with excellent materials. Whether you want small partitions or large ones, we can provide you with tailor-made punch inserts of your choice. The materials we use to make custom inserts are known for their high quality.

Innovative Styles

The style of custom punch partitions is customizable per your needs. The shape and size of every product vary so do the partitions. Therefore, we listen to clients’ requirements to make precise partitions. The stylish partitions upgrade the appearance of the packaging. You can increase product value with stylish partitions. Just tell us the size and number of partitions you want in product boxes so that we can style them accordingly. You can get partitions in a simple or zigzag manner as you like. The partitions are best for bakery products, cosmetics, stationary, and many other products. Style them based on the product’s nature to get better outcomes.

What Makes Us Best?

We offer all the customization options ranging from coloring and printing to coating to make the best punch partition boxes. The printed punch partitions look eye catchy, especially when printed with organic inks. Furthermore, we can print custom boxes with partitions based on your necessities. Boxes printed with product-relevant images, graphics, typography, and drawings look outstanding on shelves.

Dedicated Team

Our dedicated team is always ready to fulfill customers’ needs. They know how to satisfy customers with the best results. You can tell them what size, shape, color, and print you want for boxes containing punch partitions. Display boxes with punch partitions are the most selling boxes because of their aesthetic appeal. You can call us and communicate with expert designers to make custom punch partitions perfectly.

On-Time Delivery

We take 10-12 working days to deliver finished boxes. However, you can tell us if you want wholesale punch partition boxes urgently. Once you book your order, our team take action and start making boxes so that you receive the order at the expected time at your doorstep.

Prism Shaped Box

These Prism Shaped Boxes do not take up a lot of space, they will prove ideal for your needs if you are in search of cost-effective storage space. They will best fit your differently sized products adding to their safety and security all that much. The custom prism shaped boxes are three sided and have a special shape that is hard to miss even on the crowded shelves in marketplaces You can also have your choice of print and logos along with the different kinds of available surface finish options added to your custom prism shaped size box to make your products stand out. We guarantee high-quality materials and make no compromise on the quality of customizations at all. Prism Shaped Box packaging will make your products jump off the shelves boosting your brand in the process as well.

Prism shaped boxes will prove perfect for all of your newly launched products that need exclusive marketing. Avail our Prism shaped boxes at cheapest wholesale prices along with free delivery, free cutting die, and free printing plate equipment as well on large bulk orders.

Pop Counter Display Tray

Pop Counter Display Tray boxes are ideal for attracting consumers through their elegant look. Wholesale Product Boxes offer remarkable customizations for these boxes including different cardstock materials, printing and surface finishes or die cut sizes and shapes. On client’s request, these can be delivered in already assembled shapes in all sizes including the largest ones required for multiple products display ready for showcasing and exhibit purposes. The sturdy material used in the manufacturing of these boxes and durable cardstock makes them well adaptive with heavy items. It’s interesting to note that these boxes are very appealing yet do not cost much amount. Wholesale Pop Counter Display Tray boxes have the advantage of being inexpensive, durable and leak-proof as long as it is kept upright.

Pinch Lock Tray

We guarantee some of the most reliable and wholesale auto-lock pinch trays for your products.

Useful Customization

Wholesale Product Boxes offers various kinds of customizations for Pinch Lock Tray boxes, starting from the choice of materials and customized printing to finishing options. You can select the surface finishes, die-cut designs (window cuts, inserts, partitions, handles, and panel hangers), and precise dimensions for custom pinch lock trays. We also offer embossing, debossing, raised ink, coating, and metallic gold/silver foiling options to make fancy product packaging. UV-spot, classy matte or shiny/glossy surface coating options are also available on request. Furthermore, you can choose from different paper stock options such as cardboard, Kraft, or corrugated papers to get custom-made pinch trays.

Material Selection

You can choose from many different paper materials including Kraft, cardboard, and corrugated paper materials to make long-lasting pinch lock trays for your products. The materials we offer are known for their durability, flexibility, and sustainability. You can get sustainable pinch lock tray packaging from us with unique customization to make them eye catchy. We also provide sleeves for trays that make them more functional. Paper materials are easy to print with images, fonts, or drawings of choice with perfect end results. Furthermore, you can customize the thickness of trays based on the product’s nature. Thus, select the materials and thickness of custom trays according to your requirements.

Printing Possibilities

Custom prints play a major role in increasing client interaction with your products. You can get custom printed pinch lock trays with logo and brand name along with eye catchy product images to promote your business. Offset, digital, silkscreen, and 3d printing makes premium packaging trays that are appreciated by your target customers as well. Whether you want to print customized trays with pictures or typography, we have the latest printing techniques to give high resolution to the printed boxes. Besides that, you can engage customers by printing useful information on the pinch lock tray packaging.

Fast Processing

With our advanced die cutting, secure gluing, scoring, and perforation techniques, we manufacture tailor-made pinch lock trays with fast processing. Contact us now at 888-851-0765 to get free custom quotes to design pinch lock trays. High-end techniques help us make required boxes in the minimum time possible without compromising on their quality or appearance. Furthermore, we add different embellishments such as embossing, debossing, foiling, coating, and ribbons or handles to make the most reliable trays for your products.

Why Choose Us?

The Custom Packaging is the name of loyalty and customer satisfaction in the packaging world. We provide these Wholesale Pinch Lock Tray packaging at reasonable prices. We have a dedicated team of designers and customer representatives who make sure to provide you highest quality pinch lock tray packaging with the most appreciated customization offers including fast shipping, custom printing, and many add-on options as well to design distinctive pinch lock product trays.

Pillow Box

Pillow boxes, due to their unique build, allure the targeted customers in the most efficient way. Convenient for products of many types, these boxes are very easy to assemble and lightweight.

Best Quality Materials

We use the best quality materials to make durable pillow box packaging. These materials are known for their extraordinary flexibility and sustainability. Thus, you can get a sustainable pillow box that is easily customized in any size. You can select the thickness of cardboard or Kraft pillow packaging between 10pt to 28pt. Furthermore, the weight of pillow paper boxes ranges between 60lb to 400lb. We make sure to provide you with the most reliable pillow packaging that keeps your products secured inside their walls. We can make it stronger by applying heat, dust, and moisture-resistant coating.

Custom Sizes

Tailor-made pillow box should be a perfect fit for your products otherwise they are of no use. Our experts make these boxes in custom sizes using the advanced die-cutting technique. You can tell us whether you want small pillow boxes or large boxes. We manufacture these boxes based on the nature of your products. Many brands get a medium-sized pillow gift box with logos printed to promote their business. You can also modify the size of window cuts per your requirements. Some clients want a window cut on the whole front side while others like it to be on a side feel free to tell us what you want. We provide the best wholesale pillow boxes customized per your requirements.

Diverse Uses

Product presentation matters a lot because it influences customers’ purchase behavior. You should get a custom-made pillow box for every kind of product. The unique shape and durable nature of these boxes make them perfect for a variety of products. If you want to get pillow product boxes for cosmetics, electronics, toys, or any food product, we can provide you with that. Furthermore, our custom pillow gift box look very adorable when we embellish them with window cuts, ribbons, embossing, foiling, or printing. Each detail of these boxes is modified as you demand with perfect turnouts.

Amazing Customization

The latest customization techniques help you to make personalized pillow box packaging that will impress customers at first glance. You can customize the prints based on your needs. In the case of pillow retail packaging, you need to print brand details along with product info. For making pillow gift packaging, you need to consider a themed design. Besides that, some other customization options are embossing, debossing, gold/silver foiling, raised ink, PVC sheet, handles, hangers, coatings, and many more.

Versatile Printing Options

Feel free to share your design ideas with us. We offer many printing techniques such as offset, digital, silk, flexography, and 3D printing options. Furthermore, CMYK and PMS color models make color printing highly convenient. One can get pillow window boxes and design outlines of the window cut with unique colors or patterns. If you have any confusion regarding printed pillow box packaging, contact us at the provided number. You can also contact us via email at  support@thecustompackaging.com in case you don’t have access to the number.

Perforated Dispenser Box

We, at The Custom Packaging, are keen to help in business growth for our respected clients through unique customization and attractive offers such as fast shipping, diverse printing, and die-cutting options along with many add-ons.

Advanced Techniques

The Custom Packaging has acquired some of the most advanced techniques to manufacture these Perforated Dispenser Boxes. Our fine experience in the packaging industry allows us to manufacture distinctive designs with high-end customization techniques including various beautiful prints and perfect finishes such as UV-spot, gloss, or matte coating. The perforated dispenser window at the bottom of the box is cut out with advanced die-cutting machines and sustainable plus durable materials. We make sure to keep your products safe and make their storage as long as required.

Tailored Printing

One of the biggest perks of getting dispenser packaging boxes from us is that you can design and print them the way you like. We offer all printing options to provide you with the best custom-printed perforated dispenser boxes. You can select the images, graphics, patterns, and typography you want to add to dispenser packaging so that we can make boxes that meet your requirements.

To make these boxes premium quality, we use long-lasting inks which are printed with advanced machinery. You can get printed boxes containing brand and product information to ease your customers, retailers, and investors. Custom printing makes your products so easy to understand that customers decide to buy on the spot without facing any inconvenience.

Finest Materials

To provide our clients with the best quality boxes, we use the finest packaging materials that make durable perforated dispenser boxes. These boxes keep all sorts of products including cosmetics, skincare products, candies, jellies, medicines, tea bags, sugar packets, and many more. We make sure that our custom-made dispenser boxes are long-lasting therefore the majority of our clients are satisfied with our products. Besides that, we provide a sustainable packaging solution to lessen environmental pollution with recyclable boxes. On top of that, the packaging materials that we use are easy to customize in any shape, size, thickness, or style of your choice. Thus, if you want perfect packaging boxes, you should get paper dispenser packaging boxes with perforated cutouts from us.

Promote Business with Us

We make custom packaging boxes that are presentable in a competitive marketplace crowded with countless traders. To make distinctive boxes that stand out from the crowd, we use advanced customization techniques. You can get premium perforated dispenser box packaging customized in dimensions, colors, prints, and surface finishes of your choice. This will help you make unique dispenser boxes containing a business logo and name that is highly effective in business promotion. Furthermore, various add ons including embossing, debossing, foiling, and coating options are used to design eye-captivating boxes.

Contact Now!

You can get 100 to 500,000 wholesale perforated dispenser boxes from us at reasonable prices. We provide fast shipping services and free custom quotes to our clients along with the support of dedicated designers to personalize dispenser packaging. Contact us now at 888-851-0765 or send us an email at support@thecustompackaging.com for more details.

Panel Hanger Snap Lock Bottom

The Custom Packaging has the most up-to-date technology and adequate equipment that makes us able to provide the most precise, sustainable, eye-catchy, and robust Panel Hanger Snap Lock Bottom packaging boxes.

Heavy Duty Packaging

Products require packaging that can keep them protected against damage therefore we provide strong panel hanger snap lock bottom boxes made of durable materials. High-quality cardboard, Kraft, and corrugated paper guarantee protection with their long-lasting nature. You can keep products away from damage and contamination (in the case of food products) through protective snap-lock packaging. The materials used in their manufacturing are easy to modify and print based on your needs. Thus, if you want the most reliable packaging solutions that perfectly fit all sorts of products, then get boxes with a hanger panel and snap lock bottom which prevents products from falling.

Supreme Level Printing

Customized printing increases the demand for your products by communicating essential details with target customers. It is best to attract customers with perfectly printed images, drawings, and typography. Based on the product’s nature, printed content varies in different boxes. We offer supreme printing options to provide custom printed hanger panel snap lock bottom boxes containing product information in the most attractive way possible. Snap lock auto bottom boxes with logo are highly effective in the advertisement of a business on the larger levels. You can get your boxes printed with our advanced offset, digital, silkscreen, and 3d printing techniques that provide high-resolution printing.

Accurate Customization

To make packaging a perfect fit for your products, you need to make accurate alternations. Customization of personalized Panel Hanger Snap Lock Bottom packaging is now a breeze because of our latest techniques. You can get the shape, size, and style of panel hanger boxes customized per your requirements and preferences. To make these boxes attention-grabbing, you can add colors and prints with CYMK or PMS color models. Furthermore, we take pride in adding custom window cutouts, uniquely shaped panel hangers, and various add-ons to your packaging boxes. Whether you want an ideal packaging solution for retail products or cosmetics, makeup, electronics, apparel, and food items, we fulfill your all packaging needs with our advanced techniques and dedicated team of experts.

Why Choose Us?

We offer modish customization including various surface finish options that will make your products attract potential buyers they need to make more sales and promote your business. The enduring, high-quality paper materials that we use make these boxes long-lasting. If you are looking for high-quality snap lock bottom packaging boxes with hanging panels at the top with reasonable rates and add-ons such as custom printing and cutting, then The Custom Packaging is your best choice. We make all our efforts to make the most attractive snap lock boxes helping our clients to boost their business.

Mailer with Zipper

Mailers with zipper can be a very innovative and cost effective way of promoting your business or brand because of their visual appeal and uniqueness. These mailer with zipper can be a very innovative and cost effective way of promoting your business or brand because of their visual appeal and uniqueness. Mailer with Zipper serves as a great packaging solution for packaging digital products such as DVDs and CDs as well as any kind of documents. Custom printed Mailer with Zipper can be modified according to the needs of the item that is to be enclosed. Available in different sizes, these units are available in environment friendly materials at affordable rates. You can have these units embellish with innovative and unique customizations that best presents your business. One of the most considerable feature of mailer zippers are that they are made from non-bendable materials that enhances the safety of the enclosed item.

Header Card Bag Topper

Our custom Header Card Bag Topper will convey your business message in the most effective manner to your audience and help you achieve your branding and marketing goals. The Custom Packaging also offer many surface finish options such as embossing, debossing, gold/silver foil stamping or raised in printing. We use high quality advanced offset printing for all the printed designs of unmatched proportion. Boxes offer unique material finish options including gloss, matte and spot-UV and also offset printing options such as embossing, debossing, gold/silver foil stamping or raised ink printing.

Why Choose Us?

The Custom Packaging provide customized durable headers at affordable wholesale prices and you can also get free delivery accompanied by the free cutting die and free printing equipment when you order from us in bulk.

 

Header Card

The Custom Packaging provides its client with the most innovative type of packaging style. These Header Cards are usually displayed on the top of the boxes delivering the intended information.

Best Packaging Solution

At thecustompackaging.com, custom-made header cards are the best packaging solution for retail stores, makeup outlets, toy events, restaurants, book exhibitions, or office desks. Our clients get the opportunity to show their creativity by designing unique header cards from specification options. One can get custom-designed header cards for brand promotion. Whether you are looking for fancy cards or cards with minimalist designs, we provide the most trusted header card designing services in the USA.

Custom Printing

Header cards are nothing but just a piece of paper if you don’t print them to win over competitors. Therefore, we have all the printing techniques available to provide our clients with custom-printed header cards.

We can print these cards with minimalist typography that includes the brand name, logo, contact number, and a simple intro to the services you provide. However, to make it memorable, we offer offset, digital, silk, and 3d printing options. Eye-catchy images, patterns (polka dots, heart patterns, etc.), drawings, and illustrations will make your printed headers cards hard to ignore. The printing is done based on your theme design, product nature, business story, and many other factors.

Range of Sizes

Standard sizes of custom header cards are 3” x 4”, 4” x 4”, and 6” x 5”. But you can also customize the length or width of these cards based on your needs. We offer a variety of shapes, sizes, decorative borders, and die-cut cards. Using durable cardstock and Kraft materials, we make sustainable header cards. You can customize the hanger on these cards to use them for hanging purposes as well. Moreover, our dedicated graphic designers will make header cards as you order. The Custom Packaging has made it very convenient to get customized cards with fast turnarounds. We also offer foldover header cards that are made by our talented team of skillful designers.

Fast Turnarounds

We consider personalized header cards a quick process to develop distinctive designs and eye-catchy shapes. You can get these cards in any shape or size from us. Additionally, you can start booking your cards by calling us at 888-851-0765. You can also get free custom quotes to have an idea about designing these cards. We use advanced machinery to die-cut and print these cards. Our wholesale header cards are shipped under precautionary measures so that clients receive these cards in their best form.

Hanger Product Holder

Our custom printed Hanger Product Holders consists of a versatile range of designs that are perfect for short run packaging and a great way to showcase your retail-ready products in an attractive way. Due to their visual appeal and elegant finish, these product holders are used widely for advertising brand messages and promotion of newly launched products. Wholesale Product Boxes makes use of high-end cardstock materials in many different available thickness grades. We also provide different surface finish options such as spot UV, posh gloss or elegant matte options and brand printing options such as, embossing, debossing, gold/silver foil stamping or raised in printing. We use high quality advanced offset printing for all the printed designs of unmatched proportion.

Handle Bag Shape Boxes

We have the facility of advanced printing technology to embellish your bags with elite customization. As these bag shape boxes are very useful so every industry can make use of them.

Printing Designs

The Custom Packaging is one of the expert packaging companies providing various multi-color printing designs so that you can have the design your desire.  We make use of different cardboard materials as per your need. From bright shiny surfaces to matte to spot UV options we provide extraordinary options to our clients. You can print handle bag shape packaging using our offset and digital printing options. Colorful packaging boxes are in demand for many products. You need to attract customers to your products with printed handle bag shape boxes. However, if you have any creative ideas, you can tell us by calling us at 888-851-0765.

Alluring Styles

The customized handle bag shape box is unique in its appearance. You can call it either a bag or a box. Its main purpose is to carry your products conveniently. With the help of our experts, you can design these bag-shaped boxes in various styles. Every client demands unique boxes that help to outshine competitors. Therefore, we provide a variety of custom-made bag shape boxes with a handle. These boxes are usually rectangular but you can get square boxes as well. The handle is also customizable per your needs. The premium outlook of our custom-designed bag shape packaging looks stylish. Some suggested styles are:

  • Bag shape box with a cardboard handle
  • Steel handle on bag shape packaging
  • Bag shape packaging box with rope handle
  • Bag shape boxes with window cuts and many more.

Ecofriendly Packaging

We use durable but sustainable packaging materials to make all the packaging boxes. If you want a sustainable handle bag shape box, you can get that as well. Furthermore, many products that are sensitive to contamination need this organic packaging. The handle bag boxes are easy to make using our recyclable Kraft and cardboard materials. You can select the thickness of these boxes per product’s weight and other factors. You can choose reusable packaging materials to get tailor-made handle bag shape boxes from us.

Have Unique Experience

If you want to give a unique shopping experience to your customers, you should get personalized bag shape packaging. We have experts who help you to make distinctive boxes that your customers have rarely seen. Furthermore, our printing, coloring, and finishing techniques design tailor made handle bag shape box of your imagination. You can set a theme for wholesale bag shape packaging and we will design it accordingly. Other than that, you can get a consultation with our skillful team through our contact number or simply email us at support@thecustompackaging.com.

Half Circular Interlocking

The Custom Packaging is just the perfect option for all of your packaging needs. We have a bit of everything; boxes imprinted with custom decorations, colorful design patterns, tags, and quotes you personalize half-circular interlocking boxes even further.

Easy Customization

Custom half circular interlocking boxes are customized in a way that will not only impress the receiver but also tell them how much you value them.

You can customize interlocking boxes with custom prints, colors, and designs. To make these boxes functional, you can add window cuts, handles, and partitions to them. When designed with the latest embossing, debossing, 3D printing, and metallic foiling techniques, these boxes become the center of attention. We offer you various specification options to customize personalized half circular interlocking boxes. You can select from paper stock to coating options to design these boxes. Once you select each detail our designers will start making the required boxes with fast turnarounds.

Paper Stock

We use cardboard, Kraft, and cardstock paper materials to provide sustainable half-circular interlocking boxes. You can also select the thickness of paper materials based on the product’s nature. Half-circular paper boxes are easy to design in any shape, size, or style. Furthermore, these flexible materials when coated with glossy, matte, or UV spot coating, become more durable. Thus, you can get durable interlocking boxes from The Custom Packaging.

Coloring Options

The accurate color combination enhances the overall appearance of tailor-made half-circular interlocking boxes. You can pick the colors related to your products to design half-circular product boxes. Furthermore, if you want to use them as gift boxes, you can select funky and bright colors. We have CMYK and PMS color models to print even the rare hues to product boxes. You can also share the theme colors of your business and have them printed on interlocking boxes with a perfect finish.

Custom Printing

Printed half circular interlocking boxes are the choice of many brands as they serve as perfect marketing tools. You can print your brand name, logo, and contact details along with product information for promotional purposes. Furthermore, if you want to design half circular interlocking gift boxes, you can print theme-relevant images, graphics, or drawings. We print Christmas, Halloween, Easter, wedding, or birthday-related graphics so that you can use these boxes as favor boxes too. Printing tells customers the purpose of your products therefore we do it carefully using offset, digital and 3d printing techniques.

Fine Finishing

We have various finishing options to give a final touch to half-circular interlocking product boxes. You can design these boxes with custom colors, prints, and finishes. We have glossy, matte, and silver foiling options to design premium half-circular interlocking boxes. You can also use embossing, debossing, and raised ink to make luxury gift boxes. Furthermore, window cuts give clients a sneak peek of your products in addition to making your packaging more attractive. If you have any confusion regarding paper stock, customization, printing, coloring, or finishing, feel free to call us at 888-851-0765.

Full Overlap Seal End

Customized Full Overlap Seal End boxes keep your products free from dust and are packaged safely inside these suitable rectangular packaging boxes from The Custom Packaging.

Unique Customization

Our Full Overlap Seal End boxes are convenient for most of your products, including prepared foods, technology, or grocery items, you get not only the widest range of unique customizations but also some of the most rigid cardboard material for your packaging as well. We offer unique surface finishes including spot UV, high gloss, or fine matte, and also some of the most beautiful printing finishes such as gold/silver foil stamping highlighting brand and product names or logos most attractively. Get custom sizes and dimensions for your custom packaging along with the best design support.

Designed Per Needs

Packaging plays a major role in influencing customers buying decisions therefore, we offer custom-designed full overlap seal end boxes that are designed per your needs. The shape, size, and style of these boxes are fully customizable because we use flexible paper materials in their manufacturing. Our personalized full overlap seal end boxes are the ideal packaging solution for every cosmetic, food, household, and electronic business. We design these boxes in the best way possible so that you can get a positive brand image.

Fully Assembled

Get custom full overlap seal end boxes that are sealed with glue after putting the product inside. Besides that, you can close the top and bottom flap to keep delicate items i.e. Makeup, cosmetics, food, and glass products secured against damage. We, at The Custom Packaging, provide fully assemble full overlap seal boxes because they need adhesive to remain fully closed. If you want manual assembly, you can fold the dust flaps and inner panels and then swing in the outer panels to make them entirely sealed and protected.

Print to Aware

We offer all the printing options to help you tell the brand story the way you want. Furthermore, custom-printed full overlap seal end packaging is personalized to reflect your brand image. You can print themed colors, brand logos, and product images to use printed full-overlap packaging as a tool for brand awareness.

The designers of the custom packaging have the skills to do perfect printing on the product packaging using advanced machinery. You can tell us what kind of printing you want to be done on full overlap packaging boxes. We print wholesale full overlap seal end packaging in typography that includes product details including their expiry date. You can use offset, digital, or 3d printing options to aware customers of your business and products.

Why Choose Us?

We use high-quality materials that are known for their durability to make long-lasting seal end boxes. You can shape these boxes with our advanced die-cutting techniques and print them with expert assistance. Furthermore, we make sure that our clients get the best boxes with fast turnarounds. Free custom quotes and expert guidance is provided that you can avail by calling us at 888-851-0765.

Front Cut out Display Tray

The Custom Front out Display Tray boxes are ideal for the products as they make them pop out from others in a dynamic way. Ideal for the products that are displayed on retail shelves or even counter tops.  The boxes provide much convenience to the customers as they can directly pick the enclosed products from them. The front precise cutout makes it easier to grip the products that are placed inside these and you can get these in different card stock materials along with surface finishes to match and high detail printing as well when required.

Different surface finish options like spot UV, elegant Matte or high gloss are also provided on request and you can also get your brand logos or names embossed, debossed, raised ink printed or gold/silver foil stamped to make an impact on your customer’s minds and attract them to your products through eye-catching designs. Available in all sizes and customization options, these showcase ready boxes are perfect in every sense of the word. When you place bulk orders with us, we also provide free doorstep shipping along with free cutting and printing equipment as well.

Four Corner with Display Lid

Four Corner with Display Lid boxes consist of a display lid that is efficient for showcasing them on retail shelves. If you really want to allure your targeted customers by exhibiting the creativity of your packaging, we can give a top window as well. All depends upon you, what size and which kind of customization do you want for your Four Corner Cake Box. These boxes come with built in support cushions for the cakes which do not allow the product packaged inside of them to move about freely and thus get damaged.  We have up-to-date design and prints available and can do the job for you as you desire. You can avail numerous add-ons like free shipping, free printing if the order is in bulk.

Four Corner Tray

Custom Four corner tray boxes are also known as beer tray boxes due to their build. They are designed in a very simple way which is extremely useful along with all of their simplicity.

Diversified Uses

These boxes are normally utilized for the packaging of lightweight products such as bakery items, tech products, medicines, or cosmetics. Custom-made four corner trays are suitable for product storage. The four corners are made with pre-glued corners having a strong bottom that can support heavy products as well. We also provide foldable four-corner trays that have great efficiency.

You can use these trays for many purposes either for carrying beverages or food items and personal care products. Furthermore, the commercial uses of these trays make them highly demand. We make trays that can be shelved in offices to hold documents, files, archives, and reports. Moreover, our durable four corner product trays are suitable for delivery purposes as well. You can combine two trays to deliver products like apparel, gifts, edibles, and many more.

Easy Folding

We manufacture wholesale four corner trays that are shipped flat. You can easily fold them to use for any purpose. After use, you can collapse trays. These trays come into their original shape once assembled because of the erected four corners. It is easy to carry around products in these durable custom trays. The strong structure of product trays prevents product damage during shipping or transporting. The four corners provide support to the inside products while the strong bottom holds the weight of the products.

Our Premium Services

Custom Packaging is one of the leading packaging companies that provide premium service to clients. Whether you want to customize the size of trays or want exclusive printing with rush delivery, we fulfill all your packaging needs. You can choose the best tray that fits your needs and we will make it accordingly. Our hardworking designers make these trays according to your needs. Our advanced printing facilities and coloring models give an outclass appearance to your trays. You can also get tailor-made four corner trays with custom printing, coating, and fast turnarounds.

High-Quality Trays

Using high-quality cardboard and Kraft materials we provide our customers with durable four-corner trays that are customizable per your needs. Depending upon the weight of your products, you can personalize the thickness of trays from 10 to 28pt. Personalized four corner cardboard trays provide maximum protection to products because of their strong nature. You can also get four corners Kraft trays for lighter products. We aim to provide sustainable trays that are safe for the environment as well.

Customer Satisfaction

We try our best to get customer satisfaction by fully meeting their expectation. Working days are generally 10 to 12 but we fulfill rush orders as well to keep our clients satisfied. We have trust of clients for many years and we aim to maintain this in future as well. You can also get designers support and free custom quotes to design the customized four corner trays of your choice.

Folder Business Card

We use the latest techniques to make custom-folded business card for your business. From the raw materials to the final result, everything is in your hands. Our expert designers work just as your order them.

Selection of Materials

We provide the option of a wide range of materials to make accurate cards for your business. If you need thick business cards to make a lasting impression on customers’ minds, you can choose c2s paper material. Other than that, you can also get velvet paper to make folded business card with a smooth finish. It is easy to print on our c1s paper cards. No matter what kind of business cards you want, we can provide that. You can get both folded as well as standard business cards to make an impact on clients. Our materials are sustainable, flexible, and reliable. Thus, feel free to select any kind of materials to make reliable business cards.

Multi Faced-Multi Tasker

Folded business cards have twice the space of ordinary business cards. These cards are perfect to use as appointment cards. These cards are a perfect representation of your business. However, you can use these cards for other purposes as well. You just need to tell us for what purpose you want custom business cards and we will design them accordingly. There is enough space on these cards to print typography and images. You can give a mini portfolio of your business with printed business cards. Thus, business cards work as perfect marketing tools, transforming your cards into a technique of giving your business info to clients in a wonderful way. To make these cards more functional, you can take the help of our experts.

Tell Business Story

You can tell a short story about your business with custom-printed folded business card. You can use each side of these cards to print little info about your business. The Double-sided business cards allow you to print more details than single-sided business cards. For example, you can print photos on these cards to make your business recognizable. Other than that, you can print business details and discount codes for your services to convince clients. These cards will help you to effectively represent your business in the market. Enough space is available on these cards to print a summary of your business info.

Versatile Printing Option

Custom business cards are incomplete without proper printing. Therefore, we are providing the latest printing techniques to make printed cards for businesses. You can rely on our printing technologies for the best results. We can ensure that our prints will not fade easily if you select the proper printing option per your needs. We have many techniques to print business cards, such as

  • Silk printing
  • Offset printing
  • Digital printing
  • 3D printing

You can use any printing technique to get printed business cards for your company or organization. If you want plain and simple cards, you can use offset or digital printing. For making a distinctive business card, you can give a 3d touch with relevant printing techniques. The choice is yours, we just follow your choice and provide you with the best results. One can also get wholesale business cards which are shipped flat to easily stack them.

Perfect Final Results

Whether you want folded business cards for clothes or any other sort of business, if you want to get the best outcomes, you need to design them perfectly with an expert’s assistance. Make your clients think of you as a professional business owner with customized foldable business cards. Customize your business cards with flexible paper materials, designing corners, and giving them a coating of perfection. We are providing glossy, matte, and UV spot coating to give a final touch to personalized business cards. Your card will show off your hard work if you design them with the help of an expert packaging company like us.

Flower Shaped Top Closure

If you’re looking for a durable and attractive packaging solution to enhance your brand’s popularity then, these Flower Shaped Top Closure boxing solutions is your best choice. These boxes are ideal for fancy and expensive items that needs safety as well as an attractive packaging that adds to their value. Wholesale Product Boxes is known to have unique designs, customizations and printing options. The Flower shaped top closure product boxes contains a tuck end bottom that can house lightweight products safely within the confines. The elegant flower like top closure does require an additional string sealing, but it will be worth the spectacular way it looks in the end. You can avail our free shipping, free cutting die, and free printing plate equipment when you order bulk packaging from us.

Flip Out Open Dispenser Box

The Custom Packaging is one of the most experienced packaging companies that has gained incomparable market skills to package and promote your brand efficiently. Our custom Flip Out Open Dispenser Box is very convenient when it comes to storing and advertising a stack of retail products on countertops or shelves.

Best Materials

Dispenser boxes are placed on the store counters where damage changes a quite high. Therefore, we make durable flip-out open dispenser box packaging using the best materials that are known for their enduring properties. Non-bendable and crush-resistant Kraft and cardboard materials are perfect for manufacturing strong and sustainable dispenser boxes. In the current era of increasing pollution, our recyclable dispenser boxes are good for the environment as well. You can select the size and thickness of dispenser packaging based on your requirements.

Inspiring Prints

We offer all printing options to make one-of-a-kind printed dispenser boxes with flip out open. You can promote your business by printing product-related images, patterns, drawings, or graphics. To tell customers about your products you can print useful information as well. We aim to print the required information with advanced printing equipment that prints with high resolution. Using long-lasting inks and printable paper, we make printed flip out open dispenser boxes that do not easily fade. Perfectly printed boxes attract target customers which will increase product sales. Thus, get our printing service to get success through printed dispenser product boxes.

Accurate Color Schemes

Colors decide the overall look of packaging boxes therefore we add colors with advanced CMYK and PMS models to make sure that the boxes look perfect. You can select any color scheme for customized flip out open dispenser boxes and see how we will meet your requirements. You can print dispenser packaging boxes with themed colors to increase their appeal. Furthermore, product-related colors also make your packaging pleasing to the eyes. You can tell us your needs regarding color schemes so that we can design boxes accordingly.

Box Embellishments

We provide our clients with the best services with our up-to-date die-cut Custom Flip Out Dispenser Box packaging. Our advanced printing techniques help us produce some of the most precise with the right bottom-placed dispenser cutouts that help you slide the products much more easily. The open top of these individual boxes provides plenty of room for all your small to medium-sized products to slide into place accurately. You can embellish dispenser boxes with various add-ons such as embossing, debossing, metallic foiling, and coatings (glossy, matte, UV spot) to attract target customers. Furthermore, box embellishment with advanced techniques convinces customers to buy your products.

Contact Us!

Call us at 888-851-0765 or support@thecustompackaging.com to get free custom quotes regarding wholesale flip out open dispenser boxes. After knowing your requirements, our dedicated team start making these boxes with fast turnaround and shipping. You can also fill out the given form to get free custom quotes and more details.

 

Easel Display Stand

Our custom-printed easel display stand is your best choice if you want to most reliable packaging solution that not only showcases your products but also offers maximum brand exposure. What we provide is customizable display stands to make your products look exceptional in a crowded marketplace. You decide how you want your products to be displayed and we will provide you with the best solution.

Ease Retailers

It is crucial to showcase your products to get maximum client attention which leads to increased sales. We offer custom-made easel display stands manufactured according to the needs of retailers. The alluring die-cut designs help to attract customers to products. These stands are not only limited to food products; in fact, you can use them for every kind of item that needs to be displayed on the counters. The pharmacies can use these display stands to display the most sold medicines. Makeup sellers can also showcase lipsticks, lip balms, small cosmetic samples, and other mini products. The erect structure of these stands makes them easy to display on the countertops without needing much space.

Long-Lasting Materials

Just like our other packaging boxes, easel stands are also made of durable packaging materials such as cardboard, Kraft, and corrugated paper. Durable easel display stands are made with these high-quality materials and advanced die-cut equipment to ensure the best designs. One can get these stands customized with unique window cutouts, designs, and styles to showcase exhibit products in a unique way. Rigid paper materials are used to make locking cutouts that hold these custom stands in a straight-up tower-like stand displaying your brand name, printed designs, and products.

Excellent Printing

Other than long-lasting materials, these display stands are products of advanced printing tools as well. They are used to display essential marketing info such as brand name, logo, tagline, contact, and address details which helps in business promotion. To make printed content more memorable, print using advanced offset, digital, silkscreen, and 3d printing tools. The unique structure and elegant printing of printed easel counter display stand enables them to get the attention of customers passing by your counter. Thus, get wholesale printed display stands to boost product sales and promote your business in the meanwhile.

Freedom to Customize

The custom packaging takes pride to offer you all the customization possibilities to make one-of-a-kind easel product display stands. You can select the shape, size, print, and color of your choice, we are always ready to meet your needs. The thickness and weight of these customized easel display stands are also customizable per your product’s nature. Different products require a different display to stand out from the crowd and that’s what we provide. You can also get design support from our dedicated designers and templates to improve your display stands.

Why Choose TCP?

TCP is well known for providing the most unique packaging solutions to different retailers, traders, brands, and companies. You can get the best quality personalized easel display stand to present your business the way you like. On top of that get free custom quotes regarding die cutting, printing, printing and coating of these stands to make the best decision based on your requirements. We are available at 888-851-0765, support@thecustompackaging.com, and at the website chat box where we are available 24/7.

Easel Counter Display

The Custom Packaging is here with its advanced machinery and skillful designers aiming to provide the best boxes to the clients to get their 100% satisfaction. One can get custom-designed easel counter display boxes per needs and preferences.

Customized Boxes

To satisfy our clients to the fullest, we give them the opportunity to customize counter displays of their choice. One can produce customized easel counter displays of any shape, size, material, and style per likeness. You are welcome to choose from various paper materials and thicknesses to get desired boxes. You can get small, medium to large sized display boxes based on your counter size and capacity. Furthermore, getting a variety of printing and coating options helps you make unique boxes with various add-ons like embossing, debossing, gold/silver foiling, raised ink, and many more based on your needs.

Free Design Support

You can get free design support from our dedicated and highly skillful designers. Check out custom template designs or you can come up with your unique ideas. Our designers are always ready to know your needs and enhance your designs with their exceptional skills. You can get personalized easel counter stands designed with expert assistance to steal the limelight in a competitive marketplace. We carefully listen to our client’s needs and design their required boxes with full dedication.

Perfect Printing

If you want to promote your business or newly launched products, you have to deliver your message effectively. You can easily do this by printing useful information in bright colors and stylish fonts. Accurate color schemes help you attract customers while stylish yet readable typography is necessary to convince customers of your products. The custom packaging has advanced printing techniques to provide the best custom-printed easel counter display with a logo. Our designers put your logo and name on these boxes with high-resolution results to make your boxes more attention-grabbing.

Eco-Friendly Materials

In the current era where the earth is polluted with non-biodegradable packaging waste. We provide sustainable easel counter display boxes to save the environment for future generations. For that purpose, we use durable yet eco-friendly materials like cardboard, Kraft, bux board, and cardstock which are easy to recycle. Furthermore, you can easily shape these boxes into stand able easel counter display packaging. Furthermore, we provide long-lasting counter display boxes that can withstand dust and humidity. We print required content using advanced tools and organic inks which make our boxes eco-friendlier.

24/7 Customer Care Services

We have the latest machinery and tools along with experts who know how to make the best boxes with fast turnarounds. Our customer care representatives are 24/7 ready to know about your needs and fulfill those needs without any delays. We provide free custom quotes to help you make better decisions regarding colors, prints, and designs of wholesale easel counter display stands. You can tell us your specs by calling us at 888-851-0765. If you have no access to a telephone, you can contact us at email support@thecustompackaging.com or chat box as well.

Double Wall Frame Tray Lid

Custom Double Wall Frame Tray Lid boxes provide the best solution for protective packaging. These boxes provide the required protection for your expensive, valuable, fragile, and heavier products.

High-Quality Packaging

We guarantee the usage of high-quality materials including Kraft paper, paperboard and cardboard that form two separate layers of walls separated in equal gaps and the functional closing lid can keep your products housed inside for as long as you get them out yourself. Corrugated or cardboard materials are available with exceptional surface finish options and attractive printing to make your products jump right off the retail store or supermarket shelves and into the shopping list of your customers.

Enhanced Protection

Get the best quality double wall frame tray lid boxes that offer enhanced product protection. These boxes are unbeatable because of their unique structure. The double walls keep products protected from every sort of damage that can be caused by pressure, collision, or dust and humidity. These boxes have sufficient space to hold electronics, cosmetics, glass products, and many other sensitive goods. The thick double wall frame keeps your products safe even if the packaging box is dropped or carelessly handled.

Organized Structure

Assembly of double wall boxes with frame tray lid is a matter of few seconds. You just need to fold the side panels which are glued already. The dust flaps and front panels along with the side panels are easy to fold up. Double wall packaging is easy to fold and if used properly, lasts longer than expected. The wall panels are double while the frame tray lid provides additional protection against damage. Custom-designed double wall frame tray lid boxes can be personalized according to your requirements. Customers will prefer your products when packed in well-organized packaging boxes.

Versatile Uses

Customized double wall frame tray lid packaging makes your products appear premium and more valuable. It set your product away from average counterparts. This packaging is suitable for expensive beauty products, makeup, and cosmetics.  Double wall frame packaging boxes are suitable for several products. The structure of these boxes makes them convenient for sensitive products as well. The best thing about these boxes is that they are easy to customize according to your requirements. The customized designs make these boxes a perfect representation of your brand.

Prints and Colors

We make custom-printed double wall frame tray lid boxes that are most efficient and effective in terms of business promotion. These boxes not only package products but also ease consumers. You can print product and brand info on these boxes to make customers aware of your business. We offer advanced printing possibilities to help you design your packaging with attractive images, fonts, typography, and graphics. You can get custom double wall frame boxes with logo to advertise your business. More customers knowing your brand leads to more sales. We use CMYK and PMS color models to print packaging boxes and give high-resolution results.

Premium Add On Options

To make your packaging unique, we offer many add-on options. With these, you can change the way your boxes look even if the competitors have the same boxes. You can design your boxes with embossing, debossing, gold/silver foiling, raised ink, and coating (glossy, matte, UV spot) to give printed wall frame tray lid boxes a distinctive feel. Moreover, you can get help from template designs to make one-of-a-kind boxes for your products. If you want to get wholesale double wall frame tray lid boxes with various add-ons, feel free to call us at 888-851-0765.

Double Wall Frame Tray

Double Wall Frame Tray Boxes are manufactured by utilizing state of the art equipment and advanced processing and printing techniques at The Custom Packaging. The strong and sturdy material used makes them one of the most secure packaging solution for any kind of medium sized expensive products. These spacious boxes not only present the products beautifully but also they stand out from the rest through customization of the double walls in any kind of required print design. You can choose from a variety of card stock options finished with different unique surface touches including elegant matte, shiny gloss or spot UV options and the custom printing including embossing, debossing, raised ink printing and gold/silver foil stamping works great for attractive designs and elite finishes. The best combination of safety, beauty, and customization is completed with the die cut custom design of these boxes keeps the two walls separated during any kind of mishandling.

Why Choose Us?

For all your heavier and sizable products that need extra protection along with beautiful and presentable showcase exhibit packaging, The Custom Packaging provides top-quality Double Wall Frame Tray boxes. Free delivery, free cutting, and free printing equipment are also offered on bulk orders.

Double Glued Side Wall Tray and Sleeve

If you are looking for quality packaging boxes for your products, we at The Custom Packaging have the best Double Glued Side Wall Tray and Sleeve boxes that fulfill the packaging needs of all of your small to medium size fancy products or eatables efficiently.

Strength and Durability

Using advanced techniques and strong materials we make durable double-glued side wall tray and sleeve that keeps inside products safe and protected. For further protection, you can customize the shape, size, and thickness of custom boxes based on the product’s needs. We also provide coating options to make your boxes long-lasting and increase the shelf life of packaged products. Enduring cardboard and Kraft materials are resistant to crushing, tearing, breaking, etc. To protect products against damage during shipping.

Easy Customization

Custom tray and sleeve boxes are easy to customize with our advanced die-cutting, printing, and coloring techniques. Based on your needs, we design and manufacture customized double-glued side wall trays and sleeve packaging boxes. Whether you want plain or printed boxes, we fulfill your packaging needs. Furthermore, you can get printed double-glued side wall trays and sleeve for business promotion in a competitive business market. We offer many printing options such as silk, 3D or offset printing to make exceptional boxes with double-glued side walls. Moreover, die cutting technique cut sleeve boxes precisely to help you get accurate packaging. You can share your design ideas with us to customize perfect boxes.

Designing Possibilities

Custom-made double glued wall sleeve packaging is already famous for its unique appearance. But to make it better you can design it uniquely to impress target customers. We offer various designing possibilities in this regard that includes window cutting, custom inserts, punch partitions, inserts, and custom sizes. You can tempt customers with sleeve and tray packaging containing delicious food products or desirable gifts that are visible through transparent windows. You can also design sleeve and tray boxes with eye-catchy color schemes and image or font printing to attract customers. Sleeve boxes with logo are highly effective in business promotion on larger levels.

Ecofriendly Packaging

As we use paper materials to make sustainable double glued wall trays and sleeves, therefore it is not wrong to say that our boxes are eco-friendly. Paper materials are known for their biodegradable nature. Plus, they are easy to recycle without requiring vast time or effort. On top of that, our packaging boxes do not cause environmental pollution as they leave no packaging waste. If you are looking for sustainable double-glued wall trays and sleeve packaging, custom packaging is best for you.

Why The Custom Packaging?

If you want to pay the lowest wholesale rates for the highest quality Double Glue Side Wall packaging that can offer supreme protection and elite shelf advertisement to your retail products, The Custom Packaging must be your top choice. We also deliver your packaging fast and free on wholesale orders and add no cost for the printing or cutting die equipment to your invoices.

 

Door Hanger

The Custom Packaging provides you with numerous customization options including your company names and logos along with important messages embossed, debossed, raised printed, or gold/silver foil stamped on your custom made door hangers. When you order these units in bulk. We provide free shipping with die-cutting and custom printing equipment as well for your highest value-for-money hangers.

Efficient Printing

You’re guaranteed to reach your audience with our custom-printed door hangers. Whether you want to inform visitors about sales, special events, holidays, tours, and limited-time offers, customize these hangers with the message you want to convey to viewers. Even if the audience is not interested in your products. They will still get to know about your business via custom door hangers with logo. You can use our offset, digital or 3d printing techniques to make these hangers hard to ignore. You can print eye catchy graphics on the hanger with which you want to attract tourists. The printed content depends upon your products and services. You can tell us the content you want on these hangers and we will continue the next process.

Versatile & Easy to Use

The customizable size and shape of our door hangers give you the opportunity to introduce your business the way you like. Depending upon the length of information you want to convey, we modify the size of these hangers. This makes our hangers easy to use and hang. You can print information like products, services, upcoming sales, promo codes, QR codes, images, and much more on these cards. Custom door hangers with hooks, doorknobs, strings, punch holes and slits are easy to hang on the door. Moreover, we can add a portion containing only a contact number or address with a perforated line that clients can easily use as a business card. There are many design possibilities that make your door hangers so beneficial for your business.

Fast Design Process

We use durable cardstock materials to make the most durable door hangers that swing around the door handle without needing you to worry about any damage. The durable yet flexible cardstock materials make it easy for us to customize these hangers per your desires and print all the information you’d like to deliver. Choose from our design templates to make custom-designed door hangers or upload your own artwork. Once the design is selected, we will take care of all the other things. You can get door handle hangers printed in vibrant colors and eye-catchy graphics with full customization to impress the viewers. If you are looking for the most affordable yet fast-delivered doorknob hangers, The Custom Packaging is your best choice.

Contact Us Now!

We offer premium door hangers designed per your requirements to let you get what you desire. Our custom design templates help you make doorknob advertisers for hotels, shops, offices, or other places. These hangers guarantee the wide spread of your message to target customers. We have all the tools to make accurate wholesale door hangers that will never disappoint you. Contact us via number, email, or chat box to know more.

Double Glue Side Wall

Customized Double Glue Side Wall will not only enhance your brand visibility but also a double glued wall of the box will protect your products from any kind of damage.

Impeccable Customization

We have cutting, coloring, printing, and coating techniques to make packaging boxes for our clients. One can tell us the shape and size so that we can take our die-cutting technique into action. Furthermore, our advanced printing machinery gives high-resolution printed results. You can also use our glossy, matte, or UV spot coating on the personalized double glue side wall packaging. To make your packaging more alluring, we offer embossing, 3d printing, and gold or silver foiling options. Our custom handles, inserts, partitions, punches, hangers, and window cuts make packaging the most functional.

Quality Printing Options

Printing needs to be perfect as it determines the overall appearance of packaging boxes. Therefore, the custom packaging is here with its high-end offset, silk, and digital printing techniques to provide you with perfectly printed double glue side wall boxes. One can print typography based on product features, ingredients, and expiry dates. It is good to tell customers how to use your products for better results. Most importantly, glued side wall boxes with logo are the most effective printed boxes for promotion. One can also design boxes with printed images, graphics, drawings, or patterns.

Easy to Use

When you can customize double glue side walls per the product’s nature, it becomes very convenient to use. You can customize the length, depth, and width of glue side walls based on product dimensions. We manufacture double glue-sided wall boxes using faultless die-cutting. It helps us make boxes as per our client’s order. You can also get glue side wall product boxes made per your needs.

Perfection Guaranteed

We make durable double glue side wall trays and sleeves using flexible cardboard, Kraft, cardstock, and bux board materials. These packaging materials are our top choice because of their sustainability. Furthermore, when cardboard or Kraft double glue side is printed with advanced machinery, perfection is guaranteed. Furthermore, you get sustainable packaging solutions with the best results from us. We provide double-wall sleeve packaging for every kind of product ranging from food to cosmetics, medicines, and electronics.

Make Best Choices

Designing double glue side wall boxes is a tough job that requires professional skills. Hence, choosing the right packaging company is one of the most crucial decisions that one has to make. Wholesale Product Boxes is exclusively offering attractive and attention-seeking customized boxes that are made from high-quality cardboard material. By choosing to get expert assistance, you can make one-of-a-kind boxes with custom-made double glue side walls.

Contact Us!

Feel free to give us a call at 888-851-0765 and talk with experts to design double glue side wall packaging wholesale. You can also get free custom quotes that help you design trendy double wall boxes. Our email service is also available i.e. Support@thecustompackaging.com.

Document Folder

Document Folder units are very functional for retail stores in which documents are to be displayed or stored on countertops. The Custom Packaging ensures enhanced protection for your important documents, we make sure to use the highest quality rigid materials that are sealed across all ends when the triangular lid is closed on the folder and keep your important papers safe from wear and tear.

Branded Folders Quality

File folders are essential to many companies nowadays. They need to place and store documents, files, or reports as a record. Sometimes even many years old documents are in their best form because they are stored efficiently. We guarantee that you can get these kinds of durable document folders from us with fast turnarounds. The strength of paper materials is made exceptional by customizing their thickness and coat finishes. Dust can destroy folder files, therefore, we make sure to cover your documents in folders that are not only long-lasting but are also coated with moisture and dust-resistant coating.

Style Your Own Folders

We offer many specification options to customize the folders for your documents. You can get larger or small folders based on your needs. We have advanced die-cutting techniques to provide made-to-order document folders. You can design these folders with unique customizations including custom printing with images, typography, patterns, or illustrations. The shape and size of the cover flap of these folders are also customizable according to your requirements. If you want to design your own folders, you can share the specs & templates with us to let us help you design the best report folders. You just need to ensure that no lines or contents are hidden before sharing your design with us. However, our team will check the templates clearly before moving to the next steps.

No Design Limitations

When it comes to providing custom-made document folders, we give no limitations in their design. The standard size of these folders is A4 but we also provide A5 folders for documents. If you want larger file folders, let us know and we will look forward to it. Document folders with customizable pockets are also available with full-color printing. Our customized file folders help you arrange documents in styles. You can include pockets, card slots, and much more to keep your documents more organized. Choose from our template designs or share your artwork to make folders of your choice for your company, business, conference, organization, or events.

Why Choose TCP?

Many packaging and printing companies are providing wholesale document folders for different businesses, but we make sure that you get the best quality folders to hand out your essential documents. Customized to suit your needs custom file folders with logos are provided at the most reasonable rates with various add-ons like custom printing, coloring, die-cutting equipment, gold/silver foiling, and many surface finishes. If you still have any questions or want to know about our premium services, feel free to call us at 888-851-0765.

Display Box Auto Bottom

The custom packaging offers custom-designed display box auto bottom packaging with attractive customization possibilities. The main purpose of getting custom boxes is to attract clients and we help you to do this task effectively. Get these boxes to display all sorts of products that can be displayed on the countertops or checkout aisles.

Reliable Customization

Customization makes packaging boxes perfect for your products. You can customize the dimensions of display boxes per product’s nature i.e. Shape, size, and weight. If the packaging does not perfectly fit your products, it would be of no use. That’s why we provide made-to-order display box auto bottom packaging that is manufactured per your specifications. You can decide the thickness as well based on your product’s weight.

Diverse Options

It is not worth packaging heavy products in lightweight boxes. You can select the thickness from 10-28pt based on the number of products you want to put in each box and their total weight. Besides that, to steal the limelight, you can print graphics and fonts with our advanced printing techniques. Add-ons like embossing, debossing, and gold/silver foiling add a touch of glamour to the custom-printed display box auto bottom. Customization possibilities are in fact very vast. If you want to know more, feel free to contact us.

Assemble with Ease

Custom display box auto bottom packaging is easy to assemble because it has an auto bottom with a top foldable display lid. These boxes might look complicated due to their unique structure. But, they are easy to fold and then assemble into their original shape because the bottom automatically locks and seals. These boxes are made with durable cardboard or Kraft materials based on your needs. The display lid easily folds into double flaps. You can fold the top lid to the back or front to use it as a display header.

Storage Compactness

The bottom and entire structure of auto-bottom display boxes can smoothly fold into a flat shape. Therefore, we feel it easy to deliver customized display box auto bottom packaging if you order in bulk. Due to the compact structure, you can store these boxes for future use without facing storage problems. You can assemble these boxes in time of need just by stretching the side panels. Their easy assembly makes them the favorite boxes of many retailers and traders who want to promote their products in stores, malls, or exhibitions. All these features make these boxes the most reliable packaging solution for your products.

Why Choose TCP?

Every packaging company claims that it provides the best. But, you will know if it’s best or not once you get your order. You can check client reviews and our services that help us get loyal customers. Our dedicated team and expert designers know how to make the best boxes using advanced techniques. If you are looking for wholesale display box auto bottom to showcase your products, you can get these boxes designed, manufactured, and coated with fast turnarounds. We also provide free custom quotes to let you make the best decisions based on your budgets and needs.

Cube Shaped Carrier

We have superlative printing, coloring, and cutting machinery that provides perfect designs for custom cube shaped carriers. Also, our distinct and elite specification options regarding surface finishes can upgrade your packaging style.

Supreme Raw Materials

We aim at materials that are printable so that you can get perfectly printed cube shaped carriers. Furthermore, the materials we use are durable which helps us provide strong boxes to our clients. You can choose from Kraft, cardboard, and corrugated cube-shaped carrier boxes. Moreover, all these boxes are recyclable which means you can get sustainable cube carrier packaging from us. It is easy to get tailor-made cube-shaped packaging because paper materials are easy to modify and print per desire.

Appealing Customization

The custom packaging provides numerous customization options to design cube-shaped carrier packaging. To add more value and usefulness to custom-designed cube carriers, you can use our latest techniques. We also provide expert assistance to help you professionally design cube-shaped custom carriers.

You can pick any color because we have high-end CMYK and PMS color models. It is easy to print even rare colors using these models. Furthermore, we can provide you with cube-shaped carrier with customized window cuts as well. As we use flexible paper materials, you can get cube shaped packaging boxes of any size from us.  These boxes are easy to customize for food, retail items, cosmetics, cd, and electronic products.

High-Resolution Printing

The printing services that we provide are known for their high-resolution effect. In printing, you have offset, digital, and 3D printing options. You can tell us what you want to print to a cube-shaped product carrier. We provide printed as well as non-printed cube carriers. You can get cube shaped carrier with a logo to promote your business. Our printing works best on paper materials. You can print product and business details including contact numbers to printed cube shaped packaging.

Add Ons

We let you select from various add-ons to design exclusive cube-shaped boxes. Gold and silver lamination make your personalized cube shaped carrier more mesmerizing. Besides that, you can also use our embossing and debossing techniques to make one-of-a-kind cube-shaped carriers. Additionally, window cuts with PVC are also customizable as you like. It is good to personalize boxes that make you stand out among competitors. Therefore, we provide all means by which you can design boxes to promote your business.

Why Choose Us?

We do not compromise on the quality features of our carrier packaging.  If you want eye catchy and durable cube shaped carrier boxes wholesale, you are at the right place. We provide designer assistance to help you get custom-made carrier boxes with fast turnarounds. Call us now to get high-quality cube-shaped carrier product packaging designed per your orders.

Box with Hanging and Locking

We are providing the most spacious box with hanging and locking tabs for your fancy products engaging your potential buyers efficiently and boosting your business growth in the long run. By using these boxes, you can display your products in a shop by hanging them in different places.

Durable Materials

We use durable packaging materials that are known for their outclass features. First of all, these materials are flexible enough to turn into rigid box with hanging and locking. Secondly, they are sustainable and even decompose on their own because of their biodegradable nature.

You can choose from Kraft, cardboard, Bux board, cardstock, and corrugated materials to get boxes of your choice. Kraft box with hanging and locking is the most used packaging in the retail market. You can also get cardboard boxes hanging and locking for heavier products.

We use materials that are easy to convert into any kind of box. Besides that, when we print on these materials, they give high-resolution final results. Thus, choose from the offered packaging materials per your needs.

Custom Printing

Printed boxes are the best ways to communicate effectively with potential buyers. We have various printing options such as offset, silk, digital and 3d printing to provide you desired results. You can mention ingredients, usage, precaution, and expiry details on the printed box with hanging and locking tabs. Moreover, it is best to get hanging boxes with logo to promote your business.

Hanging and locking boxes become the center of attention when printed with eye-catchy fonts, images, graphics, or patterns. You can design these boxes as you like with an expert’s assistance. We offer free custom quotes along with designers support to design the best boxes for you.

Accurate Coloring

Colors are your best companion when it comes to client attraction. You can attract customers with eye-catchy colors or distract them with dull colors. We can make any color look perfect with advanced CMYK and PMS color models. It does not matter what colors you choose. You just need a perfect partner that can make printed colors look vibrant and aesthetic. A perfect combination of attractive colors and useful prints makes your packaging stand out from the crowd. Furthermore, you can give customers a brief intro to the nature of your products with relevant colors.

If you want boxes with hanging and locking for food products, the colors should be tempting. For packaging electronics in customized hanging and locking boxes, you can go for minimalist printing. Moreover, get custom-printed boxes with hanging and locking tabs for cosmetics, toys, and medicines as well. Any packaging can be made perfect for your products with minor changes that are done by experts.

Get Best Partners

We, at The Custom Packaging, can prove that we are the best packaging partners by providing you with the most satisfactory boxes. We have advanced cutting, printing, coloring, and finishing techniques to design desired boxes. You can also get wholesale boxes with hanging and locking mechanisms designed with add-ons as well.

Bowl Sleeves

Customized bowl sleeves are good to package glass bowls, crockery, and other delicate products. For extra protection, you can select the thickness of sleeves per your needs.

Types of Sleeves

Custom-made bowl sleeves are manufactured of various types of materials such as cardboard, Kraft, and cardstock. You can get sleeves of any type designed with the assistance of our expert designers. The cardboard sleeves are used for very heavy bowls. You can also get Kraft sleeves with custom-printed designs. The custom colors, prints, coats, and finish make distinct custom sleeves for bowls. We can help you design sleeves according to your brand theme to get better results. one can also get takeaway bowl container sleeves customized with unique prints and colors. you can get design support to select a bowl sleeve with complete satisfaction.

Ultimate Protection

Custom Bowl Sleeves make it possible for retailers to showcase crockery products in a very innovative way with strong sleeves. They are ideal for breakable materials such as glass crockery. Both the top and bottom closure of the boxes provides ultimate protection for these fragile items against any kind of damage while the product is displayed on the crockery shelve in the market. Whereas the sleeves provide the required support to the item inside of the box. Using durable paper materials, we make salad bowl container sleeves that will keep your salad fresh. Furthermore, the top and bottom sleeves will secure bowls against falling. You can select the size and thickness of sleeves per your needs.

Easy to Use

Tailor-made bowl sleeves are easy to use for different things. The adaptable sleeve packaging can be used to package takeaway food as well. You can get takeaway bowl container sleeves in custom shapes and sizes based on your necessities. Besides protecting glass bowls, they also guarantee a business promotion. You can package various products in our custom-designed sleeves. For example, salads, drinks, and many other food bowls. Customized bowl sleeves are considered the perfect packaging solution for glass and ceramic bowls. You can get these sleeves for other delicate items that require protection.

Our Services!

we design many different bowl sleeves with our customization techniques. you can get these sleeves designed and manufactured under an expert’s care. We make sleeves that can satisfy our clients. the shape, size, and style of tailor-made bowl sleeves are based on the client’s preferences. you can use our printing, coloring, and coating services in this regard.

Fast Delivery

10-12 working days are required to design and deliver custom-made bowl sleeves to the client’s doorstep. one can also get rush orders if there is an urgent need for wholesale bowl sleeves. our skillful team makes these sleeves once your order is booked without wasting any time.

Bookend CD Case

Bookend CD Case has a book page style front for which our team of designers creates any customization on these custom CD cases just for you.

Paper Materials

Discs, CDs, or DVDs need to be packaged in cases that keep them scratchless. We know that even a minor scratch can destroy your CDs. Therefore, we make bookend cd cases using durable paper materials. Paper material is highly printable with high resolution. To make custom disc cover more durable, we apply moisture and dust-resistant coating. It will keep your discs scratching less. Other than that, we can make bookend cases for mini CDs as well. You just have to tell us the dimensions so that we can make accurate cd cases.

Role of Customization

The right CD or DVD Cover will help guarantee that the recipient will listen to or see the message inside the CD packaging. You can coordinate one-on-one with our designers to guarantee your message is perfectly printed on the CD case. You can design the way you want to impact your target customers by customizing cd cases.

We offer diverse specification options in this regard. You can choose the for your pop, jazz, rock, or classical CDs and customize the case accordingly. Custom-designed bookend CD case is available for both business as well as music or movie CDs. As the purpose of different CDs is specific, we design the cases based on this factor. It will help the audience get what they are looking for. Thus, get customized bookend CD cases from us with fast turnarounds.

High-End Printing

Custom printing makes it easy for you to design Bookend CD cases per your requirements. We can print colors, images, and fonts to cd covers as you order. If you want a custom bookend case for album CDs, we can print your playlist in bullet points and in an organized manner. Furthermore, bookend standard CD covers are also printable with offset and digital printing techniques.

We also provide bookend CD-Rs cases of your choice. You can choose the colors and prints of these cases and our experts will design them accordingly.  Furthermore, personalized bookend CD-RWs cases are also printable with our advanced machinery.

Our Services

The custom packaging offers free design support to its clients. One can come up with a themed design or get experts’ help to personalize bookend cd cases. Moreover, our advanced die-cutting, printing, and coloring machinery make perfect cases for your CDs. Whether you want DVD covers or disc cases, we design everything with perfection.

We offer specification and add-on options to make premium cases for CDs. Furthermore, glossy, matte, and UV spot coating will make exclusive cd covers. Our working days are 10-12 but we fulfill rush orders as well with full client satisfaction.  If you are interested to know more, feel free to contact us.

Auto Lock Cap

Custom auto lock cap boxes are perfect for displaying your products on store counters or retail shelves. The Custom Packaging manufactures these boxes with the most durable materials and advanced machinery. Also, they provide custom printing services to make these boxes suitable for all sorts of products such as electronics, households, food, gifts, or cosmetics.

Customization Possibilities

When it comes to the customization of packaging boxes, we facilitate you to make wise decisions. Our flexible packaging materials are the best to make unique auto lock cap packaging in different shapes, sizes, and styles with custom inserts, partitions, dividers, handles, and window cutouts. Most importantly, the materials we are using are 100% eco-friendly therefore you can get sustainable packaging solutions from us. Our advanced offset, digital, and 3D printing techniques allow you to print the best images, graphics, typography, or illustrations on the custom cap lock packaging. Besides that, embellishments like ribbons, embossing, debossing, metallic foiling, and coatings are used to make premium auto-lock boxes.

Material Selection

You need durable packaging boxes and we provide that. Long-lasting Kraft, cardboard, bux board, and corrugated papers enable us to make durable quality auto lock cap boxes. Thus you can select from these material options to make boxes that are suitable for your products. Products belonging to different categories need different boxes, so select the materials accordingly. You can also tell us the thickness you want so that we can make the boxes accordingly. We use fine paper materials that are easy to customize according to your requirements and also we can conveniently use our advanced machinery on them.

Innovative Printing

Providing distinctive boxes is our top concern as it helps our clients get recognition in the competitive marketplace. For that purpose, we use modern printing techniques to provide you with custom-printed auto lock cap packaging. You can get it printed with eye catchy 3d graphics, holographic illustrations, intricate lines, drawings, and patterns of your choice. Besides that, content printing makes your boxes a perfect tool for communication with customers. You can print product descriptions, ingredient details, expiry dates, taglines, bar codes, address information, and any other content on these boxes. Custom auto lock cap boxes with logo are highly effective for the promotion of your business especially when printed with advanced techniques giving high-resolution results.

Faster Processing

As we have to deliver wholesale auto lock cap boxes therefore we use advanced machinery that works faster. Besides that, our experts lessen the processing time with their exceptional skills. Working days are 10-12 but we facilitate rush deliveries as well. Whether you want boxes as low as 100 we never compromise on quality over quantity. You can get these boxes for your business in themed designs to use them as a presenter of your brand with the printed logo and you can get personalized auto lock cap boxes of your choice with fast processing from a professional packaging company like us. Other details. Contact our dedicated customer care representatives by calling 888-851-0765 and get free custom quotes.

Brochure Display Holder

We, at The Custom Packaging, provide various attractive printing options, you can choose high-grade cardboard, bux board, paperboard, Kraft paper, or any cardstock material in any thickness and grade. The widest range of surface finish options is available as well, you can have any from the posh gloss, elegant matte, or spot UV surface finish options for you.

Promotional Tools

You can promote your products or special offers with customized brochure display holders. Your brand visibility enhances when customers see beautifully designed brochure holders at the store counters. The custom brochure displays can be made in any size of your choice. These brochure holders can work as perfect promotional tools if precisely printed with eye catchy graphics, and attractive designs imprinted on the surface. Both brochures, as well as pamphlets, powerfully deliver important information to the targeted audience. You can connect with potential customers via personalized brochure holders. If customers find your brochures attractive, they encourage themselves to know about your business and products.

Organized Display

A brochure that is organized in an accurate manner and neat space impresses customers. You can put printed brochure display holders on distraction-free counters to get the maximum attention of customers. These brochures are not only suitable for retail stores but also for cafes, restaurants, hotels, and other organizations. Thanks to their easy customization, you can get all kinds of holders for brochures from us. Brochures are easy to set up and relocate in custom display holders. You can put eye catchy brochure holders at checkout aisles, or countertops and trade shows because of their flexible placement.

Get Experts Support

As one of the leading packaging companies for many years, The Custom Packaging offers all the packaging and printing services under one roof. You can get experts to support to design and manufacture of wholesale brochure display holders with custom designing, printing, prototyping, and surface finishes. We make sure to control the timeline and quality of every packaging through quality control checks. Thus, you can get these brochure holders customized under the influence of experts if you order from us. our dedicated team design, manufacture and deliver custom displays on the perfect timeline.

Full Customization Options

We can manufacture every kind of brochure holder i.e. Table leaflet holders or standing brochure holders to fit your needs. Our customization capabilities include custom designing, printing, and surface finish to make promotional holders for your business. Moreover, wall-mounted brochure holders containing hangers or punch holes are also best to get customers’ attention and promote updated products.  If you are a product manufacturer from any industry, the elegant display holders for your brochures from The Custom Packaging can offer the highest quality countertop advertisement. The same goes for all the restaurants, food joints, retail stores, or business offices with their receptions and higher-level management tables.

Why Choose Us?

Made with 100% sustainable paper materials, our recyclable brochure holders advertise your business while remaining safe for the environment. We also offer free shipping and free printing plates on bulk orders. You can get free custom quotes to make the best choices based on your budget and needs. For more queries, feel free to contact us at 888-851-0765 and get your brochure holders with a crisp personal touch.

Auto Bottom Tray

Our special Auto bottom tray boxes are ideal when it comes to the display of various products on store shelves. They can be easily assembled and make your counter look attractive.

Flexibility

Auto bottom boxes with lids are comparable to and no more different than auto bottom tray boxes. One ideal feature of these boxes is a creased top cover. These boxes have a very flexible lid that can be opened and tucked easily. As these boxes are mostly used for displaying objects on store shelves and counters so, the top cover can be easily removed and tucked into the wall at ease. The extraordinary advantage of these boxes that one can get is their flexible nature through which they can be flattened and re-shaped again in no time. We make eco-friendly auto bottom trays that are recyclable and add no pollution to the environment. They can also be folded into a flat shape and then shipped in their original structure by just re-folding them.

Ultimate Uses

The important thing is to maintain the real charm of products by utilizing a custom-designed auto bottom tray. You can entirely change the display of your products with these customized trays. We manufacture custom-made trays according to clients’ preferences. If you want to launch new products to the market, you can get customized auto bottom trays to elegantly showcase your products. The stylish appearance of these boxes makes them an ideal display for products, you can get these trays for a variety of products. If you are looking for trays that can make your products look more valuable, you can get them from The Custom Packaging.

Color Options

We have advanced CMYK and PMS color models that will never give a dull look to custom-designed trays. You can select any colors for tailor-made auto bottom trays. We use flexible paper materials that are easy to print using these advanced color models. Most of the time, brands get themed color selections for printing these trays. You can also get custom-printed auto-bottom trays for a better appearance. We make sure that these trays are printed perfectly so that they will not dull easily. A layer of glossy, matte, or UV spot coating will further preserve the printed colors.

Printing Possibilities

If you want to print auto-bottom product trays, you can use our offset and digital printing options. We print these trays with typography to provide brand information. This will help you to promote your business. You can further print customized product trays with eye-catchy graphics, images, drawings, and patterns for further enhanced appearance. We print these trays with elements of your choice. You can also use foiling and embossing options for a premium appearance.

How to Order?

It is easy to order custom-made auto bottom trays from the custom packaging. Also, you can get free custom quotes for design support. You can get in touch with us on our website or call us at 888-851-0765. Besides that, email us at support@thecustompackaging.com for further queries.

4 Pack Bottle Carrier

The Custom Packaging provides unique 4 Pack Bottle Carriers that are made up of the most durable material. The customization of the bottle carriers can highly impact customer behavior. You can mention details of your bottled beverages to grab attention.

Durable Plus Functional

Bottles are delicate objects containing a liquid that is easy to spill. Therefore, we provide both durable as well as functional 4 Pack bottle carriers. For that, we use durable Kraft and cardboard materials that can protect your bottles against damage. Furthermore, precisely made custom inserts or punch holes will hold bottles from falling. Other than that, a handle on the top makes it easier for you and your customers to carry bottles. Our corrugated bottle carriers are more reliable than ordinary carriers. Plus, these carriers are easy to assemble without much effort or time waste.

Size Customization

Bottles come in different sizes and shapes so are their carriers. Before ordering custom 4 Pack carriers for bottles, you need to measure the exact dimensions of your bottles. We will manufacture personalized bottle carriers accordingly so that you don’t face any difficulty. You can get 4 Pack carriers for cider bottles that are made per your specifications. To get custom 4 Pack carriers for sauce bottles, you need to precisely measure the size. We carefully listen to your specifications and manufacture carriers accordingly.

Unique Ideas

We can personalize 4 Pack bottle carriers according to your brand theme in specific colors, prints, and graphics. You can design bottle carrier packaging according to a particular color scheme to outshine competitors. Any design you think for these carriers is important to us. The Custom Packaging is more than just a box provider; we help you design unique boxes as well as carriers so that you can satisfy your clients. We know how important client satisfaction is. If you want to launch your beer during the holiday season, you can customize 4k bottle carriers for Halloween, Christmas, Easter, or Thanksgiving. Moreover, you can design carrier packaging for soda beverages, wine, juice, milk, shakes, and water as well. The creative designs, astonishing printing, and reflecting coating will make the best custom-made bottle carriers.

Services We Provide

You can choose your required size for custom 4 Pack bottle carriers that fit your product. Whether bottled beverages or bottled medicines, we have a variety of designs and customization for our clients.

From rough matte to high gloss material, we make use of nature-friendly material for packaging. We also offer cardboard paper, paperboard, and Kraft paper material that will guarantee the ultimate safety of your bottled beverages.

With the facility of imprinting distinct designs on the surface, we provide you with a remarkable marketing opportunity as well. With the most attractive printing colors and a variety of shapes and sizes, Provide durable yet sustainable bottle carriers to our clients. The Custom Packaging stands out in the business providing bottled beverages at the best wholesale rates.

4 Corner Tray with Lid

4 Corner Tray with Lid packaging is a perfect alternative to our similar tuck top packaging. It comes with a removable top lid offering you the liberty to either remove the lid or not. We, at The Custom Packaging, offer you to choose your protection and inner tray layout options with optional foam or plastic inserts to keep your products safe.

Material Options

We never compromise on material quality because cheap materials make our packaging process very challenging. Besides that, customers need strong 4 corner trays with lids to ensure product protection. That’s why, we use the best materials that are easy to shape, cut, print, and modify per your requirements. This helps us conveniently make custom product trays or boxes. The long-lasting, customizable, and recyclable material options are cardboard, Kraft, bux board, cardstock, and corrugated paper. The choice of materials depends upon your product’s dimensions.

Creative Customization

Get your products recognized via creatively designed boxes. You can customize 4 corner trays with a lid in any design of your choice. The trendy design templates make your packaging more eye-catchy. Using our advanced die-cutting tools, you can design custom trays with unique cuts. We provide trays that can be assembled manually or automatically. Each tray can be customized to desired size and prints to promote your brand in a creative style.

As 4 corner trays are used for different products, therefore, they should be designed accordingly. For bakery products like cakes, cupcakes, muffins, or donuts, customize trays that can enhance customers’ cravings. You can go for a minimalist design if ordering cosmetic trays. The customization of trays depends upon your business theme, product nature, and the latest trends. Whatever design you choose, we guarantee that our advanced techniques and skillful designers will never disappoint you.

Stylish Trays

Every time a customer walks into a shop, products that are packaged in stylish boxes catch their attention. We provide stylish custom trays with a lid that is placed on the store’s countertops. Custom-designed 4 corner tray with lid is an organized way to package your products. Moreover, these trays provide a stylish display for your products like candies, cupcakes, chocolates, truffles, and other tidbits. To make these boxes more stylish, we offer various add-ons like embossing, debossing, and gold/silver foiling. Moreover, custom inserts, partitions, handles, and window cuts are creative ways to design these boxes. If you want to add unique features or window cut shapes to these boxes, you can tell us.

Personalize Your Prints

To make an everlasting impression on customers’ minds, get printed 4 corner trays with lids that stand out on the shelves or counters. The custom packaging offers all the printing possibilities to print custom trays with impressive content. You can print images, graphics, drawings, patterns, lines, or any other design on the 4 corner custom trays. The main purpose of getting custom packaging is to promote your brand, therefore get 4 corner trays printed with the logo in the most effective way so that customers can remember your brand. Advanced printing tools give a high-resolution finish to the printed contents. You can print all kinds of typography in stylish fonts to impress target customers.

Contact Us Now!

If you are searching for the best quality 4 corner tray with lid boxes for your sensitive retail products of many different businesses, The Custom Packaging is the right choice for you. We provide the most reasonable prices for our packaging and on large wholesale orders, we also deliver them to you fast and free and don’t add any printing plates or cutting die equipment charges to your invoices. Contact us at our number 888-851-0765 or email support@thecustompackaging.com to get free custom quotes as well.

4 Corner Tray Tuck Top

We, at The Custom Packaging, have customized 4 corner tray tuck top boxes with durable cardboard material that have ample space for any product you want to enclose within them.

Eco-Friendly Materials

Materials used in packaging boxes can damage your products if they are not reliable. High-quality paper materials like cardboard, Kraft, cardstock, or bux board that we use to make tuck-top packaging boxes are safe not only for your products but also for the environment. These materials are used to make durable 4-corner tray tuck top boxes. These strong boxes protect food, cosmetics, ornaments, gifts, and makeup products from dust, sunlight, humidity, and any other factors that can cause damage. You can get eco-friendly tuck top packaging with biodegradable printing options that are done using organic inks. Thus, we guarantee a 100% sustainable packaging solution in the current era of increasing pollution caused by non-recyclable packaging waste.

Freedom of Customization

We also provide on-request clear windows for relevant products or silk inserts for extra protection of your retail-ready products. These boxes have different unique printing finishes along with an attractive look and feel surface finishes including spot UV, elegant matte, and high gloss options. These boxes come with the most rigid built and suitable cardboard materials that are die cut in shapes and sizes providing many spacious inner trays that can be customized with foam or silk inserts and the extended tuck flap gives extra support and guarantees complete safety for your enclosed products.

Versatile Printing Possibilities

There is enough surface to print brand and product details. You can print the brand name and logo on the cover panel to make it easily visible to customers. The bottom panel is also printable with product description, expiry date, barcode, or any other content. If you have content that would look good on the side panels, we highly appreciate that as well. Custom printed 4 corner tray tuck top packaging with logo and product info is used for long-term business advertisement. You must get tuck-top boxes printed with eye-catchy images, drawings, patterns, or 3d illustrations to impress customers. Offset, digital, silkscreen, and 3D printing tools offer us versatile ways to print packaging boxes.

Why Choose Us?

Packaging can make or break your business therefore, we make sure that our custom-made boxes never put your business at risk. Our loyal customers trust us because we provide them with the most reliable packaging boxes. You can also get these boxes customized by experts with innovative customization to increase product sales. We aim to make boxes that can do two tasks effectively i.e. Product presentation and product protection. These two factors matter a lot as they influence overall product display. We provide premium 4 corner tray tuck top packaging to make your brand recognizable in the market. Trust us and let us prove that our packaging boxes are best for your business.

Self-Lock Cake Box

The unique design of custom cake boxes let them open wide to provide the proper room for the placement of your exquisite cakes. You can also add the feature of a window to showcase the beauty of your cakes. These boxes are light-weight and help in carrying cake products in the most convenient and proficient way. Custom cake boxes will support the taste of your cake by making it look like the treat for the eyes from outside. These cake boxes cover diversity of sizes and can be customized according to the client’s wish. One can easily judge the league of cake by just having a glance at the box. We deliver highest quality features at cheapest prices and attractive wholesale offers such as free shipping, free printing plates, and free cutting die equipment as well.

Gable Bag Bottom Hanger

Gable Bag Bottom Hanger packaging have many benefits including the top hanger making them easy to carry around just like a bag. Die-cut windows on these boxes also help to increase product’s visibility and also enable customers to make their decision faster. The special purpose Gable Bag Bottom Hanger packaging is all about precise die-cut designs and accurate sizes providing adequate safety to the enclosed products. The bottom and side cutouts keep them hanging in their place tightly without letting them move around. We are also offering many customization options in terms of materials, surface finishes and printed designs or brand and product logos and names. Choose the combination that suits you best in order to get the most out of your packaging. Available at The Custom Packaging, these boxes come with added wholesale offers like free shipping, free cutting die, and free printing plate equipment as well.

Gable Bag Auto Bottom

Whether you are a retail seller or an individual who want to present a gift to someone, gable boxes are a perfect choice. These gable boxes can be quickly assembled, and they have flexibility for any kind of storage. If your company needs gable boxes for the products being manufactured, then Wholesale Product Boxes can offer you the best wholesale gable boxes. Regardless of the type of the product they have various designs and customized sizes as per the requirement of your product. The Custom Packaging guarantees on-time production on each order. Large gable boxes are perfect to pack the large items, and small size is perfect for the small items. These boxes are provided in different surface finishes at cheapest wholesale prices and free shipping, free cutting and free printing equipment on bulk orders.

Double Wall Tuck Top

Double Wall Tuck Top boxes are the best choice for storage and displaying of heavy items as well as promoting the product’s brand directly from the shelves. The lower tray and the upper lid of these boxes are not glued. The top tray is extended into three equal lock flaps that efficiently get folded and tucked in right till the base of the lower tray to ensure efficient locking of the box. Double wall tuck top boxes are considered to be an ideal packaging solution for products that demand secure packaging top and sides and yet be safe and preserving enough to protect them against any damages and harms that might get caused during the mishandlings, stacking and displaying of the products. The Custom Packaging is also providing free shipping offers along with free printing on large bulk orders.

Paper Briefcase

We have state of the art processing equipment that delivers durable, non-bendable and rigid materials for these Paper Brief Case. The die cut handle cutout in the same material piece adds strength to the case while provides versatile carrying around opportunity. Without adding to much bulk or heft to them at all, these compact, thin yet strong materials provide all the space within the briefcases required for documents or other smaller item’s storage. You can choose to have your business logos or custom designs printed on these in different finishes like embossing, debossing, gold/silver foil stamping or raised ink printing to make them look great and provide your business brand advertisement.

Five Panel Hanger

Five Panel Hanger boxes comes in various customizations available at The Custom Packaging. These boxes are ideal for promotion and awareness of any specific product due to their hanging capability. If you are using these boxes for any kind of products you can highlight them from far place in a retail market. Five Panel Hanger boxes would turn out to be the perfect packaging solution for your technology products, gifts items or any kind of decorative items. The extended flap on their top makes them convenient to hang these boxes on any wall or board. Thus making the product packaged inside of the box eminent and visible from far in the market.

The Custom Packaging can manufacture these boxes in both auto lock or tuck end style since the basic design does not have any effect on their hanging capability. Both these styles suit the box since they allow adequate support to the enclosed product. To enhance the basic utility of these boxes, that is, to amplify the display of a product in the market, a die cut window front can be ideally added to them. You can also avail free shipping, free printing and die-cutting if the order is in bulk.

Double Wall Display Lid

Tailor made double Wall Display Lid boxes offer numerous marketing opportunities for various products from different types of industries to increase their sales. These boxes from The Custom Packaging will give your products the right exposure they need to excel in a highly competitive market. New brands can also be launched with these boxes successfully.

Display with Style

There are many other ways of using Double Wall Display Lid boxes for multiple purposes; for carrying the product from one place to another, enclosing products on display for customers at store shelves, and using the custom-made double sidewalls and the large top cover lid as a marketing item for your product. This can boost your product’s popularity remarkably. These boxes are created with top-quality materials ensuring the safety of the enclosed products. These boxes are well known to initiate sales based on urge since they display the products so beautifully that the customers are at times compelled to buy the product displayed in these boxes even if they do not necessarily need or require it.

Durable and Trendy

We provide double-wall display boxes that are durable, strong, and trendy. We have mastered providing long-lasting double-wall display lid boxes to keep products safe against damage that is typically caused by cheap boxes. Our clients trust us to customize these boxes according to their requirements. Keeping the latest trends in mind, we provide custom-designed display boxes and add an element of protection and glamour to enhance the worth of your products. Double-wall display packaging with a lid is very popular among retailers. This kind of display packaging is not only durable but also an updated version of simple display boxes.

Easy Assembly

Double wall display lid packaging has an open top that allows you to easily assemble the boxes in time of need. These boxes are used as displaying trays for many products like candies, cupcakes, chocolates, electronics, and cosmetic products. The open top allows a complete view of the products which helps you get the maximum attention of target customers. You can easily seal these boxes with a display lid to showcase details printed on the lid or side panels of the packaging. We make these boxes with advanced die-cutting machinery to make them a perfect fit for your products that is easy to use. Tell us the shape, size, and style you want for customized double-wall display packaging, and see how we fulfill all your needs.

Chemical Free Packaging

The double wall display boxes are used for a variety of products some of which can be sensitive to chemicals. Therefore, we provide chemical-free boxes that keep all sorts of products safe and protected. 100% recyclable paper materials are used in the manufacturing of sustainable wall display lid boxes that speak for their durability and high quality. The Custom Packaging improves the function of these boxes with dividers, punch partitions, inserts, and many more. Contact us now to get the most reliable display lid packaging to showcase, store, or promote your products in the most elegant way possible.

1-2-3 Bottom Display Lid

The strong and durable 1 2 3 bottom display lid boxes keep your products safe as long as you require. The extended display lid along with the side panels provide exceptional support to products. Besides that, these boxes are completely customizable with elegant designs and innovative prints.

Unbeatable Quality

We guarantee the most high-quality packaging boxes made i.e. Cardboard boxes that hold desired products safely. You can easily display, package, store, and deliver your products in these boxes. Best quality 1 2 3 bottom display lid packaging is what we aim to provide. If you want to package your products in ideal packaging boxes, our cardboard display lid boxes are the best recommendation. The strong materials and accurate surface finishes with distinctive designs will make printed boxes that will promote your business. We are the first choice of many brands because of the quality of packaging that we provide to our loyal clients.

Simple Assembling

We value your time therefore we manufacture easy-to-assemble 1 2 3 bottom display lid boxes. The pre-glued panels of these boxes save you time and you can easily assemble the auto bottom to pack your products. As we work in an organized environment, we check clients’ needs before making these boxes. Well-structured display lid boxes are convenient to use. You can get these boxes designed per your requirements by telling us your specifications.

Bottom display lid packaging has a bounded bottom and lightweight lid. The best benefit to getting these boxes is that you can package every sort of product like candies, chocolates, cosmetics, and quick-sell household products. Besides that, these boxes are designed to withstand changing environmental conditions and remain in their best form for long period.

Elegant Customization

The customization of packaging boxes seems easy once you select specification options. You can tell us the shape, size, color, and prints to help us perfectly design the required boxes. Our dedicated designers will tell you the ways to design trendy boxes.

We have all the tools available to design packaging boxes. Custom printed 1 2 3 bottom display lid boxes are the creation of the latest color models i.e. CMYK and PMS. To make these boxes attention-grabbing, you can choose from offset, digital, silkscreen, or 3d printing options. Embossing, debossing, gold/silver foiling, and die-cutting tools enable us to design unique boxes. The lid of these boxes is also customizable in any shape and size of your choice.

Why Choose Us?

Custom boxes seem very easy to design but you need specialists to make them up to the desired criteria. The Custom Packaging offers versatility to clients by giving trendy 1 2 3 bottom display lid boxes on bulk orders for product packaging. Our expert designers help clients in picking the best box styles. However, you can make alternations to recommended box collection to make unique boxes. We are offering the most reasonable prices for wholesale 1 2 3 bottom display lid packaging along with various add-ons like cutting, printing, and also fast shipping on bulk orders.

Tuck End Auto Bottom

Custom designed tuck end auto bottom boxes provided by The Custom Packaging offer extra support to inside products because they are manufactured with the best quality paper materials known for their durability and strength.

Strong Materials

Tuck end auto-bottom design of packaging boxes is already sufficient to ensure product protection. But, the shape, size, style, and thickness of packaging boxes are also a matter of concern. Therefore, we use the most reliable paper materials to customize packaging per the requirements of your products. Whether you want these boxes to display, ship, or store products, customized tuck end auto bottom boxes are suitable for all packaging needs. Tell us your specifications regarding these boxes so that we can manufacture them accordingly using strong and flexible paper materials like

  • Kraft
  • Cardstock
  • Cardboard
  • Corrugated paper

Extra Protection

Our top priority is to make rigid tuck-end packaging boxes to make them capable of protecting whatever is packaged inside. We make durable tuck end auto bottom boxes with strong paper materials and glues/adhesives. Besides that, the latest die-cut equipment is being used to make these boxes as accurate as they are intended to be. Auto bottom boxes are manufactured with strong yet flexible materials to shape and customize them per your needs. Each packaging box is pre-glued making it easy to assemble in time of need. We ship tuck-end packaging boxes flat to ensure that boxes remain in pristine condition and also decrease packaging volume.

Marketing and Customization

The Custom Packaging is here with all the latest customization techniques to provide personalized tuck end boxes. Customization of packaging boxes with branding contents like logos, taglines, product descriptions, and brand details makes them very effective in business marketing. From paper materials to surface finishes, our customers select everything per their needs. One can get customized tuck end auto bottom packaging in custom colors, prints, and coats. With advanced printing, coloring, and die-cut equipment, we provide tailor-made tuck-end boxes to provide aesthetic product displays that highlight product features. As custom-printed tuck-end packaging contains product details along with brand info, it is the perfect representation of your brand. We also provide support from expert designers to help you customize trendy tuck-end boxes.

Versatile Designing Options

Our expert team has access to all the tools to design and manufacture packaging boxes of your choice. The customized boxes stand out on the shelve of stores when designed using the latest coloring, printing, embossing, foiling, and coating techniques. Made-to-order tuck-end packaging is not the identity of your brand in terms of colors and prints. Therefore, we offer versatile designing possibilities to help you design the most distinctive tuck end auto bottom boxes that outshine your competitors. Gold/silver foiling creates a metallic shine on the packaging. Embossing and debossing techniques give raised or recessed effects. One can apply a glossy or matte coating to a sleek and premium touch. Thus, call us now to get these boxes designed per your requirements.

Tuck End Cover

We provide printing and customization of the tuck end cover boxes according to requirements which makes your brand distinguishable among competitors. Quality stuff that we use for the manufacturing of the boxes with variety in the surface material guarantees long-term durability.

Customization Options

With our customization options, one can make one-of-a-kind packaging with a premium tuck end cover. The size of the tuck-end cover packaging is customizable per your needs. The boxes that contain tuck end flaps are called tuck-end boxes. These boxes are ideal packaging solutions for a variety of products. We can design these boxes using our printing, coloring, and finishing techniques. CMYK and PMS color models are used by us to give an exclusive color scheme to product packaging. You can specify the design you want for tuck end packaging so that we can make it accordingly.

High-Quality Printing

We use printable cardstock, Kraft, Bux board, and cardboard materials to make customized tuck end covers. You can select the materials based on your needs. Lightweight packaging needs a light tuck end cover that can hold inside products. Whatever material you choose, we print it with colors, images, fonts, and patterns of your choice.

Our advanced offset and digital printing technique is very effective in printing personalized tuck end packaging. The tuck-end covers can be seen both on the top and bottom of the packaging. You can print some typography on the inside or outside of tuck end flaps. You can also give a 3D effect to printed tuck end packaging using our mockup techniques. We can make every kind of custom printing per your orders.

Add A Logo

Business promotion can be done by adding a logo to tuck end packaging. We can print the logo both on the tuck end cover as well as on panels of the packaging. For that, we use our advanced printing methods. You can design a custom logo and add it to packaging for effective advertisement. Using our coloring, embossing, and gold or silver foiling, you can make a brand logo more prominent. We provide custom made tuck end packaging that serves as a marketing tool for your business.

Diverse Add-Ons

Add-ons are alternations that give a premium appearance to tuck end cover packaging. You can add window cuts on tuck end boxes to impress clients. For further appeal, we can cut a window in unique shapes and sizes. You can tell us your requirements so that we can design tuck-end packaging per your desires. You can also add inserts, partitions, handles, or hangers to the packaging boxes based on your needs. We offer expert assistance that helps you make perfect packaging boxes. Tuck end product boxes can be designed based on the features of your product using our specifications and add-on options.

Seal End

Our custom seal boxes are known for their durability since they have seal closing flaps that fully cover your products. You can easily assemble these boxes, therefore, they are considered the ideal packaging solution for lightweight as well as heavy-duty products.

Designed to Perfection

We aim to provide you with foldable seal end boxes that are easy to use and assemble. Furthermore, the seal-end packaging boxes that we provide are of premium quality meaning. They are perfect for product protection as well. Practically erected design seal boxes are constructed with two overlapping flap panels along with dust flaps sliding beneath to make sure that your packaging closes and opens without any inconvenience. We add perfection to the sealed packaging with firm materials such as cardboard, Kraft, and corrugated paper making it easier to customize the boxes per your requirements.

Maximum Safety

Using firm glues, die-cutting, and advanced machinery, we guarantee maximum product safety against damage. Our custom-made seal end boxes protect all sorts of products from food to medicines, retail products, electronics, cosmetics, and makeup. You can get durable seal end boxes from us that are customized based on the product’s nature. The ends of these boxes are fully sealed therefore they are safe for products while they are shipping or transporting. The two seal panels conveniently roll over each other to provide a fully covered packaging solution. That offers protection against dust, humidity, and pathogens.

Highly Organized Structure

Our clients are always satisfied with our custom seal end boxes because of their organized structure. That is assembled and glued to retain its firm shape. One can package and display required products in these boxes and glue the dust flaps to ensure nothing comes inside or goes outside the packaging once it is sealed. Besides that, we shipped these boxes flat therefore you can also get wholesale seal end boxes without worrying about storage space. Our seal-end packaging boxes not only give protection but also prevent business loss that is caused by product damage. Thus, you should get these boxes from us with full customization of logo, printed content, shape, size, and style.

Our Premium Services

The custom packaging is ideal for providing tailored seal end boxes for product presentation with business promotion. We give freedom of customization to our clients so that they don’t regret getting custom boxes from us. Our premium packaging materials such as Kraft, cardboard, cardstock, and corrugate stock are easy to customize into any shape, size, and thickness (10-28pt) of your choice. Several printing, coloring, coatings, and add-on options are available to design customized seal end boxes with embossing, debossing, and gold/silver foiling. You can also get a 3D mockup view of the boxes to make them more prominent. We make sure to take minimum time with fast turnarounds to provide you with the best experience.

Reverse Tuck End

Custom reverse tuck end packaging can be customized to fit your products with versatile customization techniques. Our tuck-end boxes are perfect for products in the beauty, fashion, medicine, and electronic industries.

Custom Sizes

If you need custom shapes and sizes for tailor-made reverse tuck end boxes, we are your best choice. We use flexible paper materials to make tuck-end packaging with your specifications. Kraft, cardboard, cardstock, and corrugated materials are perfect options for making customized tuck-end boxes. The bottom of these boxes closes to the back while the top flaps close to the front giving a perfect fit for your product packaging. We make sure to provide fully customized boxes by using sustainable but flexible paper materials that can be tailored to your requirements.

Printed Artwork

To design custom-printed reverse tuck end boxes, you can use our digital, offset, and 3d printing techniques. Take your branding game to the next level with our reverse tuck end product boxes containing business information including a custom logo and brand name. If you want more advanced packaging, you can print images, drawings, or illustrations along with typography to design tuck end boxes. Whether you want these boxes for your online or offline business, printed packaging helps get the attention of target customers. Many clients get wholesale reverse tuck end boxes which are designed and printed according to their preferences. Create perfect packaging to appeal to potential buyers and make your products stand out.

Create Your Own Design

We let our clients design their boxes the way they like to give a great first impression to the customers. So, whether you want personalized reverse tuck end boxes for retail products or gift items, customization makes packaging eye catchy and more appealing. You can design the shape, size, and style of tuck-end packaging boxes. We will make them accordingly with our die-cutting, printing, coloring, gluing, scoring, and finishing equipment. Furthermore, you can add a hanger panel on these boxes to make them more functional. To give customers a glimpse of your products, we can cut a window in creative shapes that will let customers see what you are offering. Furthermore, inserts, partitions, handles, placeholders, and many more options are available to design tailored reverse tuck end packaging boxes.

Perfect for Shipping

Get an ideal packaging solution that not only attracts the targeted audience but also safely delivers your product to the final destination. You can get durable reverse tuck end boxes made of enduring materials that are resistant to crushing and tearing. We provide our clients with the most reliable tuck-end packaging that is personalized according to their needs. By shipping products in customized boxes, you can give a mesmerizing unboxing experience to the customers. The custom-made reverse tuck end style packaging looks unique with clean graphics, and fonts. We make these boxes with strong materials and die-cutting techniques to create long-lasting packaging boxes.

Dispenser

Our up-to-date cutting die equipment ensures that the machine made accurate cutouts for the bottom-placed dispensing openings ensuring smooth sliding out of your small-sized products.

Flexible Materials

We use durable but flexible materials to make uniquely shaped dispenser packaging that will make your products highlighted on the counters of stores. Dispenser boxes are used for many products therefore they need to be designed according. Using Kraft and cardstock materials, we make sustainable dispenser packaging for lip balms, oils, candies, skin care products, chocolates, and even tea bags. This one-of-a-kind packaging is made with recyclable materials so it does not pollute our environment. The Custom Packaging takes pride in providing long-lasting dispenser packaging that is made per your requirements to fulfill your packaging needs on every level.

Easy to Organize

Custom-made dispenser boxes are easy to organize because of their good build structure. We make these boxes with precise die-cutting techniques so that our clients receive accurate dispenser packaging. Furthermore, you can just put your lip oils, lipsticks, candies, bubbles, or jellies and put these boxes on the counter. Customized dispenser boxes are used by many pharmacies for various medicines and pharmaceutical cosmetics. We use strong materials to make these boxes long-lasting and suitable for a variety of products.

Boundless Printing Options

We give freedom to our clients to choose the prints and colors of custom dispenser packaging. Our modernized offset, digital, silk, and 3d printing techniques make the best custom-printed dispenser boxes. The graphics, images, drawings, and typography of these boxes are recommended to be related to the product’s nature. Printing dispenser packaging based on the needs of target customers helps you effectively promote your business. We also provide custom dispenser boxes with logo to promote your business wherever these boxes would go.

Additional Features

Ultimate specification options are available to make custom dispenser packaging boxes per your desires. Ranging from material options to final coatings, we have advanced machines to fulfill your needs. You can get dispenser packaging with minimalist prints or with fancy printing along with embossing, debossing, window cutting, or gold and silver foiling. These features will help you steal the limelight with uniquely designed dispenser boxes. You can also get free custom quotes by giving us a call at 888-851-0765 and clear your confusion if you have any.

Why Choose Our Dispenser Boxes?

Dispenser boxes provide lots of benefits, they are in a tower shape, holding small to medium size products in huge quantities at the same time. The Custom Packaging always provides their clients with growth opportunities with the highest quality and yet reasonable wholesale rates. We make sure to provide high-quality features and attractive offers when the order is in bulk. It includes free cutting die equipment, free printing plates, and fast shipping.

Hexagon 2 PC

he Hexagon 2 PC boxes by The Custom Packaging are manufactured with an accurate die-cut shape that finishes them flat and ready to assemble.

Easy Assembling

They have machine-made folding lines delivered flat in shape that makes them much easier to store requiring much less space than an already assembled box would. They are not only convenient to deliver but also easy to assemble once delivered. All you have to do is press in on the sides of both the bottom part and the closing lid to stand the box up in its original shape, and their auto closure mechanisms will get them ready for use in no time. We make premium quality hexagon 2 pc boxes that can withstand environmental conditions while on showcase or during delivery.

Accurate Printing Designs

The custom packaging has the most advanced printing machinery that prints vibrant, unique, and eye-catchy designs to customized hexagon die-cut boxes. We use the finest quality inks that guarantee long-lasting printing along with high resolution. By using high-quality paper materials and advanced printing machinery, we make the best hexagon 2 pc boxes with smooth finishes.

We can print images related to your products or business theme. Custom printed hexagon 2 pc packaging look very tempting. You can get these boxes printed with the brand logo and product details. If you are selling retail products, it is crucial to tell customers ingredient details and their expiry date. We have offset, silk, digital and 3d printing techniques to print personalized hexagon 2 pc packaging.

Customization Possibilities

Starting from the packaging materials to the final coating, everything is in your hands. We offer specification options and you can choose from them to customize hexagon 2 pc boxes. We provide custom-made hexagon 2 pc boxes that are designed and manufactured per the client’s demand. You can get these boxes in any size because we use flexible packaging materials in their manufacturing. Furthermore, the thickness of these boxes is also selectable based on your needs. We offer various coloring and printing options to help you customize perfect hexagon 2 pc packaging.

Add Ons

You can also avail of numerous add-on options like embossing, debossing, metallic foiling (gold or silver), window cutting, PVC sheet, and coatings (matte, glossy, UV spot). All these customization possibilities help you to make hexagon 2 pc product packaging per your imagination. You can select specification options and our team will carefully make wholesale hexagon 2 pc boxes as you order. Contact us at 888-851-0765 if you also want these amazing tailor-made hexagon 2 pc packaging.

Four Corner Cake Box

Available in elite designs and embellishments, our Four Corner Cake Boxes are ideal for your cakes. These boxes come with built-in support cushions for the cakes which do not allow the product packaged inside of them to move about freely and thus get damaged.

Food Friendly Materials

Cakes are highly prone to contamination therefore we make protective boxes for them. You can get strong cardboard or four corner Kraft cake boxes in custom shapes and sizes. These boxes are famous for their environment and food-friendly nature. One can get a sustainable four-corner cake box that does not release any harmful chemicals that can be toxic to cakes or the environment. Thus, you should get chemical-free boxes for your cakes that are designed with the latest techniques.

Precise Die Cutting

Advanced die-cutting techniques have made it possible for us to design custom-made four corner cake boxes. One can select any shape and size for these cake packaging boxes. Die cutting allow us to cut unique windows in the center or side panel of packaging boxes. One can get a window cut of a flower, heart, or cake shape itself. Majority of our clients like square window cuts designed with printed embroidery or attractive patterns. Furthermore, custom inserts, partitions, and handles of any style are made with die-cutting techniques.

Themed Printing

Cakes are used to celebrate a birthday, Christmas, Halloween, weddings, and many other festivals. If you want to get maximum attention, especially during the holiday season, get themed printing done on four corner cake boxes. Colors that will show Christmas festivities help you get a better response from the customers. Furthermore, we can design printed four corner cake boxes based on the theme of your bakery as well. All the printing techniques are available for themed cake printing.

Highlight Bakery Logo

A bakery logo is the best way to get recognition in the market. It is crucial to highlight the logo on the customized four-corner cake box. It makes a good first impression if you design it carefully. You can share the bakery logo with us or design one from scratch with our designer’s support. Four corner cake boxes with a logo reflect your identity and help customers know about their favorite bakery. We offer embossing, debossing, raised ink, gold/silver foiling, and countless coloring possibilities to design and highlight logos on personalized cake packaging.

Decorate Your Boxes

Make your cakes the center of attention when everyone is looking for cakes for birthdays, Christmas, or wedding celebrations. Garnish custom cake packaging with ribbons, glitters, window cuts, and various add-ons to impress customers. Also, get the support of skillful graphic designers to make a unique four corner cake box. The exciting cake packaging helps you get a better response from the customers. The best way to impress customers is by giving them a sneak peek of your cakes via four corner cake window boxes.

Two Piece

We deliver the most durable two-piece boxes that are perfect for any small to medium size products such as shoes, fashion clothing, gifts, different food products, or many retail-ready products.

Sturdy Nature

Strong two-piece boxes are made with durable packaging materials such as Kraft, cardboard, and corrugated paper with separate trays and lids. The lid is made with wider flaps to perfectly cover the tray giving it a fully sealed appearance. The sturdy nature of these boxes protects products and you will not face any difficulty to open these boxes. The durability and easy opening of these boxes makes them suitable for a wide range of commercial purposes. One can get these boxes with elegant opening styles for cosmetics, apparel, makeup, and numerous gift products. Custom-made two-piece boxes are liked by customers because of the detachable lid that gives a simple yet attractive display to products.

Custom Designs

Two-piece product packaging is easy to design the way you like with our die-cutting, coloring, printing, and coating techniques. We provide custom-designed two-piece boxes that are made in custom shapes, sizes, and styles. One can get small or large two-piece cardboard boxes in any geometrical shape for any product. For example, drawer-style two-piece boxes look very elegant because of their mesmerizing opening style. Furthermore, you can get two-piece sleeve boxes designed with experts’ assistance. The custom design of these boxes makes them distinguishable and your products become recognizable in a crowd.

Innovative Printing

We have all the printing techniques to make one of kind custom printed two-piece boxes. These boxes are printed with images, colors, fonts, graphics, and illustrations of your choice. Get a themed design so that we can make two-piece wholesale boxes of your choice using offset, digital or 3d printing techniques. Two-piece boxes with logos are impressively effective in the promotion of every kind of business with a unique appearance. Whether you want a tailor-made two-piece box for cosmetics, gifts, or any other products. We are here with all skillful team and specification options to design and manufacture the best boxes for you.

Best Packaging Solution

Two Piece Boxes are one of the most commonly used types of boxes that cater to the requirements of different industries such as food, clothing, etc. These boxes have a regular four-sided shape with a non-glued separate lid. That has extended flaps on each side to make grip strength of customized two piece boxes. They can be customized in any size and print design, making them just perfect for retail-ready products. Custom Two Piece boxes are one of the best packaging solutions for a lot of product types with the simplest built but most functional designs. These have two separate pieces for the bottom storage and the top lid that are exactly the same shape with the top lid having extended flaps on each side to fit the bottom piece tightly.

Hexagon

We offer custom-made hexagon boxes that are easy to customize based on your needs. For that purpose, we offer flexible materials and advanced customization options.

Custom Dimensions

There is no specific measurement for custom hexagon packaging because we use flexible materials. The cardboard, Kraft, and cardstock materials are easy to convert to small, big, medium, or large hexagon boxes. You can select the size based on the product’s weight, size, and nature. Furthermore, you can get confidence that your products will perfectly fit in the customized hexagonal boxes because you have customized dimensions. We use die cutting technique to make accurate hexagon product boxes.

Package with Style

With the latest techniques and expert support, you can get tailor-made hexagon boxes. These boxes look perfect all the time due to their stylish display. As these boxes look more prominent than ordinary boxes so they have great chances of getting customers’ attention. Therefore, we are offering wholesale hexagon boxes that are perfectly designed for your products.

You can get hexagon bakery boxes for cookies, cakes, cupcakes, muffins, truffles, or chocolates. We also offer hexagon retail packaging for cosmetics, electronics, makeup, skincare products, and many more. Hexagonal gift boxes are made with advanced design techniques to impress customers. No matter what kind of products you are selling, you should get hexagon-shaped boxes that look stylish in their own way.

Effective Branding

Business promotion is necessary for the current era. Therefore, we provide hexagon boxes with logo to promote your business. You can effectively advertise your business with printed hexagon boxes. Furthermore, hexagon style packaging can be printed with eye-catchy patterns, drawings, graphics, or illustrations. Your branding game becomes stronger when you make distinctive hexagonal boxes. You can get hexagon packaging for your food or sweat business. Furthermore, you can also package a variety of makeup products in these boxes and see how they attract target customers.

Accurate Designing

To get a better response from clients, we offer custom-designed hexagon packaging. One can design these boxes using our printing, coloring, foiling, and many other design options. We provide hexagon window boxes that give an outstanding view of the inside products. You can cut a window in unique shapes or sizes to impress potential buyers. Besides that, you can use embossing or debossing technique to highlight the business logo on the hexagon packaging. Moreover, metallic lamination like gold or silver foiling will give a luxury touch to hexagonal product packaging. You can select a theme design for packaging boxes and we will design them accordingly.

Get Hexagon Packaging from Us

We deal in custom hexagonal packaging in beige brown or printed papers with custom labels and designs. You can get these boxes designed with various add-ons like foiling, glossy coating, or custom handles and partitions. We communicate with our clients to know their requirements and make wholesale hexagon packaging. We have skillful designers and our sales representatives are available 24/7 to clear your confusion, so call us now at 888-851-0765 and get free custom quotes.

Double Wall Tuck Front

The Custom Packaging is here with the latest customization techniques to provide custom double wall tuck front boxes that are the perfect packaging solution for almost every kind of product.

Accurate Packaging

Custom boxes are not limited to specific products because they are customizable. Custom boxes with double wall tuck fronts are considered accurate packaging solutions for countless products. You can get these boxes for food, cosmetics, and makeup products. Besides that, one can get mailer boxes with double wall tuck fronts for product organization. As we use durable packaging materials therefore these boxes are appropriate for heavy electronic products as well. The durability of these boxes urges many brands to use them in bulk.

Product Protection

The main purpose of packaging is product protection. Customers don’t like to receive damaged products. Therefore, you should get a durable double wall tuck front that does not open unnecessarily. We are aware of protection therefore we make strong and enduring tuck front boxes using durable cardboard, Kraft, and corrugated paper materials. These materials are our secret to getting clients’ satisfaction. One can enhance the protection with custom inserts, partitions, placeholders, and compartments. This not only gives an organized appearance but also product damage that can be caused by shaking or collision.

Environment Safety

Packaging that is made from plastic, metal, or other non-biodegradable materials has polluted our environment enough. We offer sustainable double wall tuck front packaging and make it no less than plastic packaging. The corrugated paper walls of these boxes are sufficient to protect products against crushing or breaking. Furthermore, these boxes are safer for the environment as well due to their biodegradable and recyclable nature. This helps us get clients’ satisfaction and form a strong customer base.

Printing Possibilities

To impressively introduce your products to customers, you need printed double wall tuck front packaging. You can print custom boxes with useful images, graphics, and typography using our advanced printing machinery. The latest free custom quotes will help you get trendy boxes that are presentable. Moreover, you can get double wall tuck front packaging with logo for business promotion. High-end offset, digital, silk, and 3D printing techniques print required factors with high resolution. We make sure that boxes are perfectly printed that satisfy clients at first sight. You can tell us the typography, graphics, and colors you want on the custom product boxes.

Finishing Choices

It is best to give a final touch to packaging boxes with a layer of glossy, matte, or UV spot coating. Customers will feel satisfied with your product presentation if the boxes are designed impressively. Therefore, we are offering advanced coating options that give a smooth, velvety, or shiny touch to the packaging boxes. Coated double wall tuck front boxes with no smudges help get a positive response from target customers. Hence, get the assistance of an expert packaging company like us that offers all the techniques to design effective boxes.

Tray and Sleeve Box

We, at The Custom Packaging, offer on-demand inner superstations with precisely built compartments having equal durability for customized products. The top sleeves for our boxes are made from very strong and rigid materials as well that enhance the large space available inside.

Extra Protection

Our durable tray and sleeve box are made with flexible yet durable paper materials that provide extra protection to inside products. Get the most protective sleeve and tray packaging from the custom packaging at a reasonable price with fast shipping and custom printing designs and die-cutting possibilities. As we use recyclable Kraft and cardboard paper to make high-quality sleeve boxes. You can ensure that your products are safe inside our boxes. By giving them a premium finish with shiny moisture resistant glossy coating, two-piece sleeve boxes are made moisture resistant. You can get these boxes for many products like candles, bath bombs, chocolates, truffles, and even for expensive apparel.

Spacious

The tray of sleeve boxes is spacious having the capacity to conveniently hold the products. These boxes provide sufficient space to package or display your products. When we cut the window on a customized tray and sleeve box. It becomes the perfect display box to showcase your products. If you want to package many products in these boxes custom compartments, dividers, punch partitions or inserts will provide organized packaging without mixing your products. The top sleeve is made from strong corrugated materials that keep the inside spacious enough to package required products.

Easy Customization

The custom packaging offers many customization options to design custom trays and sleeve boxes for a wide range of products from different brands. Each company needs different boxes for products. Therefore we are offering all the design possibilities to help you get distinctive boxes. These boxes are suitable for every kind of product. Because one can get customized trays and sleeve boxes based on the product’s nature. Custom printing with offset, digital, silk, and 3d printing options gives a high-resolution finish to a printed tray and sleeve box.

What Do We Offer?

The Custom Packaging uses the finest quality materials to make sustainable tray and sleeve boxes that are not only safe for the environment but also easy to design based on your needs. We offer long-lasting sleeve packaging solutions to our clients with full satisfaction. Our expert designs make the most attractive wholesale tray and sleeve boxes with high-quality printing, coloring, and add-on combinations.

Our customized sleeve packaging makes your products jump from the shelves of stores to customers’ homes. We provide printing, die-cutting, and coating options to make these boxes with perfect finishes. We take minimum orders that start from 100 boxes without compromising on their quality and appearance. Thus, if you want to get free custom quotes, call us or email us at support@thecustompackaging.com.

Gable Box Auto Bottom

The auto bottom makes them that much more convenient to store and use by easily folding into a flat formation and even easier pulling back to the original supposed shape when required.

Flexible Packaging

We use durable yet flexible materials to provide custom-made gable box auto bottoms. Kraft, cardboard, cardstock, and corrugated paper are flexible enough to customize in any shape, size, or style. Moreover, one can get sustainable auto bottom gable packaging from us. The thickness of these boxes is also selectable per your needs. We know that thin boxes are not sufficient for heavy products. Therefore, we leave everything to you in designing these boxes. Once you tell us the shape, size, thickness, prints, colors, and finishes you want for custom gable packaging, we start making it accordingly.

Accurate Designs

The major perk of getting custom boxes is that you can customize them with accurate designs. Different packaging is the demand for different products. Custom-designed gable box auto bottom is the only way to distinguish particular products out of many. You can design it with unique images, graphics, drawings, and patterns related to your products. You can get the same benefits from simple as well as fancy packaging if it is designed perfectly. We are therefore 24/7 in your service to help you design custom gable boxes with accurate designs.

Versatile Printing Options

Product presentation is largely influenced by printing. Therefore, you need to design packaging with innovative prints. You can also print personalized gable packaging with product-relevant designs. To make gable gift packaging, you can choose fancy, glittery, and adorable images. Patterns and drawings make perfect gable gift boxes. Furthermore, you can get printed gable auto bottom boxes for the promotion of retail products as well. We are here with offset, digital and 3D printing techniques to manufacture and design auto-bottom gable boxes for you.

Why Choose Us?

We have all the advanced machinery to customize gable boxes with the required designs. You can get gable auto-bottom boxes with custom inserts, partitions, dividers, or handles for various products. Ranging from drinks, beverages, cosmetics, and toys to food items, we can customize these boxes to fulfill all the packaging needs. You can use add-on options like embossing, debossing, metallic foiling, ribbons, and window cuts to make gift-worthy gable boxes. On top of that, we carefully listen to clients’ requirements, give them free custom quotes and manufacture boxes per their orders. What else do you want when we are providing you with one packaging solution in the form of customized wholesale gable box auto bottom.

Bookend

These bookend boxes offer an elegant display and convenient packaging solution for a variety of products, our personalized bookend boxes fit your capital efficiently.

Unique Unboxing

If you want your customers to love your products at first sight, get customized bookend packaging with a unique unboxing style. The smooth opening of the front of the bookend boxes gives a happy feeling. Customers feel a special connection with your products when you present them in distinguishable boxes. Therefore, we are offering tailor-made bookend packaging that looks distinctive because of its opening style.

You can just open the lid like a book cover and showcase your products. To make it more appealing, you can get bookend boxes with window cuts. We are 24/7 in your service to provide a unique unboxing experience that will help you attract clients.

Die Cutting

We use advanced die-cutting machinery to make precise bookend boxes for your products. The boxes that are not of exact size are of no use. Therefore, we take pride in providing custom-made bookend boxes to our clients.

We can cut the lid of the bookend packaging in a precise manner. You just have to tell us the style and size you want for the bookend product boxes. This way, we can make the exact boxes that you demand. Furthermore, die-cutting techniques are the most reliable way to make error-free bookend packaging. We can also add custom inserts, partitions, and handles to bookend packaging to make it more functional.

Easy Customization

You can have tailor-made bookend boxes customized with advanced machinery. We have the latest printing options to provide you with printed bookend boxes. It is easy to print these boxes because of the materials we use in the manufacturing process. Cardboard, Kraft, cardstock, and corrugated paper materials are easy to convert into useful boxes. Furthermore, when printed with eye catchy graphics and typography, they serve as effective marketing tools.

Depending on the product’s nature, you can select fonts, images, and drawings to print. We fulfill your packaging needs by designing boxes the way you like. Besides that, a layer of shiny, matte, or UV spot coatings will give a final touch to customized bookend packaging.

Why The Custom Packaging Is the Best Choice?

We listen to our client’s needs before making custom-printed bookend boxes. You can select from packaging materials to final touches as you need. Simple packaging can be converted to fancy one with the support of expert packaging companies like us. Ranging from food products to cosmetics, apparel, electronics, and medicines, you can get personalized bookend boxes from us. Other than that, our skillful designers and 24/7 customer care services make us able to provide wholesale bookend boxes at the expected time with fast turnarounds. You can contact us via provided number or simply email us at support@thecustompackaging.com for further queries.

Side Lock Six Corner

The products of various categories manufactured by numerous companies need a different type of packaging and The Custom Packaging fulfills this requirement efficiently.

Most Reliable Materials

We use materials that are sustainable, flexible, and durable at the same time. You can get cardstock or Kraft side lock six corner packaging based on your needs. If you want sustainable side lock six corner boxes, then you are at the right place. Paper six corner boxes are easy to customize into any shape, size, or style. We use die cutting technique on these materials to cut them in the required size or shape. Furthermore, it is easy to add custom window cuts, handles, inserts, or partitions in paper boxes. Besides that, printing is done perfectly on the materials we use to make sustainable six corner boxes.

Custom Sizes

Different products need different packaging boxes that perfectly suit them. Therefore, we recommend you tell us the size you want for the side locks six corner packaging. This way, we can make rectangular or square boxes with six corners for your products. Six corner food boxes are best for cakes, cupcakes, pastries, donuts, croissants, muffins, and many other bakery products. You can also get shallow corner boxes with broadsides for larger products like pizzas and household items. Personalized side lock six corner packaging is suitable for a variety of products because it is customizable in any shape and size.

Aesthetic Printing

It does not matter for what purpose you want custom side lock six corner packaging; perfect printing makes your products worth buying. You can get high-end custom printing from The Custom Packaging with the support of the most skilled designers. We can do themed printing in suitable colors matching the designs of the packaging. Graphic and image printing is done with the latest techniques. You can also give a 3D effect to printed side lock six corner packaging to make it more attractive. Versatile printing possibilities are available to provide you with the most distinctive boxes. You can choose from the following printing possibilities to design side lock six-corner packaging.

  • Digital printing
  • Silk printing
  • Offset printing
  • 3D printing
  • Flexography
  • Screen printing, and many more.

Marvelous Add Ons

To make retail as well as gift boxes, we have various add-on options available. You can design product boxes with side lock six corners with perfect finishes. We offer ribbons, window cuts, inserts, and handles as add-ons. Moreover, you can utilize our embossing, debossing, metallic foiling, and shiny or matte coating options to design premium boxes for your products.

Fast Delivery

Making custom boxes that perfectly fit numerous products is challenging. But taking challenges is always worth it. Therefore, we get orders from the clients, listen to their requirements, and start making custom Side Lock Six Corner boxes per order. Working days are 10-12 but we get rush orders as well for urgent shipping. If you want wholesale six corner side lock boxes with fast turnarounds, we are your first choice.

Glass Carrier

The Custom Packaging has the most advanced technology for precise cutting that ensures accurate sizes for all types of products that are to be packaged in glass carrier boxes.

Long-Lasting Materials

We use durable packaging materials to make long-lasting glass carrier boxes. Finest quality Kraft and cardboard materials guarantee enhanced protection in their strong walls. You can use thick layers of corrugated materials to make disposable glass product carriers. We allow you to choose thickness based on the weight and number of glass items you want to put inside the custom carrier. A custom handle is attached to the top to efficiently support the glass bottles. Furthermore, the inks we use are also organic and disposable. Thus, get yourself durable carriers for glass. We have an advanced coating option to enhance the shelf life of your packaging boxes.

Precise Cutting

Custom-made glass carriers are used on a large scale for crockery items along with pharmaceutical products. Medicine or syrup bottles and lab testing glass tubes require very precise-sized holes, we design holes or punches accordingly.

Glass items cannot afford to move around as they can cause damage. Other bottled products like beverages, coffee, tea, multi-packaging perfumes, cooking sauces, and many retail products require rigid and durable carrier boxes. This way they can display the products with their brand names visible from the open tops printed with essential info. The punches will hold glasses in place while the bottom of the carrier will provide protection. We deliver all of these with the most efficient cuts to make the delivery of glass products much faster and safer.

Clear-Cut Printing

When printed glass carriers are displayed on the shelves or counters, they impress customers. You can design these carriers with typography, drawings, illustrations, patterns, or images. We use digital and offset printing techniques to print eye catchy designs. We have skillful designers who know how to use printing machinery to give error-free results. The top-level product carriers attract customers with accurate printing. With printing possibilities, you can design wine glass carriers with relevant prints. To make precise glass carriers, we focus on clear-cut printing.

Finishing Options

After making and printing carriers, a layer of glossy, matte, or UV spot coating gives a final touch. You can also use embossing or metallic foiling to give a premium look to carriers. Tailor-made glass carriers coated with shiny or matte coatings look really attractive. It is the best way to stand out from the crowd. We give you expert assistance to design the best carriers for glass products.

Fast Delivery

Client satisfaction is with fast delivery of perfectly made glass carriers. Therefore, we start manufacturing carrier packaging once the order is booked. Using our latest machinery, we make error-free carriers for glass products. Call us at the provided number or email us at support@thecustompackaging.com to book your order.

Ice Cream Cone Holder

Our advanced cutting, printing, and designing technology make custom ice cream holders ideal for breakable cones as they are made with durable cardboard material. Holes are precisely cut to make the cones adjusted within them just accurately.

Disposable Holders

The main purpose of customized cone holders is to put the ice cream in place without falling. These holders are used to carry the ice cream cones to their target customers. You can get disposable ice cream cone holders made of sustainable cardboard and Kraft materials. These holders are easy to customize into shapes and sizes of your choice. You can also get ice cream cone sleeves to prevent waffles from breaking. We provide every packaging solution based on the needs of your ice cream business. As we make sustainable ice cream holders, they are not harmful to the environment as well.

Custom Shapes

It is best the customize the shape of custom-made ice cream cone holders. This way, one can make accurate holders for ice cream cones. Furthermore, custom shapes allow creativity which makes eye-catchy cone holders. Cardboard ice cream holders with holes or punches can hold multiple ice cream cones. We also offer waffle cone holders made of paper materials that you can shape per your needs. You can add three, four, or more holes to serve cones in an impressive manner. The unique shape of tailor-made ice cream holders helps you stand out from the crowd. For that purpose, we use die cutting technique to cut cone holders in custom shapes.

Printed Designs

The Custom Packaging offers the latest printing possibilities to design cone holders. One can use offset, silk, digital and 3D printing options that we provide. Our experts know how to print premium ice cream holders with a high-resolution finish. Get custom-printed ice cream holders with adorable graphics, images, drawings, or patterns to make your ice cream look more appetizing. You can print the company name and logo on the ice cream holder packaging box to own your business. It is highly effective in business promotion as customers get to know about your business via printed ice cream packaging.

Add Ons

Make your ice cream cone cupcake holders distinguishable with add-on options like custom handles and various finishes. Our embossing and debossing technique can adorably highlight your logo on the wholesale ice cream cone holders. You can also use metallic lamination like gold or silver foiling to design ice cream holder boxes. Whether you are selling chocolate ice creams with waffles or vanilla ice cream with delicious mini treats, custom holders that are designed with the latest techniques increase their worth. To get these holders, you can call us and talk to our skillful team.

Two Panel CD Jacket

When companies want the most functional two panel CD jackets, the custom packaging provides jackets for CDs as well as DVDs and discs.

Maximum Safety

The type of packaging that we provide for our two-panel CD jackets makes them humidity-proof and ensures maximum safety. CDs and data discs are fragile and break very easily; The high-quality materials are processed most efficiently on our processing equipment to provide them with the most rigid and sturdy finish. We know that your customers have to use CDs again and again so they require packaging that lasts longer. Therefore, we provide Long-Lasting Two Panel Cd Jackets made of materials ranging from cardboard to bux board.

Resistant Coatings

The paper materials are durable but at the same time, humidity can destroy their structure. That’s why we are offering a moisture-resistant coating option to make your customized cd jackets protected against humidity. Furthermore, you can apply UV spot coating which protects against harsh rays in addition to dampness. Plus, these coatings will give a shiny appearance to coated cd packaging. To keep your CDs safe against scratches and dust, we make Printed Two Panel Jackets coated with a dust-resistant glossy coating.

Design Templates

We know that your CDs can be for business, educational, or promotional purposes. Therefore, we design custom-made two-panel CD jackets based on their purpose. You cannot use the same design for educational and musical CDs. We help you to design custom CD Cases with professional prints, images, and typography. For that, you can also get ideas from our custom designs. The custom packaging also provided custom CD jackets with logo to promote your business effectively.

Elite Front Printing

our advanced printing machinery makes countless cd jackets that are different in terms of prints. One can print custom two panel CD jackets using offset, digital and 3d printing techniques. we can print typography in unique font styles that look adorable and readable at the same time. moreover, the 3d printed graphics make personalized CD jackets highlighted on the shelves. the raised texture of typography, images, and patterns will make your CD cases look premium. furthermore, you can print company details on the window cd cases. if you are a CD-R or CD-RW trader, you can promote your business with our two panel customized CD covers. tell us about your business and our experts will perfectly print cd or disc covers according to your requirements.

Contact Us

The Custom Packaging offers a complete packaging solution for your CDs, discs, and DVDs. you can get wholesale two-panel cd jackets in 10-12 working days. for rush orders, you can talk to us. We make sure that our clients receive their orders from us with full satisfaction. This helps us get the best reviews. try our custom CD jackets by calling us at 888-851-0765. you can also contact us at our email support@thecustompackaging.com to know more about cd packaging.

Six Panel CD Jacket

With our limitless customization possibilities, you can design premium six-panel CD jackets.

Dimensions

Tailor-made CD jackets are available in all sizes. You can get six panel CD covers for mini CDs. We use Kraft and cardstock materials to make cd packaging. We make accurate CD cases using die-cutting techniques. It helps us make precise jackets as our client demands. You can use sustainable cd covers in bulk as well. Tell us the size you want for six panel CD packaging so that we can design it accordingly.

Printing

Countless CDs are manufactured for different purposes. Therefore, you need to tell what your CDs are for by printing them on the packaging. Custom-printed CD jackets contain an introduction that eases customers. For window CDs, you can print information on how to use them. We use offset, digital, screen, and 3D printing techniques to effectively print six-panel CD jackets. You can get printed CD jackets for a collection of movies, music, or seasons. Graphic printing makes eye-catchy CD covers that attract customers.

Coatings

A layer of coating will preserve the printed CD cover in addition to giving it a more vibrant appearance. We offer matte, glossy, and UV spot coatings that make your CD packaging look tempting. You can also use embossing, gold, and silver foiling along with coating to make exclusive CD jackets. You would love our custom quotes that help you design the best cd jackets. Contact us at the provided number to know more about us.

What does the custom packaging offer?

Other than above mentioned services, we provide many other benefits to get customers satisfaction. One can get expert assistance to get custom-made six panel CD jackets with fast turnarounds.

Skilled Designers

The Custom Packaging has the most skilled CD jacket designers in the industry who are always ready to offer any kind of design support and recommendation for the perfect ones for your discs. Get your customized jackets with their expert opinions regarding physical and printed designs. Make six panel CD covers look as catchy and attractive as you can for your targeted customers.

Know Clients’ Needs

We understand that your discs are for different purposes, such as videos, educational, informative, or demonstrations. These all require a good introduction right on the printed six panel CD jackets in which they are packaged. We provide just that with our accurate and advanced printing equipment that uses high-quality inks and deliver the sharpest image plus design printing for these six-panel CD jackets.

Four Panel CD Jacket

With our die-cutting, printing, coloring, and coating techniques, we make the best four panel CD jackets for our clients. One can decide on the design and size, and we will start making custom cd jackets.

Scratch Proof Cd Jackets

We use sustainable paper materials to make cd covers. Four-panel cd jackets provide multiple layers to protect CDs against scratches. Even a little scratch can destroy your CDs. Therefore, we make sure that your CDs are safe inside our cases. Furthermore, we keep ourselves away from plastic as it is non-biodegradable. Glossy and UV spot coating is available which gives disc jackets a smooth surface. It will keep an inside item in its best form. You can get these jackets for discs, standard CDs, CD-RWs, CD-Rs, and DVDs.

Overall Protection

These Four Panel CD Jackets are very useful as they can either be used as a single CD sleeve or multiple CD sleeves if required. Their distinctive build provides maximum safety and security for the CD products enclosed within them as the openings of the panels are on the inner side and thus eliminating the risk of CDs being split out of them.

We, at The Custom Packaging use quality, assured material for the manufacturing of these CD jackets that make them durable for a very long time. The quality materials make their overall build the thinnest and most lightweight adding the least bulk and mass to the important CDs.

Custom Printed Designs

Plain cd jackets are useful for ordinary CDs. But if you want to introduce your album or movie, you need to print CD jackets. Printed four-panel CD jackets are good advertising tools. Customers will know about you if you print the required info on cd covers.

We have offset and digital printing techniques to print cd cases. Custom-printed CD packaging helps different companies win over each other with unique designs. We print plain or 3d graphics to custom-made CD jackets. If you own a company that trades different CDs, you can get a custom CD jacket with a logo for promotion.

Style with Pride

We have all the techniques available to help you design exclusive Cd jackets. Tell us what you want and see how we design cd packaging. Custom-designed four-panel CD covers enhance your packaging experience. To make it more functional, we can add custom pull-out taps on CD cases. Furthermore, the inside flaps will securely hold your CDs in addition to giving an organized appearance.

our expert designers are also available to help you style cd or disc packaging with mesmerizing graphics, images, patterns, or fonts. we also provide you with wholesale CD jackets to expand your business on a vast scale. call us at 888-851-0765 to get these cd jackets with fast turnarounds.

Seal End Auto Bottom

The Seal End Auto Bottom comes with exclusive strength and rigidity guaranteeing the security of the product being enclosed in boxes. They have a flexible build and can be easily transformed from a flat shape to their original structure simply by stretching.

Adhesive Nature

The seal end auto bottom allows the bottom flaps to stick together and give boxes a more secure structure. The tuck-end top has two sides with adhesive nature that are firmly fixed once the flaps are closed.  Product safety is of great concern therefore we offer you to add an auto bottom with seal end to packaging boxes. It has a self-lock feature that acts like an adhesive. One can easily package both lightweight as well as heavy products in auto bottom boxes. There are many reasons that business owners get these boxes and their adhesive nature is the top among all. You cannot get anything better than a personalized seal end auto bottom if you require extra protection.

Secure Packaging

Product protection is compulsory therefore we provide seal end boxes with the auto bottom. These boxes are a preferred choice when it comes to protective packaging. We use high-quality paper materials to make sure that our clients get secure auto-bottom packaging. Our Kraft and cardboard materials can bear the weight of your products. Furthermore, you can get sustainable seal end auto bottom for sensitive products like food, cereals, beans, and other products. The Custom Packaging provides different styles for custom boxes and the custom seal end auto bottom is one of them.

Less Storage Space

We ship flat seal end auto bottom boxes so that you don’t have to face storage problems. These boxes are foldable and easy to assemble. Therefore, they occupy less space. You can also get wholesale boxes with seal end auto bottom. These boxes are convenient for traders. Furthermore, retailers also get these boxes for a variety of products like cosmetics, toys, soaps, makeup products, and many more. The flexible design of auto-bottom product boxes makes them the ideal packaging solution. When you need to package products, you can simply stretch the box and put your products inside.

Promote Your Brand

Business promotion is vital for every brand, company, and organization. The role that customized seal end auto bottom boxes play in the promotion is undeniable. You can print brand details on packaging boxes in specific colors, prints, and typography. We design exclusive seal-end auto-bottom packaging using advanced cutting, printing, and coloring techniques.

Seal end auto bottom boxes with logo are highly effective in the advertisement. You can design these boxes with window cuts, handles, or inserts to make them more functional. The bottom of these boxes is similar but you can style shape and size per your needs. Call us at 888-851-0765 and custom design the seal end auto bottom to upgrade your packaging style.

Full Flap Auto Bottom Boxes

Full Flap Auto Bottom Boxes are ideal when some heavy items are to be packaged. The factor that makes them distinct is that these boxes are hand-made and can be used where the amount of production is not as huge as automatic packaging is required.

Flexible boxes

We, at the custom packaging, use modifiable packaging materials to make custom full flap auto bottom boxes. You can get these boxes for a variety of products. The full flap will securely cover your products. We make the auto bottom of these boxes that can be easily stretched to give the packaging its original shape. You can get personalized full flap boxes with auto bottom for food products like cereals, candies, beans, nuts, cookies, chocolates, etc. Other than that, you can these boxes for cosmetics, electronics, toys, skincare, and makeup products as well. Whatever your products are, talk to us and get customized auto-bottom product boxes.

Precise Adjustments

It is crucial to get custom boxes that perfectly fit your products. We make precise adjustments to provide you with perfect tailor-made full-flap boxes. We make sure that these boxes can securely hold heavy as well as light products. The bottom of full flap auto lock boxes is made with extreme care so that it can prevent your products from falling. Besides the bottom, the full flap will entirely cover your products. You can select the length, width, and even thickness of customizable full flap auto bottom boxes per your requirements.

Custom Printing

Custom-printed auto-bottom boxes with logo are highly popular. You can get these boxes from us to promote your business. Other than the logo, you can also print images related to your products to impress customers. Furthermore, we can print colorful graphics, drawings, and intricate lines to design full-flap auto-bottom boxes. You can print product information that includes ingredient details, expiry date, and barcode to ease retailers and your customers. We have advanced machinery that can print all these elements with high resolution.

Add Ons

Our add-on options help you to design one-of-a-kind packaging boxes. You can get personalized full flap auto bottom packaging for retail as well as gift products. Embossing, debossing, and gold/silver foiling techniques are available to make premium gift boxes for you. One can also get auto bottom boxes with windows to get transparent packaging. Full flap window boxes are suitable for your products in terms of presentation. For further designing contact us at our number.

Auto Bottom with Display Lid

Auto bottom boxes with a display lid that we provide are designed and manufactured per your orders. From the material options to the final touches, everything follows your orders. We also provide design support to help you get trendy boxes.

Display Useful Information

These boxes provide the opportunity for displaying necessary information in a unique way, as it has an extended top lid that can be folded into a double flap and tucked into the back wall of where the box is placed. Hence, the box is very useful in displaying useful information in such a way that it grabs the attention of the viewers certainly.  Auto bottom boxes are most efficient if you get a display lid with a logo to promote your business. The box has enough space to carry any type of product in a lithe way. The side flaps provide enough support to the product inside the box. The boxes are ideal and very useful for spreading the brand message and captivating the eyes of the targeted customers.

Fully Customizable

If you are looking for packaging boxes that will serve as a perfect display for your products as well, you can get auto bottom with a display lid. Getting the right boxes for products is necessary for every business. We provide customizable boxes that you can design per the product’s needs. Packaging trends are different in different areas but high-quality packaging is appreciated everywhere. Therefore, we provide premium-quality auto-bottom display packaging that will satisfy our clients. Furthermore, our clients can customize this packaging in various prints, colors, shapes, and styles. All you need is to tell us your preferences, and we will manufacture auto-bottom product packaging with a display lid. We also offer:

  • Offset and digital printing
  • Embossing
  • Debossing
  • Gold and silver foiling
  • Coatings (glossy, matte, and UV spot)

Efficient Packaging

Personalized auto-bottom closure boxes with a display lid are most efficient for your products. Retailers as well as wholesalers can get these boxes for products. Food products, cosmetics, makeup items, electronics, and numerous other products can be displayed in these boxes. You can easily assemble or fold these boxes. The customized display lid is usually rectangular or square, but you can also customize the border with unique shapes. This will attract customers and give your packaging a more enhanced appearance.

Get Your Boxes

You can get printed auto-bottom boxes with display lids to showcase your products. We design and manufacture these boxes in 10 to 12 business days. However, we can cover rush orders as well. Talk to our team through our number or email for further queries.

1-2-3 Bottom Boxes

1-2-3 Bottom Boxes are cited as snap lock boxes having one, three flaps, or more folds at the bottom. The box takes its constructed shape as the three flaps are interlocked together.

Firm boxes

The side flaps are a perfect frame and are designed in such a way that once they are interlocked they give a strong closure at the bottom ensuring the safety of the product enclosed. Just like a jigsaw puzzle, the tray of snap lock boxes is joined and assembled in a complete shape that provides long-lasting permanence. Indifferent from a tuck bottom box they are made to hold the weight of the products more efficiently.

A three-flapped bottom provides more strength than tuck bottom boxes. Snap boxes are more economical than tuck-bottom boxes or auto-lock boxes. The bottom flaps, when interlocked, are capable of providing more strength to the extended top flap and allow it to tuck in firmly in its place.

Personalized Design

The Custom Packaging offers design help when you order custom boxes. This way, you can get personalized 1 2 3 bottom boxes. The specific products need specific kinds of packaging. Therefore, we recommend you choose a design that is distinguishable from competitors. It will help you get more customers. If you face any difficulty to design boxes with 1 2 3 bottoms, you can get a consultation from our experts. We also provide coloring, printing, and finishing facilities to help you get the desired packaging. You can also avail of our add-on options such as embossing, debossing, gold/silver foiling, and coating options to get custom designed 1 2 3 bottom boxes.

Reliable Materials

1 2 3 bottom packaging is already famous for its secured structure. We make it stronger with our durable materials. You can choose from cardboard, cardstock, bux board, and Kraft materials to make this packaging. The thickness of these materials is also customizable which makes them perfect for product packaging. You can get cardboard or Kraft 1 2 3 bottom boxes from us. We allow you to carefully choose the best material option based on your needs. You can also choose corrugated materials for heavy product packaging. These materials are also flexible enough to allow you to modify them into any kind of box. You can get gable boxes, rectangular boxes, or cube boxes with a 1 2 3 bottom mechanism. Moreover, perfect printing makes these boxes more premium in terms of quality as well as appearance.

Call Us!

The Custom Packaging assists you on every level. You can personalize 1 2 3 bottom packaging at high speed with experts’ help. We know that you want to stand out among competitors. Therefore, we provide packaging that helps you outshine. The most effective packaging is themed packaging. It helps customers remember your products and easily differentiate original products from copies. Thus, get your customized 1 2 3 bottom boxes from us now.

Business Cards with Foiling

The Custom Packaging has taken a classic approach in making custom-designed business cards with foiling. You can use prints of any color to make these cards. The colorful background with metallic foiling on the typography makes clients remember your business.

Premium Quality Cards

Our business cards with foiling are the number one choice of many businesses. You can feel the quality of our custom business cards that are laminated with high-end coatings. The custom thickness, smooth textures, and soft touch of our cards are what make them popular among many companies. You can get business cards foiled with gold, silver, black, white, or rose gold touch.

Stand Out and Outshine

As the name of business cards with foiling speaks for itself these cards are going to come with a shiny texture. These cards will help you outshine competitors as well. For example, you can professionally print these cards with your business name and logo to get brand recognition. Furthermore, the round corners of these cards will give a premium feel. We make sure that even the tiniest details are printed perfectly so that our clients feel satisfied with our services.

Secured Hot Stamping Dyes

We secure the printed hot stamping using bunter post. To give the hot stamping dyes a more attractive appearance, the posts are tightened. It is crucial to adjust the metallic dye to make it perfectly straight and eye-catchy. We ensure that the dyes reach the correct temperature to give the best results. The process of making custom business cards with foiling is quite a challenging process but our experts can make it easy. You just need to tell us your requirements and we will design the personalized business cards accordingly.

Accurate Adjustments

It’s our specialty that we make accurate adjustments to make precise cards for your business. We leave no stone unturned for the satisfaction of our valuable clients. For making business cards with foiling, we use a durable piece of epoxy gloss board to stamp the cards. We make sure to use the gloss foiling where the dye will settle. Adjustments ensure that we will get the best final results by looking at which our customers will feel satisfied. Furthermore, you can select the size and shape of cards per your needs to get desired results.

Printing The Cards

You can print business cards with logo using our reliable techniques. Both sides of these cards are easy to print. Before printing these cards, we ensure that the machinery is working perfectly to avoid any errors. Using our printing techniques, you can print cards with a business logo, contact number, and address information. Along with business cards, you can get business card boxes as well from The Custom Packaging.

We are always available at your service to provide cards for your small-scale or large-scale business. Copper foiling gives a distinguishable appearance to your cards. If you want both embossing and foiling on your cards, we can do that also. Embossed business cards look stunning due to their enhanced appearance. Other than that, you can get printed business cards wholesale for your business.

Get The Most Reflective Cards

Custom-foiled business cards are miles ahead in reference to the shine they reflect. The areas where foiling is applied shine light that looks stunning. We make sure that the foiling sits perfectly without damaging the paper sheet. Whether you want opaque, silk, or colorful cards, our foiling will produce consistent shine.

The metallic inks give a lustrous touch that looks subtle on the cards. We apply multiple layers of metallic sheets to give you desired outcomes. You can design these cards per the theme of your business for promotional purposes. Clients will appreciate your business if you portray the image of your business with the best cards. You don’t need to worry when our expert designers are here to provide personalized business cards with shiny foiling to impress your clients.

Order Online Today!

You will find it very relaxing to indulge in the splendor or metallic colors and vibrant feel of business cards with foiling. Our special techniques produce artwork of your choice to foil stamp different colors onto personalized business cards. You will get stunning results from our premium foiling techniques. We have a versatile range of metallic colors available to design professional business cards. Please let us know if you want to print your business cards with foiling.

Embossed Business Cards

Get embossed business cards designed per your preference with the assistance of our experts. These cards are known for their unique and sleek appearance.

Choose Best Materials

The thick business cards are liked by many people. If you want embossed business cards with their debossed texture covered, you will need thicker paper materials. Moreover, if you want to give a significant embossed effect to custom business cards, the thin but durable paper stock is the best to choose from. The embossed, as well as debossed impressions, look classy on the cards of your business. We are providing you with the best raw stock that is durable, flexible, and also recyclable. Recyclable business cards should be the choice of every business owner in the increasing pollution which major cause is packaging waste.

Deep Impression

The astonishing appearance of embossed cards with debossed impressions on the back looks classy. The intricate details give both sides of customized business cards a distinctive feel. You can create embossed cards for luxury products like jewelry, makeup products, perfume, apparel, and many other items. When creating embossed custom business cards, you can decide whether to keep the debossed effect on the back or not. The 20pt cotton stock blinded with the embossing technique will a beautiful texture to your personalized business cards.

Design Details

If you are opting for classy cards, you can get embossed cards. The embossed business cards with debossed backs show the beauty of cardstock. You can leave a lasting impression on a client’s mind with our perfectly designed cards for business. You can however cover the debossed backside of these cards. Although the debossed imprint also looks classy yet the choice is yours. You can get 2ply business cards to hide the debossed effect. For that purpose, we mount another cardstock sheet on the back of the cards. By doing this, you will get extra space to print your business details.

Style of Edges

You can select the style of edges of the cards business per your desires. Rounded corners look attractive but you can also choose square edges. The shape of the edges is also customizable per your needs. We use the latest die-cutting technique to perfectly cut the edges. You can also select the size of the edges if you want to cut them circularly. In fact, you can get premium business cards also in custom shapes and sizes. To give a lasting impression on customers’ minds, you will need distinctive-looking custom-embossed business cards.  If you want boxes to organize business cards, you can get them also from the custom packaging.

Color Printing

It is crucial to print custom-designed business cards with attractive but professional colors. We have the latest CMYK and PMS color models to design these cards. First, you need to select a theme for your business cards and then color them accordingly. The precise color combination will enhance the appearance of business cards. You can make embossed touches more eye-catchy using gold or silver foiling techniques. If you want luxury business cards, you can design them with an expert’s assistance. You should put luxury business cards in rigid boxes to deliver them to special clients. Other than that, accurate color printing is also sufficient to make functional business cards.

Double Your Impact

Explore our design options to make embossed business cards that will double your impact on customers’ minds. Firstly, professional business cards will impress customers. Secondly, you can stay in their minds with embossed designs and colorful prints. Furthermore, you can tell your business story by printing the name, logo, and contact info of your business on these cards. You can also tell your clients when your business was established and what are your future goals. Thus, you should not wait any longer to get these cards for your business. The Custom Packaging is providing business cards wholesale that are designed per your requirements.

Folded Business Cards

Captivate and Connect with our Remarkable Folded Business Cards

In a world filled with business cards that tend to look similar, it’s high time to stand out and make a bold statement with our Folded Business Cards. At The Custom Packaging, we believe that every interaction is a chance to connect and captivate people. These unique business cards are enchanting that do not only display your contact information but also unfold into a mini brochure, creating a memorable and engaging experience for your recipients.

With our exceptional customization and premium materials, your business cards will become conversation starters and reinforce your company’s competence.  So, get ready to unlock the potential of your business with our business cards that will set you apart from the competition and leave a lasting impression on your clients.

Our Folded Business Cards

We take pride in our team’s ability to turn your vision into reality. Our Folded Business Cards are meticulously crafted with attention to detail. From design and size to the selection of premium material and printing methods, we ensure that every aspect reflects your brand identity. With a variety of folding styles, we offer flexibility and customization options to suit your unique needs. Our goal is to create Business Cards that represent your business in the best way possible.

Premium Materials and Finishes

Quality is our first priority. That’s why we source only the finest materials for our Folded Business Cards. From luxurious cardstocks to premium finishes, we spare no effort in delivering a product that exudes professionalism and sophistication. Whether you prefer a sleek matte finish or an eye-catching glossy coating, our range of premium finishes will add an extra touch of elegance to your business cards. We commit to using high-quality materials and finishes. Therefore, your cards will not only impress but also leave a lasting tactile impression on your recipients.

Customization Options

We understand that every business is unique, and that’s why we offer a wide range of customization options for our Folded Business Cards. From size and orientation to paper stocks and printing techniques, we give you the freedom to create cards that perfectly align with your brand’s vision.

●  Custom Size and Material:

Your business card should come in handy. Choose the size and orientation that best suits your needs, whether it’s a standard size or a custom dimension that sets you apart. Also select from a variety of premium paper stocks that range from textured to eco-friendly options, ensuring that your business cards have a look and feel that matches your brand identity.

●  Innovative Designs and Printing:

With The Custom Packaging, your business cards are not just a standard template but a canvas for your brand’s unique story, tailored to your exact specifications. You can either take a pick from our broad design library or provide the artwork yourself and we will make it real.

Our cutting-edge printing techniques include:

  • Laser cutting
  • Letterpress printing
  • Spot UV
  • Holographic printing
  • Foil printing

These methods allow you to reflect the brand’s colors and graphics with remarkable precision and detail. And when it comes to folding styles, we offer a range of options such as bi-fold, tri-fold, gatefold, and more, allowing you to create a card that unfolds to reveal your message in a way that’s truly impactful.

Unlock the Power of Business Cards with The Custom Packaging:

Partner with The Custom Packaging to create business cards that stand out. Our design team is here to help you incorporate your brand elements at every touchpoint.  From color schemes and typography to graphics and imagery, we ensure that your Folded Business Cards align seamlessly with your brand identity. Take advantage of our design templates and find inspiration that suits your industry or let us create a bespoke design tailored specifically to your vision. With The Custom Packaging, your business cards will become powerful brand ambassadors, leaving a lasting impression on everyone they reach.

Standard Business Cards

The custom packaging has the latest techniques which you can use per your desires to make custom-designed standard business cards. These cards are easy to make with the assistance of our expert designers.

Choose A Design

Standard business cards are one of the most effective marketing tools. If you want to make a good first impression on the clients, you need to design custom business cards. We have the latest customization techniques and design templates available to help you choose the best cards for your business. Many different cards are available in unique shapes like round corners, leaf shapes, square corners, one-round corners, and many more. You can select any shape for cards, and customize it with colorful prints, typography, and business design template by contacting our experts. Nothing is difficult when experts in The Custom Packaging are available at your service. Once your place the order, our designers will make cards per your specifications.

Business Card Printing Services

We use the latest printing techniques to design standard business cards. You just need to tell us the information you want to print on these cards and we will put our printing techniques to function. These techniques will deeply print your cards and give astonishing final results. You can print:

  • Business name and logo
  • Contact number
  • Address details
  • Services you are providing

The cards of business actually work as a source of communication with your clients. You can simply offer printed business cards to your clients to give them a brief intro to your business. If the business details are not printed perfectly, customers will consider it a non-professional behavior, but not with our reliable printing techniques. We print cards perfectly so that we don’t get negative reviews from our respected clients and so do you.

Coatings On Cards

Standard business cards have to go through many circumstances when they reach the client’s hands. You need reliable cards that don’t get wrinkled, damaged, or moistened easily. Once your cards tear off, they are of no use. That’s why the custom packaging is providing you with reliable coatings that will apply a layer of protection to your personalized business cards. For example, our glossy coating will protect your cards against moisture. Furthermore, if you want matte business cards, you can use our matte coating. UV spot coating is also available to facilitate your cards with protection against UV rays. These coatings will make printed details more vibrant and also protect them against damage.

Add On Options

If you want to make premium business cards, you can use our add-on options. You can get business cards foiled with gold, silver, or any other lamination. It will give a royal appearance to your cards. You can use this technique in printed typography. Other than that, you can get metallic-looking business cards using foiling techniques. Gold or silver foiled business cards looks very classy because of their metallic texture.

You can also get embossed business cards containing the name or logo of your brand to further promote your business. We are providing wholesale business cards with eye-catchy colors and unique edge designs. You can get ultra-cards designed in custom shapes and thicknesses of your choice. Many business owners get foldable business cards to put on the desk of their offices. You can get any kind of business card designed according to your needs.

Contact Us!

Feel free to contact us at 888-851-0765 and get design support to get standard business cards. You can design and get these cards with the assistance of our experts. Once you place the order, our designers come into action and provide you with the best custom-designed standard business cards. We value your time, effort, and money therefore we leave no stone unturned in fulfilling your expectations.

Custom Business Cards

The custom business cards fulfill many needs such as advertisement, brand recognition, and awareness. When designed with expertise, these pocket-sized cards will leave a lasting impression on customers’ minds.

Choose Custom Shape

You can get traditional rectangular business cards or you can customize them by thinking outside the box. The creative shapes of business cards will attract clients. We have the latest die-cutting technique to cut cards of your desires. If you want to stand out from the crows, you should design these cards in any shape to sell your products or promote your services. You can even design these cards per the theme of your business depending on the image you want to portray. Special and creative shapes make these cards more fun to have that will leave a lasting impact.

Select The Size

You can select the size of custom-designed business cards per your needs. The standard size for these cards is 3.346 × 2.165 in. (85 × 55 mm) however little variations occur country-wise. We provide professional-looking cards that contain perfect edges and accurate printing. There is a safety line on these cards above which nothing should be printed. Moreover, you need to design cards that will perfectly fit the wallets of your clients. The Custom Packaging is here to help you in this regard. We provide pocket-sized business cards that are easy to carry.

Add Your Logo

You can get custom business cards with logos to use as a marketing tool. You have two sides on these cards to put your logo. Use our embossing, debossing, foiling, and many printing techniques to highlight the business logo on these cards. Customized business cards with foiling look very attractive. It is good to highlight the business logo using these techniques. Other than the logo, you can print the name of your brand, company, or organization as well. There is enough space on the cards to print the necessary information. We offer offset, digital, and 3d printing options to effectively print business info on these cards.

Custom Designs

Colors and graphics work well for showing your business image. You can communicate your brand story through images, drawings, patterns, and colors. We use paper materials that are not only sustainable but also flexible enough to print any design. You can make your business interesting by printing eye-catchy graphics on custom-printed business cards. You can make your business more interesting by printing wordless visuals such as URLs on these cards to lead your clients to your official site. For making custom-designed cards for businesses, we use our latest techniques that give us perfect final results.

Print Necessary Text

You can decide what your custom business cards should say about your business. For example, online workers may not need address information while clients who want face-to-face interaction will require it. Furthermore, you can print links to your websites to get social followers online. Different typography does different tasks for your business. You can decide the text you want to print on the cards of your business. For example,

  • Company or brand name and logo
  • One-line detail of the services you provide
  • Job title if you are providing any
  • Contact number or email address to communicate with your clients
  • URL of the website to invite more visitors
  • QR code to transfer the desired data to target customers
  • Address information if you want to have a face-to-face interaction with customers

Finalize Your Design

You can select the color, shape, size, and typography for your tailor-made business cards per your necessities. You can select all these things by consulting with our experts. We have designers who can help you to finalize perfect results. Whether you want wholesale business cards for small businesses or larger ones, we respect your requirements.  We make these cards based on your orders and give a perfect finish with our high-end coating techniques.

11 x 17 Brochures

Printing 11 x 17 Brochures is a great way to advertise your products or services. We offer paper choice, folding, and creasing options to help you get the best brochures for your business.

Paper Choice

We have many different paper choices that you can select. You can select Kraft or cardstock paper per your needs. These papers are easy to print with all sorts of inks. Many of our clients choose Text Stock: 100lb Gloss that is not thicker than cardstock. You can also get very light paper such as Text Stock: 80lb Gloss for 11 x 17 Brochures Printing. A layer of coating on these papers makes them more durable and eye catchy. It is applied to the cardstock material to make it look more glamorous.

Creasing and Folding

Creasing is necessary for 11 x 17 custom Brochures. If you opt for heavy 11 x 17 Brochures Printing, it is recommended to decide where your brochures are going to fold. There are many folding options but the most popular among all are:

  • Z fold
  • Single, bi, and tri-folds
  • Open and closed the gatefold
  • Accordion, quarter, and French fold.

No Cracking Problems

Generally, when custom-made brochures are bent to fold, the creasing can cause cracking problems. We overcome this problem by using advanced platen and rotatory methods. These methods give us extraordinary results with the best 11 x 17 Brochures Printing. If creasing is done perfectly, it also helps printers provide the required results. Other than that, we use scoring and compression techniques to remove both paper fiber cracks. This way we satisfy our clients with perfectly printed brochures.

Design Support

We provide custom designs or let you decide on the design for you. You choose the design and we will print brochures accordingly. 11 x 17 Brochures are perfect for menus, services, product promotion, and many other purposes. You can design these brochures based on your needs. If you want brochures for restaurants, you can design them with tempting food graphics, and images, and by making a list of your food dishes. Besides that, you can get 11 x 17 Brochures template designs by calling us at 888-851-0765.

Art Specs

You can design custom brochures using creative art specs. We provide you freedom over our customization techniques for customized 11 x 17 Brochures printing. You can give the printed fonts, typography, and images a 3D effect using our advanced techniques. If you want to give them a flattened appearance, we appreciate that as well. Our experts can guide you further if you feel confused. The edge-to-edge 11 x 17 Brochures printing preserves the critical text and images. You can use embossing, debossing, and gold or silver foiling techniques to make exceptional brochures for your business. You can also choose from:

  • Vertical Brochures printing (portrait)
  • Horizontal Brochures printing (landscape)

Digital Proofs

We make sure that there are no issues with the design of your brochures by emailing you digital proof pdf files. If you want to know about digital confirmation you can contact us without any worries. Furthermore, you can design digital art with the help of our CMYK and PMS color models. The brochure artwork printing is a tricky task and we use the CMYK model for that. You will receive your orders in the minimum time possible from the custom packaging. You can visualize the digital proof for bleeding or trimming.

Get Your Brochures

Our specialist will design and manufacture customized brochures for you. If you want 11 x 17 Brochures printed per your needs, you can contact us on our number or simply mail us at support@thecustompackaging.com. You can edit the design templates which will increase the turnaround time but you will get the best brochures without any errors. We have experts to help us with custom designed 11 x 17 Brochures printing and you just need to call us.

8.5 x 14 Brochures

Best raw stock such as paper sheets and advanced techniques make brochure printing perfect. If you want 8.5 x 14 brochures, you can print them with different fonts, images, patterns, and drawings.

Best Materials

Custom-designed brochures are top in the market to promote business by attracting clients. You can let your clients know about your business with the best brochures. To make such brochures, we use high-quality paper materials that are easy to print. The custom 8.5 x 14 brochures printed on high-quality paper materials give the best results. We can assure you that our customized brochures will last longer. You can use these brochures to promote any kind of business on a larger scale. The materials we use to make these brochures are known for their durability, sustainability, and flexible nature.

Designs of Brochures

If you need to print more information that cannot fit on the custom flyer, you will need custom brochures. You can select the design of brochures based on the information you want to print. If you want to make many columns to print separate information, you can get trifold brochures. For getting a unique style, you can choose parallel-fold brochures. Other than that, double and half-fold brochures are also available.

We provide many different designs of brochures with custom brochure printing. You can choose any fold and print the required information. We give you a chance to design these brochures per your desires and business theme. Themed brochures are the most impressive way to present your business and its products or services to the market. Some other designs include:

  • Accordion fold
  • 4-pannel roll fold
  • Z fold
  • French fold
  • Double parallel fold
  • Double gate fold, etc.

Unique Color Schemes

It is quite challenging to know which design would work best for custom-ordered brochure printing. However, you can select the colors that will give a sparking effect to the eyes. For that purpose, we have the latest color models that will print the required colors. A color scheme that looks fine but is not printed perfectly can destroy the appearance of your brochures. Therefore, we make sure that the colors are printed without any errors to provide you with the best brochures. While selecting colors, keep the typography in mind. If colors make your typography too complex to understand, then you will not be able to attract customers. Therefore, it is crucial to ease customers by printing 8.5 x 14 brochures with vibrant colors and readable typography.

Print Business Details

The main purpose of brochures is to tell customers about your business. You need to print business information on the brochures to get better results. Customers will appreciate your business if they are able to understand what you offer and what are your future goals. For that purpose, you can get 8.5 x 14 brochures printed with the help of expert designers.

The bullet points, columns, lines, numbering, and typography will assist you in printing brochures with business information. Also, you can print a detailed note on the nature and properties of the products you are offering. If you are offering washing services, you can print it on the brochures. You can get these brochures for your parlor as well. Regardless of the type of business, you can get brochures designed per your orders.

Want Something Different?

Anyone can get 8.5 x14 custom brochures but they want something that is different than competitors. Don’t worry, The Custom Packaging is here to help you. If you need gatefold brochures that are small and wide, you can get them from our company. Furthermore, you can make these brochures different by printing distinguishable graphics, images, and typography. For instance, you can use the gold or silver foiling technique to make these brochures attractively unique. Moreover, you can apply a shiny coating on these brochures. We give you the freedom to choose customization options to make distinctive brochures for your business.

Contact Us Now!

The Custom Packaging is known for its quick and perfect services. We never waste the precious time of our clients. You can get 8.5 x 14 brochures printed and personalized per your needs and requirements. We provide the best materials and the latest printing techniques to design these brochures. Whether you want these brochures for small or large-scale businesses, we are always available at your service. Custom brochure printing with a logo makes brochures that are highly suitable for promotion.

8.5 x 11 Brochures

The Custom Packaging provides 8.5 x 11 Brochures Printing to several business investors. They customize custom brochures with fonts, images, patterns, and drawings to effectively introduce their business to the target audience.

Right Paper Choice

You can select the paper of your choice to print it with custom designs. We provide high-quality paper stock so that you can get the most reliable brochures for your business. The easy-to-print paper that we use for 8.5 x 11 Brochures Printing is known for its durability and flexibility. Because of that, one can print any elements on these papers and modify these paper brochures to any folds. Thus, you can help convince your target customers with high-quality brochures showing your professionalism.

Convenient Formats

You can choose from a wide range of formats to get ideal 8.5 x 11 Brochures. The choice of format depends upon the information to desire to print on the brochures. Furthermore, it is also based on the design you want for your brochures. We have a variety of format options to choose from. For example, bi-fold, tri-fold, z-fold, open and closed gate fold, etc. You can choose the number of folds based on the typography. If you want to print information in separate folds, we provide that as well. Moreover, the folds will make printed information appear more organized. Consistent colors, images, and prints will make your brochures look more professional.

Print Targeted Content

The custom brochure is a single sheet of paper printed with sufficient information to promote a business. One can fold this paper to separate the printed contents. In this regard, one needs to print sufficient information to raise awareness. First of all, you can print a headline on the customized 8.5 x 11 Brochures to attract customers. The headline is usually one line that gives an introduction to your products, services, or company. Other than that, you can print brand elements like its name, logo, and brief introduction. Moreover, contact information and address details also result in effective brochure printing. We print all these elements so that you leave nothing that can resist the promotion of your business.

Dynamic Graphics

8.5 x 11 Brochures Printing with dynamic graphics cast a good impact on target customers. We design your brochures with the best artwork, paper, and graphics you can afford. We offer you an unlimited number of options for designing and printing brochures. You can also get 3D printing on brochures to make them distinctive.

If you want to get themed printing on the brochures, we highly appreciate that. You can select a theme with colorful drawings, pictures, and graphics to print on the business brochures. It is good to print custom brochures with original images of your products to help customers know all about your products. The eye-catchy and functional graphics will make brochure printing more impressive.

Business Marketing

Custom-printed 8.5 x 11 Brochures are the most effective marketing tools for advertising your products and services. The target customers will get to know about your business through printed brochures. We are here to help you print the best brochures to inform your target customers. You can use these brochures to convey important information to business partners and investors as well.

Print Custom Logo

The expanding competition in the market makes it challenging for small businesses to get success. But we can lessen your burden by helping you introduce your business on a larger scale through custom ordered 8.5 x 11 Brochures Printing. The size of these brochures is sufficient enough to print the required business info along with its logo. Custom 8.5 x 11 Brochures printing with logo will effortlessly promote your business.

Be Original

The design of the brochure is the key to custom 8.5 x 11 Brochures Printing. You can select any design for these brochures and we have experts and techniques to make it possible. The originality of your customized brochures will be highly effective in promotion. Customers will recognize your business and think about getting engaged with you. Business knowledge is compulsory because it helps in printing the best brochures. You can tell us about your business and services so that we will make effective brochures.

Feel Free to Contact Us!

You can freely contact us to get help from our expert designers. We have paper stock and printing machines to print 8.5 x 11 Custom Brochures. Furthermore, the graphic and image printing enhance the appearance of these brochures. You can talk to us at support@thecustompackaging.com also to get the support of experts.

Custom Brochures Printing

The Custom Packaging provides custom brochure printing facilities to its valuable clients. One can print custom brochures with colors, topography, and many other elements.

Share Detailed Information

It is easy to communicate detailed information with your clients by printing personalized brochures. You can use full-color schemes and font styles for personalized brochures printing. You can choose a presentable way to tell customers about your products and services. Feel free to tell us about your business and we will provide you with custom brochures with a logo to promote your business. Furthermore, it is crucial to get business brochures printed with essential details to ease your clients. Other than that, contact numbers, physical address detail, and website or email also make functional brochures for businesses.

Develop Custom Designs

Our brochures are designed and manufactured per your orders. We normally use single paper sheets to make these brochures. You can use bi-folds or tri-folds to make more organized brochures. The standard sizes of these brochures are usually 5.5″ x 8.5″ and “8.5 x 11” to 8.5″ x 14″. Moreover, you can add a perfect finishing touch to custom-designed brochures using our glossy or matte coating options. It is crucial to design custom brochures on the basis of your industry. For example, different brochures are required for the Service industry, Medical information, Real estate companies, Trade fairs, Non-profit organizations, NGOs, Hospitality and Construction industries, etc.

Plan Brochure Content

We recommend you spare some time to decide the content you want to print on the personalized business brochures. First, it is crucial to write a rough draft and then print using custom brochure printing. Furthermore, you can decide the photos which you find important to print on the brochures. We will print them with the help of our advanced printing techniques. We can assure you that your printed brochures will look just like your imagination. Our sustainable and flexible paper stock is easy to print with high-quality image resolution and color printing.

Select Brochure Format

You can select the format of custom-designed brochures. We provide guidance to our designers to help you design your brochures. For example, you can select the size of fonts, typography, and images. Besides that, you should also select whether you want bullet points or not. You can also add columns or tables to organize the printed information. If you need extra help to plan a perfect format for your business, the experts of our companies are always available to help you.

Printing Brochures

Once you decide on the templates, designs, and content for your brochures printing, we will start making your ordered brochures. We will use our advanced techniques for printing the best brochures. Furthermore, you can review the design templates to ensure that you will get the best results. We can work for you to transfer the desired contents to brochures via custom brochure printing. Professional brochures will impress clients in a positive manner. Therefore, we make brochures that don’t look cheap and unprofessional. You can also print brochures with the required text and graphics flawlessly. Our advanced coloring and printing techniques give high-end results by printing visual elements with high-resolution outcomes.

Brochure Folds

Accurate designs and layouts are crucial to making functional brochures. Whether you want to add text in the column or want customers to read info from the backside of the brochures, we will design custom brochures according. We have technical machines to fold brochures. You can assure that your brochures are folded along their margins. You can take advantage of our latest folding styles. You can make custom brochures with sharp creases or role-style closures per your desires. Folded brochures fit inside the purse or wallets of the clients. Furthermore, they allow you to organize printed information and make it easy to understand for the customers.

Engage Customers

It does not matter what kind of business you own. Your priority should be expanding it on a larger level. This is possible only when you know how to engage with customers. For that purpose, you should get custom brochures of unique styles to impress customers. You can choose any size and fold for these brochures because we have the machinery to make every sort of brochure. Furthermore, you can decide the number and shape of the folds per your needs. We are here at your service to provide you wholesale custom brochures printing with the essential business info to help you get success.

Bottle Neckers

The Custom Packaging provides custom-made bottle neckers for your beverages. These neckers will make your bottles look appealing when placed on shelves.

Freedom of Customization

We have the latest techniques that will help you customize bottle neckers per your desires. We have a wide raw of paper materials that are easy to print with custom designs, templates, and formats. Other than that, you can modify paper neckers into any shape, size, or style. The Custom Packaging is one of the reliable companies that gives you the freedom to customize neckers for your juices, sauces, wines, and other liquids. Advanced printing techniques are essential for obtaining uniqueness. We also provide custom tags to promote your business. You can design these tags with unique patterns, font, image, or font. Besides that, the colors, prints, typography, and coating of the custom-made bottle neckers will also be per your orders.

Designing & Printing

If you own a beverage company and want to attract target customers, our custom-printed bottle neckers are best for you. You can design and print these neckers with elements of your choice. You can print business information or logo on these neckers. Furthermore, our multi-folded bottle neckers have sufficient space to print desired information. You can also customize these neckers to make your beverages suitable gifts for Christmas, Valentine’s Day, weddings, Halloween, etc. The designing with vibrant color schemes, you can immediately attract potential customers. You can also get one bottle necker to give a distinctive appearance to your bottles. You can customize the die-cut holes of these neckers to fit your bottles.

Variety of Options

We provide a variety of options to help you get different neckers or tags for bottles. Our professional designers create spectacular designs for personalized bottle neckers. You can select from various necker designs to choose what suits your needs. Many clients get wholesale bottle neckers with impressive results. You can get help from our custom quotes or personalized templates for custom neckers. The unique and one-of-a-kind templates assist you in getting desired results. You can get maximum satisfaction from clients with our perfectly designed bottle neckers. You just need to tell us your requirements and we will design mind-blowing neckers for your bottles.

  • Die-cut Bottle Neckers
  • Collar Bottle Neckers
  • String-tied Bottle Neckers
  • Bottle Neck Tags
  • Bottle Neck Hangers, etc.

Our Promises

We promise impressive bottle neckers that meet current standards of marketing. Our experts guide you in selecting the right neckers or tags for your bottles. Furthermore, we leave no stone unturned in providing wholesale neckers timely to get your satisfaction.

Design Support

We help you manufacture trendy bottle neckers for wine, juice, sauce, and oil bottles. The custom quotes and experts’ help will help you to give a heart-whelming appearance to your bottles. You can enhance the worth of your beverages by putting professional-looking neckers or tags around the neck of your bottles. Whether you want to design neckers per the theme of your business or for Christmas or Easter, we support you in designing them perfectly.

Add Ons

By attaching custom bottle neckers with ribbons, bows, strings, or flowers, you can upgrade the appearance of your products. These will make your bottle look eye-catchy and make them suitable to gift to loved ones. Our experts have experience in providing perfect nicker’s for your bottles. The artwork and designing experience of our professionals makes them capable to design trendy bottle neckers.  You can tell us the design you want for your bottle Necker’s, and we will replicate it to get your satisfaction.

Contact Us!

We are capable of providing required bottle neckers with the latest die-cutting and printing techniques using high-quality paper materials. You can contact us at support@thecustompackaging.com to get free custom quotes.

Bottleneck Hang Tags

Personalized bottleneck tags are used for various purposes and The Custom Packaging provides various customization techniques to make distinctive hang tags.

Paper Types

Custom bottleneck hang tags are printed on the paper of your choice. You can get bottleneck tag printing done on 2.125″ x 5″ paper or other sizes per your needs. You can also select from our coating techniques from glossy coating to UV spot coating. Our tags are not just to hang on the bottles, you can in fact print them with brand name and logo for effective business promotion.

You can get wholesale bottleneck hangtags if you want to promote your business on a larger scale. Customize these tags for special occasions like Christmas, Halloween, Thanksgiving, or Easter as well. You can select the number of tags per your needs. We get orders from both small as well as large scale businesses.

Color Options

First, you will select the theme design for your hang tags and later we will use our color models to design them accordingly. You can select any colors to add to customized bottleneck hang tags. We use CMYK and PMS color models to make these tags. You can use these tags for juices, wines, oils, and other beverages. Sauce bottle tags are very effective in promotion. You can also get juice or wine bottle tags customized in any shape, size, or style. We use die-cutting techniques to cut these tags in customized sizes. The perfectly printed colors will attract customers with printed bottle hang tags.

Graphic Printing

Sometimes image printing better explains your products. You can print images related to your products on the bottle neckers. Furthermore, if you have a specific design in mind, you can tell us by calling 888-851-0765. We will try our best to print personalized bottleneck hang tags per your orders. You can make a good impression on clients by printing 3d graphics on bottleneck tags. Furthermore, you can print a graphical logo on these tags for brand awareness.

Metallic Foiling

You can add more dazzle to custom-made bottleneck hang tags with our sparkling gold or silver foiling techniques. It will make printed text reflect beautifully. There are various color options to choose from but the most popular are gold and silver foiling. Wonderful foiling will set your beverages apart from the crowd and help you win the competition. Metallic bottle hanging tags bring customers’ attention to your products and increase sales. Advertising the beverage business with bottle hang tags is very effective.

Coatings

If you want to prevent tailor-made bottle neck tags from breaking due to moisture, you can apply a layer of glossy coating. Other than that, our matte and UV spot coating will enhance the appearance of these tags. These coatings will not only prevent dust and humidity but also make printed bottle neckers appear bolder and more glamorous. After printing a brand name, logo, product info, and purpose of bottles (promotion or discounted sales), you can apply a coating.

Our Priority-Client Satisfaction

We always prioritize the satisfaction of our respected clients. We work best using our machinery to prevent any defects and orders. You can tell us your specifications and we will manufacture custom-printed bottleneck hang tags. You can select the size of the bottle tag, hole as well as hanging string. Besides that, you already know that you have full freedom over customization options to make desired hang tags for bottles.

Order Now!

You can order wholesale designed bottleneck hang tags that are designed with an expert’s assistance. You can select the size and thickness of paper to make these tags. Other than that, the printed colors and graphics will also be per your orders. If you want answers to any further questions you can contact us at our number or via mail at support@thecustompackaging.com.

Bottleneck Hangers

The Custom Packaging offers many different styles of custom-designed bottleneck hangers to choose from for any kind of beverage.

We Offer…

Whether you want personalized classic or fancy bottleneck hangers, we design that for you. You can select the shape, size, color, prints, and coats of these hanger tags, and we will use our skills accordingly. You can also select longline bottle neck tags that will cover the whole bottle. Or, you can get smaller tags that will let colors see the freshness of your drinks. Our customized bottleneck hangers are designed so that you can slip them around the neck of your bottles. Furthermore, we offer many paper materials such as cardstock, Kraft, metallic laminated paper, etc. You can choose the materials and decide on the template for bottle neckers.

Custom Designs

Custom bottleneck hangers are made to catch customers’ eyes. Most of the buying decisions are based on you display your products. We know that you need to grab customers’ attention to increase sales. That’s why we offer effectively customized hangers for bottles. You can design the custom hangers using our custom quotes and templates. Other than that, if you have decided on a theme for bottle hangers, feel free to tell us.

Printing Options

We provide custom-printed bottleneck hangers with high resolution. The thick 350gsm paper is used to guarantee high quality. You can print this paper using our offset as well as digital printing techniques. We have many other materials options based on whether you want thick or thin hangers. You can print typography, images, and fonts on bottle tags to your business needs. Custom-made bottleneck hangers with logos are highly effective in the promotion of your business in a crowded marketplace.

Various Styles

You can choose from a variety of styles such as hangers, colors, or tags. Besides that, waterproof bottleneck hangers are also available to ensure a moisture-proof design. We can print these hangers using printing and coloring models (CMYK and PMS). Furthermore, we also you to decide whether you want to print on one or both sides of custom hangers. You can also add glossy, matte, or UV spot lamination to bottleneck collars. It is easy to create bottleneck tags with experts’ assistance. The Custom Packaging helps you create folded hangers with premium designs, scratch-off panels, or die-cut designs.

Product Promotion

We have seen that bottleneck hangers that offer promotions with the details of the ingredients act as impressive advertisements for the drinks. Custom wine bottle tags are frequently viewed in supermarkets. That’s why we provide sufficient space on the bottleneck tags so that you can write about your products with a special message for customers. This way, you can promote your business with our custom-made bottle tags.

Ecofriendly Tags

Custom eco-friendly tags are always a perfect way to print products as well as business information. You can get beverage bottle tags that are easy to recycle. The paper that we use to make these eco-friendly bottle hangers are known for its biodegradable nature. The eco-friendly tags work best for organic beverages. You can use them for every sort of beverage bottle because they are easy to design and stick to the bottles.

Hangers that are Suitable for All

We design custom bottleneck hangers for every sort of product. You can get these hangers not only for drinks but also for empty water bottles. Furthermore, a blissful message on the hanger of the bottle will leave a lasting impression on the customer’s mind. You can also design tags during Christmas, Halloween, or Thanksgiving seasons. This way, your bottles will act as perfect gifts during the holiday season. You can also print QR codes to ease customers’ links to your website or online store. Our bottleneck tags and hangers are suitable for soft drinks, cleaning products, perfumes, and even water bottles.

Get tailor-made bottleneck hangers designed per your requirements by calling us at 888-851-0765.

2 x 6 Bookmarks

2 x 6 Bookmarks printing can be done precisely with our advanced printing machinery. You can get graphics, images, typography, and drawings printed on bookmarks with high resolution.

Multipurpose

One can use personalized 2 x 6 bookmarks for different purposes. Bookmarks are good to use as brochures, entry tickets, and business cards. Other than that, one can use these as gift tags or coupons as well. You need to tell us what’s the purpose of your bookmarks. This way, we can make better changes in printing these bookmarks. We have the latest coloring and printing techniques to do customized bookmark printing. We do quality and design checks to provide the best bookmark printing services to our customers.

Printable Paper

We use flexible cardstock materials for custom 2 x 6 bookmark printing. This material is easy to print using offset and digital printing techniques. Furthermore, its sustainability is making it the first choice for The Custom Packaging. You can print flat as well as 3d images on cardstock bookmarks. Making these bookmarks is quite fun especially when you have experts’ assistance. We also do 3d printing on bookmarks. The paper we use for printing is smooth with a premium appearance. When we print it with your required elements, it becomes a perfectly printed bookmark.

Dynamic Colors

Customized 2 x 6 bookmarks printing includes color printing as well. We use CMYK and PMS color models for printing custom-made 2 x 6 bookmarks. Whatever themed design you pick for your bookmarks, we will do the printing accordingly. We print the colors deeply so that they do not become dull easily. You can select a particular color scheme and we will print it to bookmarks. You can select funky colors to make bookmarks for children or teenagers. Colors need to be printed precisely without any intermixing. For that, you need to get printing services from us because we ensure accurate color printing.

Bleed Area

We make sure that our prints don’t exceed the bleed area as it will destroy 2 x 6 bookmark printing. Our experts and designers make custom bookmarks according to your preferences. You can select the colors, prints, and coats of your bookmarks. After printing bookmarks, we cut the bleed area to give bookmarks an exact 2 x 6 size.  You can also get 2 x 6 bookmarks printed with a logo to promote your business. We manufacture these bookmarks with extreme care to provide the best final results.

Coatings Available

After printing the required elements, we preserve them with glossy, matte, or UV spot coating. It is good to make glossy printing on 2 x 6 bookmarks using a particular coating option. If you want shiny bookmarks, we can apply glossy lamination. It will give a reflective appearance to personalized 2 x 6 bookmark printing. We can also give a satin touch to printed bookmarks using the matte coating. Other than that, we have UV spot coating also available that protects against harsh sun rays. It also gives shiny textures with protection against UV rays.

Editable Designs

You can edit your designs before final approval to prevent any inconvenience. Our designers can help you in getting error-free 2 x 6 bookmark printing. However, if you want to make any changes, we appreciate that as well. We make sure that our clients feel satisfied with our services. Custom bookmark printing according to a particular theme is very popular. You can print bookmarks per Christmas, Halloween, or Thanksgiving theme as well. One can also print bookmarks with cartoon animations or movie characters. We respect whatever design you choose and make customized bookmarks based on that.

Fast delivery!

We take 10-12 business days for 2 x 6 bookmark printing. However, if you want bookmarks urgently, we offer rush delivery as well. Shipment may take longer if you edit designs. But, with an expert’s help, you can get error printing done on tailor-made 2 x 6 bookmarks.

Custom Bookmarks

Our easy-to-print paper materials and advanced printing machinery make custom bookmark printing a fun thing to do. You can easily get themed printing on bookmarks with experts’ help.

Choose Size

Before starting personalized bookmarks printing, you need to select the size of your bookmarks. The standard size is generally 2 x 6 or 3 x 7. However, we give you the freedom to choose a custom size as well. The size of the bookmark depends upon the details you want to print. If you want to print explained information, you need a larger bookmark. Therefore, we provide a size selection opportunity so that you can perfectly print custom bookmarks per your desires. This will help you to conveniently print all the details without worrying about space problems.

Materials

We mostly use cardstock to make custom bookmarks because it is easy to print. Furthermore, we can modify it into bookmarks of any style using our die-cutting technique. One can get small or large bookmarks from us. We print cardstock bookmarks with elements that our client order. Cardstock bookmarks printing is done perfectly with our supreme printing techniques.

Printing Possibilities

Our latest printing techniques give numerous possibilities for custom bookmarks printing. You can print customized bookmarks with fonts, images, graphics, illustrations, and drawings of your choice. Furthermore, you can print theme-relevant colors to bookmarks using our CMYK and PMS color models.

We can print any color that you want to print to bookmarks. We use water-based inks that contain no chemicals that are harmful to the environment. The high resolution of custom-made bookmarks printing will surprise your eyes. We make sure that our customers are satisfied with our custom printing services.

One-Sided Printing

You can print on one side of the bookmark and keep the other side plain if you want. We can print the colors, pictures, and typography on a single side only. One-sided bookmarks printing is also effective when you want simple bookmarks.

Two-Sided Printing

Our modern printing techniques help us to print on both sides of bookmarks as well. You can print some details on one side and leave some on the other side. We make sure that prints of both sides do not mix. Two-sided custom bookmarks printing makes personalized bookmarks that you can use as gift tags, coupons, brochures, entry tickets, flyers, catalogs, and many more.

3D Printing

With advanced mockup methods, it is easy to give a 3D touch to the printed bookmarks. 3D bookmarks printing is required when you want to enhance the appearance of printed text or pictures. It looks stunning when done under the care of experts.

Choice of Finishes

A layer of glossy, matte, or UV spot coating will preserve the custom-printed bookmarks. It will also give a more vibrant appearance to colors and prints. You can make customized bookmarks printing shiny with a glossy coating. The glossy coating will protect bookmarks against humidity making them useful for a longer period. Furthermore, our matte and UV spot coatings also enhance the appearance of prints with their smooth texture.

Marketing Tools

We print custom bookmarks with business details so that you can use these for business promotion. For instance, custom-printed bookmarks with logo are proven effective marketing tools. You can personalize bookmarks for your library, school, event promotion, museum, gallery, book company, or any other organization. Give custom bookmarks as gifts and promote your business.

Add On Options

Custom printing of bookmarks does not stop here. We offer various add-on options that will make such bookmarks that your customers will remember. Like, embossing and debossing techniques will give a prominent appearance wherever these are applied. You can design the border of bookmarks using our add-ons. Furthermore, gold and silver foiling options are also available to give a metallic touch to tailor-made bookmark printing. One can also avail of wholesale bookmark printing services from The Custom Packaging. For further questions, you can call or email us at support@thecustompackaging.com.

3 x 7 Bookmarks

Custom Bookmarks Printing is done to use them as a token of thank you or for brand awareness campaigns. Also, printed bookmarks are perfect gifts for book recipients and creative ideas for invitations. For whatever purpose you want bookmarks, let us design and print them to impress the recipients.

Printing Styles

We offer custom-made 3 x 7 bookmarks printing according to the designs you like. Whether you want simple bookmark printing or fancy one, we have experts and techniques to do everything per your orders. Personalized 3 x 7 bookmarks printing is done based on the style you like to help you get desired outcomes.

You can choose the prints that represent you or your business. Bookmarks that are used for business require different printing than bookmarks used as gifts. Furthermore, you can get wholesale 3 x 7 bookmarks printing for bookmarks that are used as brochures, coupons, or gift tags for business promotion. During Christmas, Halloween, Easter, or any other holiday season, printing can be done accordingly to attract and impress the targeted audience.

Our Printing Techniques

The process of bookmark printing is time-consuming and requires experts to do this task perfectly. Therefore, we have a team of experts who make this process fast using advanced cutting, printing, and finishing techniques. We use flexible cardstock paper, cut it into your required shape and size then print graphics. Lastly, a glossy or matte coating will give a premium finish to the printed images, graphics, drawings, and typography. The Custom Packaging is here with fast 3 x 7 bookmarks printing capabilities. One can customize the text with the latest embossing, foiling stamping, UV spot coating, and 3d printing as well. We offer:

  • One-sided/two-sided bookmark printing
  • Printing on long-lasting cardstock
  • High-resolution 300 dpi printing that gives the best-finished results
  • Precise bleeding and safety margins to ensure error-free printing
  • Preserve the prints with shiny or matte proofing

Logo Printing

If you are seeking a creative way to promote your business and impress clients, the use of tailor-made 3 x 7 bookmarks printing has been quite an effective tool in the advertisement. You can get 3 x 7 bookmarks printed with the logo or name of your business on one or both sides to raise brand awareness in a great way. When you distribute these custom bookmarks at social events, exhibitions, or gatherings, it will be helpful in the promotion. That’s why we are doing customized bookmarks printing with logos to help you promote your business on a larger scale.

Themed Printing

Printing is done to tell the purpose of your bookmarks. As bookmarks are used for multiple purposes so the printing is done accordingly. If you want to promote your business during the holiday season, we can print bookmarks in Christmas, Halloween, Thanksgiving, or Easter-related graphics. Besides that, you can get 3 x 7 bookmarks printed based on the theme of your business as well. Moreover, printing is done based on your target customers i.e. For kids, you can print alphabets, poems, or cartoons. We can also print 3 x 7 bookmarks with calendars, discount offers, invitations, quotes, a special message for the receiver, and many more of your choice.

Array of Templates

We offer multiple template designs that you can choose from. You can get bookmarks with rounded corners or design a border of your own style. These bookmarks can be used as calendars, brochures, coupons, and many other useful tools. By printing inspirational quotes on bookmarks, you can make them more attractive. We, at The Custom Packaging, provide every support from designing to printing and coating. The unique shape of the bookmark templates makes them effective for product promotion. You can further design them with tassels, holes, and much more. We have die-cut bookmarks in personalized shapes per your necessities. Contact our custom care representative to know more about our custom 3 x 7 bookmark printing services.

Custom Auto Lock Bottom Boxes

The Custom Packaging provide these boxes with a complete choice of material, finishing, design and printing options. The Auto-Lock Bottom Boxes are in great demand because they are easy to use, shipped flat and can be restored when stretched.

The Custom Packaging provide these boxes with 100% accurateness and quick turnaround. When someone is looking for recyclable and lightweight packaging, these boxes will prove beneficial. Purchase auto-lock bottom boxes in any size and quantity. Custom Printed Auto lock Bottom Boxes are the ultimate choice of packaging for upcoming brands, as it promotes products in actual ways. Add a window to display the product packed inside and seize the attention of customers.

The auto lock bottom boxes provide an efficient support to the product, it makes item prominent. Give all the important information about the product on the box and help your customers to know more what is inside. The Affordable Auto lock Bottom Boxes are captivating and secure to use. Designing and shaping choices are yours, we provide this packaging at affordable prices.

The Custom Packaging take orders online or over the phone call, touch base with our customer representative and share your requirements. Printing, designing & styling choice is yours, we provide a Complete Packaging Solution as per your needs and products specs as well. We provide Free Quote and Free of Cost Design Support with several alterations. Accuracy is guaranteed and avail Free Shipment facility.

Custom Candle Boxes

We at The Custom Packaging offer candle boxes that assist in playing off feelings educed by candles in an astonishing way. Contact us to avail lovely candle packaging for all types of candles at just affordable rates.

First-quality material

We are a fervent patron of a green environment; this is why all our boxes are printed from 100% recyclable materials. Have fully customized recyclable Personalized Candle Boxes and pay role to save our surroundings from the litter. The Custom Packaging offer services at highly affordable rates. Offering Free of cost designing services according to the required theme with unlimited revisions. We make Custom Candle Boxes with the pertinent artwork. Chose from the wide range of choices, select the color of that best match the company’s theme. Our uniquely designed boxes as per the candle type or nature discern various types of candle and make your candles prominent amongst candles of other producers/sellers.

Free Shipping within a Short Time

The Custom Packaging is determined to provide premium packaging and printing services; we are committed to delivering the best quality packaging with fast turnaround time. Free Shipment is one of our peculiarity that makes us distinctive among others. Get the finest quality and Affordable Custom Candle Boxes at your doorstep. Robust candle boxes manufactured by our professional packaging staff protect candles from getting soften/melt by heat and keep their quality perfect as long as possible. It’s time to compete your opponents in a marketplace. So contact us as soon as possible and get your own personalized candle boxes that will aid you in boosting sales.

Custom Christmas Boxes

Christmas boxes are perfect for edible products like cookies, chocolates, candies, and other small gifts. It always adds elegance and smartness to every item that is packed inside. Custom Christmas Boxes are ideal to give gifts on Christmas. The Custom Packaging provides the Christmas boxes with any size you want. Get our services to add custom die-cut, embossing, and foil stamping on the boxes.

Add-on Choices

The quality boxes adorned with the ribbons, silver bells and candles attract everyone and provide them the wonderful experience on this special day. The Custom Packaging always on hand to help customers who want boxes of any size and quantity, we can make it available on demand. Order Christmas Boxes in any size and shape, the available stock is of 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt and 24pt with White SBS C1S C2S. The best finishing options are Spot UV. Glossy, Matte, and Aqua Coating.

Cost-effective Rates

The Custom Packaging offers the best quality Christmas Boxes at a competitive price. We take responsibility to provide the quality packaging, we ensure the production of boxes with quality and high-grade materials. We offer free design support and free shipment facility to our esteemed customers. We promise to deliver every order of great quality material and most importantly on time. Enhance the classiness of your gift by packing it in lovely packaging only available at The Custom Packaging.

Custom Handle Boxes

Easy to carry

The reason what makes these boxes handy is the fact that they have an add-on handle on them. By applying customization, one can make them into any shape, size, and design. If you are someone who is searching for custom handle boxes that will give your products a unique and functional look, then The Custom Packaging is the way to go. Using our precision cutting technology and fine computer printing, we bring you the highest quality materials that will elevate your brand’s image to new heights.

Why should you use them?

Bakery products, beverages, and Chinese food chains make the most out of food handle boxes. Box designs like those used by Nestle quality street sweets are quite trendy and appealing to customers. You can also use artistic themes to highlight the importance of an occasion. Handle boxes look great and are functional at the same time.

We make eco-friendly boxes

We take great pride in the fact that all our manufactured boxes are environment-friendly and recyclable. This is extremely important given the current state of our planet and the environment changes it is going through. Our high-quality packaging can be used at home for various other tasks. Anyone would think twice before throwing away our premium packaging in the garbage. So avail our services to make a long-lasting connection with your customers.

Custom Product Boxes

Cheap but high quality

After a long search in the market to find yourself cheap and high-quality boxes, you might be wondering there isn’t anyone who can provide a marriage between these two concepts. Let us put your worries to rest. Here, at the custom packaging, we bring you the lowest possible rates in the market when it comes to custom designed boxes. We make a strong claim, that none of the companies out there will give you such low price quotes. We include the most expensive features like raised ink, embossing and spotlight UV printing at shockingly low prices. Furthermore, our company believes in the spirit of all important occasions like Halloween, Christmas, Thanksgiving, Easter etc. so we send out the most attractive discounts, just to put a smile on your face.

Hassle free shipment

Over the years, our company has served many customers from all kinds of industries and a plethoraa of different design requirements. However, one of our customer’s main concern is, whether we deliver pre-glued and ready to use boxes or just flat open which you have to painstakingly glue together yourself. In answer to that, we provide you pre-glued and ready to use boxes because we care about you.

Got a personal event?

If you have an upcoming event lined up like a birthday, wedding or an office party and you require theme specific packaging for the gifts, we’ve got you covered. Call us today to get yourself free graphic design support, free shipment and exclusive discounts on bulk orders. We do not discriminate between small or bulk orders. Each consignment is treated as high priority. So what are you waiting for!

Custom Cube Boxes

The manufacturing sector has great demand for cube boxes, it makes the product look more beautiful and appealing. Cube packaging are useful and ideal for retail packaging, favor items and gifts. These boxes can be ordered in huge size as well, it will help to store toys, crockery, books, and other items. All materials we use are Eco-friendly and reusable, get these boxes tailored to your requirements.

Cube boxes are just perfect to amend in any shape or size, attach ribbons and bows to add more elegance to the packaging. Product relevant imagery and fonts make it catchy, tell us your idea or design to imprint on Custom Cube Boxes. We have lots of choices for you, choose material 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt & 24pt White SBS C1S C2S with finishing choices like Aqua Coat and Spot UV, Glossy and Matte. Tell us whether you need to add window panes or gold/silver foiling on the Affordable Custom Cube Packaging.

Order cube boxes to pack your products, also use it to make a gift pack of candies, truffles, chocolates, and other sweets. Our well-designed cube packaging enhance the worth of your retail product or gift as well. Contact us to get free custom quote. We provide Free Design Assist and Free Delivery to our esteemed customers. Call or email us to order cube packaging manufactured with the first-quality material.

 

Custom Paper Boxes

The most dynamic category of packaging, paper boxes are easy to handle and are prone to unlimited customization options. Our state of the art printing facility churns out the most elegant designs imaginable. Helping you in your business is what motivates us to provide the most sought-after packaging solutions. Thus, we provide budget-friendly quotes and special discounts for special situations.

Pricing

Through our countless testimonials, it is quite evident that we have always been generous to accommodate start-up businesses. We realize how difficult it is to stay afloat in the harshest and fiercest battle to grab customer attention. So, we assure you that if pricing is what’s making you hesitant in making a call to us then try our quotes and research the market. We claim unmatched quotations and unappalled quality.

More on us

The Custom Packaging is a prestigious firm offering you packaging solutions in all areas of the industry. After earning the commendation from thousands of satisfied clients, we desire to give back to our customers who we cherish so dearly. Thus, we offer you maximum discounts on purchases made this season. Our shipping is free, our designing is free and our quality is excellent. So be sure to drop us an inquiry and we will be happy to get back to you instantly.

Custom Die-cut Boxes

Experts at The Custom Packaging create customized die-cut boxes with great care. Add Die cut or Window to the packaging, it can make boxes very attractive to present your customers. The boxes are completely perfect and have proficiency to protect your products from any harm or damage, it also adds some attraction and elegance to it.

The customized die cut packaging are efficient and beautiful to use for several packaging purposes. Direct us to mold it into any desired shape and size, choose Amazing Finishing Options within UV coatings, lamination, Glossy, Matte, Aqueous Coating and Spot UV. Add enhancing accessories like laces, bows, ribbons, and buttons to die cut packaging and make them attractive. You can also ask us for design assistance as we provide it free of cost.

We use the advanced die cut machinery to produce beautiful boxes. We create user-friendly and eco-friendly Custom Die-Cut Packaging in any size or shape. The material we use is durable and lightweight. Use die-cut boxes to pack and display cosmetics, grocery items, foodstuffs, jewelry or gift as well. Such packaging will catch courtesy very early because it is one of the most inspirational packagings among other. The Custom Packaging offers the best and Affordable Custom Die-Cut Boxes to their valued customers. Contact us to get uniquely customized boxes with die-cut windows.

Custom Recyclable Boxes

The most influential benefit of our unique recyclable boxes is that these are eco-friendly and lightweight. The Custom Packaging offers these recyclable boxes in a wide range to be suited for every product. We provide custom boxes in any desired size, shape, design or color; these can be formalized according to your requirements.

Versatile Packaging Boxes

Recyclable packaging is in great demand and being used for electronics, retail, food, clothing, cosmetic, fast-moving consumer goods, fashion, etc. There is a great importance of custom recyclable boxes; most of the brands are giving it preference because these are eco-friendly. It is the most appropriate solution to present your products to the customers in an efficient way. We provide the Affordable Custom Recyclable Boxes at low cost with 100% accuracy.

Customized Options

There are several options to add on these boxes, choose die-cut window, embossing, raised ink, silver/gold foiling, and lamination. We produce it with the great quality material, ink, and colors, using CMYK (Magenta, Yellow, Cyan, and Black) and PMS (Pantone Matching System) that are best printing techniques. You can avail Free Design Support from our professional graphics designers to add new designs, The Custom Packaging offer Free Quote facility to our esteemed customers. Call or Email us to place your order of recyclable packaging in any desired design and quantity as well.

Custom Playing Cards Boxes

Get the best Custom Playing Card Boxes from The Custom Packaging and build your company’s reputation in the marketplace.

Additional Choices

We, at The Custom Packaging are producing these boxes with different stocks depend upon the customer’s requirement and choice. Thickness, size, shape, finishing options or add-ons, we design the boxes as per client’s demand. Make these playing card boxes striking with extra effects of Spot UV, Embossing, Silver/Gold Foil, and Aqueous Coating. Order our Affordable Custom Playing Card Boxes for selling purpose or special festivities as well imprinted according to the purpose or need.

Why Choose Us?

The trend of playing cards is at peak, that’s the reason hotel businesses, gaming industry, and cards retailers are giving preference to the printed playing card boxes to engage more and more customers. Retailers are getting Custom Playing Card Boxes with their business logo, innovative themes, and unique styling. The Full-color printing option provided by us will definitely make these boxes outstanding. We use durable material stock and top-quality ink for printing these boxes that put an extra glam to playing cards packed inside. Our packaging rates are lowest in the market, but the quality we are offering here is top among all. Call or email us to get a free quote. We provide our valued customers with free design assistance and shipping on their both short and long orders.

Custom Pillow Boxes

Get your own Personalized Pillow Boxes at Affordable Prices only here at The Custom Packaging.

Customized Options

The Custom Packaging has been providing the superior custom pillow boxes with quality printing. Have custom pillow boxes with your own selected designs, themes, and logo as well. Get Affordable Custom Pillow Boxes in any desired size. Just tell us your ideas and we will follow your instructions to manufacture unique pillow boxes. You can also avail our free-design assistance in order to get amazing designing ideas from our professional graphics designers. The Custom Packaging has earned prodigious reputation because of innovation, quality and customer satisfaction.

Quality Material Stock

We always use first-quality cardboard material and top-quality ink for printing purposes. Choose material available in 12pt, 14pt or 16pt Card Stock and Kraft Card to have desired printing and look. We use off-set and digital printing skills to end-up with the best quality pillow boxes ever. Our customized boxes are just perfect to pack and store fragile products. We commit you to provide with amazingly designed and eco-friendly packaging that help in protecting products packed inside and it’s branding as well. Call or email us to acquire a free price offer from us. We are waiting for your long or short-run order.

Custom Header Cards

Want to effectively brand your products? Our uniquely designed header cards can prove best in establishing a brand awareness. We offer custom size printing to match any product bag you may have and can also print uneven folded header cards. You can also use these to personalize gift belongings or as treat bags for any private event or celebration. The Custom Packaging provide header cards customized to the required sizes and designs. Color choice and material selection depend on the client’s choices.

Custom header cards can be produced in all custom shapes and sizes; choose the stock you require. We offer the best finishing options to increase the durability and beauty of header cards. Choose Glossy, Matte, Aqua Coat or Spot UV. Add-on options are gold foiling, silver foiling, raised ink, and embossing. The Custom Packaging specializes in designing an inclusive range of Affordable Printed Header Cards according to the needs of every client.

Our first-class header cards provide you a way to seal-off poly-bags so products don’t leak out, and it also aids with product branding as well. Creating Professional Packaging is so easy with us.  Our custom printed header cards have the ability to convert an ordinary product into a perfect packaging for great sales and publicity. What are you waiting for now? Call us to order or get a free price quote. We also offer free design-assistance and delivery as well.

Custom Gable Boxes

It really doesn’t matter what kind of business you own or what kind of industry you deal with; gable packaging is one of best packaging solutions ever. The Custom Packaging helps you in promoting your business by providing you First-quality Gable Boxes designed attractively. You can have custom boxes for any other purpose like as food containers for any private event or celebration. We design boxes accordingly with your need or purpose.

Order us gable packaging boxes in any desired size, shape and style. A number of add-on choices we provide to our valued customers such as the die-cut window, ribbons, bows, glittery strips etc. We offer best finishing options in order to embellish your gable boxes like gloss, matte, aqueous, spot UV, foiling, embossing or lamination as well. We also provide free design assistance in case you need to coordinate with our professional designing team. Get such Unique and Catchy Boxes to increase the beauty and visibility of your products, foodstuffs or gifts.

Our highly-designed gable boxes will definitely prove beneficial in boosting your business up or pleasing your guests. Well, our customized gable boxes are very suitable to sell different products and to entice receivers. The Custom Packaging manufactures Budget-friendly & Eco-friendly boxes. We are providing premium quality digital and offset printing services at low rates. We always make sure that a given packaging order is ready before time so contact us to get our quality services.

Custom Display Boxes

Customized Options

Purchase the Affordable Display Boxes customized in any size, shape or style. We manufacture display boxes accordingly with the size, shape or nature of the product. The Custom Packaging offers a wide range of customization options to make display boxes eye-catching and according to the demand. A number of add-on options like stickers, glitters, ribbons or bows enhance the look of the box and make your product noticeable on a retailer shop shelf. We offer best finishing options to adorn your display boxes such as gloss, matte, silver/gold foiling, embossing/debossing etc. A die-cut window on the front or top of the box displays product more amazingly. Our custom printed display boxes are perfect for retail packaging or gift packaging.

Eco-Friendly & Budget-Friendly Packaging

We use remarkable digital and offset printing techniques to provide the best material and printing services. Design these boxes according to the needs. Cost-effective custom display boxes are available to choose the desired printing option. The vibrant color scheme will attract customers. Durable stock material and best printing ink will be used to cater to your requirements. Get the Eco-friendly Customized Display Boxes to show your products, buy the best Counter display boxes from The Custom Packaging. These boxes are purposeful and meet the required level of advertising. Contact us now to avail first-quality Custom Display Boxes.

Custom Mailer Boxes

When companies want durable packaging to dispatch heavy products, they go for Custom Mailer Boxes. In this regard, we satisfy the packaging needs of our valued customers.

Various Customized Options

Our customized wholesale mailer boxes are wonderful in functionality and durable to use for a long time. The material we use is stock of 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt, and 24pt with White SBS C1S C2S and Corrugated Stock as well. We use CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Black, & Yellow) and PMS (Pantone Matching Selection) to produce the best results. Additional options are Foiling, Embossing, Lamination, Die-cut Window, UV/Aqua Coating, Gloss, or matte. Well, have these boxes in any desired size, shape, or color, we produce and examine them appropriately.

Quality Material Stock

We produce a powerful packaging solution made from quality and durable cardboard material. Binary folded side walls called double wall, keeps fragile products safe during transportation. We use digital and offset printing techniques in the production of these boxes. Actually, it is considered an important industrial packaging. So we provide a variety of Custom Mailer Boxes that are eco-friendly enough to provide super protection to the products packed inside.

We at The Custom Packaging are offering mailer boxes with innovative and flexible designs of your choice. The customer’s requirement is our top priority, so we assemble accordingly. Contact us to get uniquely designed mailer packaging at affordable rates with no shipping fee. Our qualified staff is 24 hours available to assist you. Call or email us to get a free price quote.

Custom Paper Bags

Our Versatile Paper Bags are great for retail, restaurants, grocery stores, shopping centers and more!

Highly Customized Bags

In fact, the attractive shopping bags have the ability to grab the attention of everyone walking around. The Custom Packaging produces the bags with quality material. We strive to fulfill all business requirements; this is why we have earned a great reputation among our competitors. Our highly experienced team of professional designers will assist you in choosing the perfect designs for Custom Paper Bags. Add ribbon, band or paper handle to make these bags easy to carry. We provide light-weight and inexpensive paper bags with lots of choices.

Best Promotional Tool

Paper bags are the way to make shopping more convenient for the customers. They can easily handle all the things that they have purchased from your store. Perfectly designed paper bags will allure people to shop again from your outlet. Several kinds of big brands and shopping centers are giving preference to get the best and Affordable Paper Bags. Our customized paper bags are for sure the best marketing and advertising trend; the bright color bags get the attraction of every spectator.

Huge Variety of Paper Bags

Select from a huge selection of designs available here. You can have bags with handles that make them easy to carry, grocery bags, paper shopping bags, promotional paper bags, bags for candies/popcorns, and more. Find the design or style that matches your idea and add writing with blended colors to make it perfect. We can include art or a custom logo of your choice in order to provide a distinctive packaging.

Custom Ornament Boxes

Flashy colors and amazing designs on the boxes add glamour to your product and protect fragile ornaments from getting broken. You can get Custom Ornament Boxes in all shapes and sizes, we offer these boxes with copious adorning printing options.

Customize the Reasonable Ornament Boxes according to desired themes and dimensions. Add accessories like laces, fabric flowers, bows or ribbons to give your packaging an imperial touch. Choose a material from 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt and 24pt with White SBS C1S C2S. The best finishing options are Spot UV, Glossy, Matte, Aqua Coating, Foiling & Lamination. Avail free design support from our professionals, they will give you amazing designing ideas.

If packaging is good it will earn remarkable popularity. The Best Designed Ornament Boxes provided by us are just perfect to present at the events like Christmas, Valentine’s Day, Birthdays, and Weddings. Add your favorite style and color on the boxes to increase the attraction of ornaments. Whether you need Ornament Boxes for selling purpose to pack and display your manufactured decorations or you require these boxes for your private purpose; call or email us to get a free quote template. We satisfy our client’s needs and deal equally with both short run and long run orders.

Custom Medicine Boxes

Earn credibility in your pharmaceutical business with custom medicine boxes provided by us. Two categories of medicine boxes are available, first is needed to pack any single medicine in its individual box, and second is related to the big boxes that are required to deliver collective medicines to warehouses or medical stores. No matter which type is needed, The Custom Packaging caters every single need in a professional way.

First Quality Material Stock

In the whole manufacturing process of these boxes, we use recyclable cardboard stock and high-tech printing material. Our customized boxes can be utilized to keep medications safe from heat, moisture, and any other damage. These custom boxes are perfect for branding as well. Medical company starters and established drug production firms are giving preference to the fully customized boxes. Alter medicine boxes according to the requirements. Get printed custom medicine boxes with catchy writings and design to enhance the brand’s image.

Affordable Medicine Boxes

We provide medicine boxes for any type of medication whether it is syrup, vaccine, tablet, or any other dose. These medications require the safe storage medical boxes; we are here to help you as we bring a complete packaging solution to your medicines. We are providing quality packaging services to help out a lot of companies in expanding their medicine businesses. Never concede on the material of Customized Medicine Boxes, choose a quality packaging always. The Custom Packaging will help to save you from problems in the long run. We produce quality and durable custom boxes to secure medicines plus make it familiarized in a marketplace. Call or email us to order such eco-friendly and budget-friendly medicine boxes.

Custom Tissue Boxes

Highly Customized Tissue Boxes

We can produce perfect size and shape for the tissues you sell or manufacture, the selection is yours. Get perfect printing results on your customized tissue boxes as we use off-set and digital printing techniques. Choose amid the stock of 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt and 24pt with White SBS C1S C2S. Add-on choices are the die-cut window, silver/gold foiling, lamination, embossing, aqueous coating, spot UV, gloss or matte touch. As we offer a wide range of modifications, add sleeve over the top of the box to make the tissue box more appealing.

Why Tissue Manufacturers Choose Us?

We take inordinate care of every procedure that is required to produce Best Quality and Affordable Custom Tissue Boxes. We have an experienced unit to design these boxes, get free design ideas to imprint on boxes. Our graphics designers will surely come up with the best packaging that will meet your all needs. Tell us your ideas to make the best styles, we provide a wide range of printed options. Get these boxes modified according to the requirements.

The Custom Packaging helps you in getting the veracious outlook that will play an important role in every buying decision of the customer.

Custom Tie Boxes

Infinite possibilities

With our latest technology of computer printing, we can say that artwork is not confined to a person’s imagination. It is to state that any tie which requires a specific design, shape, style even finishing will be provided in no time. With your stunning logo embossed on these little marvels, you could be making it into the hearts of people, giving them a memorable shopping experience. We can provide gold/silver foiling, raised ink, PVC sheet and even special design cuts to add elegance to the innovation.

Durability and visual appeal 

Combined with state-of-the-art technology and great design know-how, we offer the most demanding tie boxes. Many of our customers have delivered a lot of positive feedback and it is our motivation to bring the quality tie boxes to our customers. We know that the captivating packaging distinguishes your ties from the competition. That’s why we work hard to produce stable, strong and durable boxes.

Why to choose us?

Staying in the industry for more than a decade requires commitment, devotion and, above all, elasticity. Custom packaging has been reinvented itself many times to provide better quality than ever before in tie box printing and designs. With the state of art printing and design, they are constantly moving forward. The Custom Packaging Company, with the help of supportive customers has differentiated itself to stand out. We believe to set prices that are easy on the wallet and strictly check the quality of our business. You can fully trust our abilities; We look forward to your call.

Custom Software Boxes

Functional design for a user-friendly experience

Packaging is now a great way to market your brand and build an image of trust. By using the customization options available at our firm, you can immediately gain a significant chunk of the market’s thriving competition. Now we have many choices like compartments and partitions that enhance the functionality of the box. For example, the software storage diskette may be placed in a compartment, and all relevant software documentation may be placed in an appropriate manner. For promotional purposes, software images can be placed outside the box to give customers a more in-depth experience.

Profitable

We know how hard it is to set foot in the highly competitive industry which requires thousands of dollars to be spent on packaging, however, we are determined to provide our customers with cost-effective solutions. For starters, we offer you with below average market quotes. Furthermore, we give massive discounts based on the size of the order. Our add-on features are extremely cheap as compared to other packaging solution providers and our delivery is totally free.

Hold-on! It gets even more exciting. We present you with exclusive discounts for special occasions like Christmas, Halloween and New Year etc. and it doesn’t have to be that time of the year. We give discounts based on the event for which you need the boxes.

Why choose TheCustomPacakging.com?

Custom Packaging is the only company that offers a custom box with 100% customization, free design, and instant offer. Not only do we provide you the opportunity to unravel your creativity and develop your own design, We also help you make it effective. Contact us today for discounts and offers we would like to give.

Custom Sleeve Boxes

Custom sleeve boxes are very useful to promote products in the market. Sleeves are perfect to add to a box; it will enhance the visibility of product that is packed inside.

Custom Printed Sleeve Boxes

Utilize our custom sleeve boxes to display chewing gum, cosmetics, candies, soap, computer software, DVDs/CD’s or toys. Beautiful printing and designs on these boxes will surely help to earn an eminent identity for the business. The Custom Packaging essentially knows the market needs; we always keep ourselves updated with the latest demands. We use sturdy materials and high-quality ink for the printing process. We prepare the Custom Sleeve Boxes in shapes, sizes, and colors required by our customers. Get our free design support if you need exclusive designing ideas.

Benefits of Selecting Us

Designing of impressive Sleeve Boxes needs professional expertise, and The Custom Packaging has such packaging professionals who produce first-class sleeve boxes. We are committed to deliver the best packaging at affordable prices. Select sleeve boxes in stock of 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt and 24pt with White SBS C1S C2S. Enhance the boxes with add-ons like gold/silver foiling, lamination or embossing, and die-cut window. Buy sleeve boxes to display products more appealingly, give us order now and enjoy our quality services without shipping charges.

Custom Shirt Boxes

As an integral part of the apparel packaging, brands from all steps of the industrial ladder use shirt boxes for displaying their attire. They can be used as a gift as well and in this regard the presentation really matters.

What we offer

At TheCustomPacking.com we offer you an array of customization options for shirt boxes. The color schemes and themes used will complement your logo. Speaking of logo, we have very unique technology to improve the ocular appeal of your logo designs. Enhancing the look of your logo by using latest spotlight UV technology and also the raised ink feature. These effects will give a royal look to your product will have a memorable experience for the customers.

Why elegant packaging is important

According to a recent study done by dot com distributions, 52% of the customers are likely to make a repeat purchase from a merchant that provides high quality packaging. From that same study it was revealed that 4 in 10 customers will post the product image on any social media network if the packaging is unique. This will definitely be a huge advantage for online promotion of your products if it is attractive to the audience. We are aware of the significance of strength of materials and quality of inks for the printing of packaging products; therefore, finest stocks and inks are utilized.

Contact us

The Custom Packaging is the only company providing you a custom designed shirt box with a hundred percent customization, free design and instant quote. We offer you an opportunity to untie your creativity, and help you to develop your own design efficiently. Get contacted with us to get amazing and deals we love to offer you.

Custom Rigid Boxes

The epitome of elegance

They say good things come in small boxes – not always! They can also come in rigid boxes as well.  Premium quality packaging can become a hallmark of any business establishment provided it is presented in an alluring manner.  This is where we step in as your guide.

With our years of experience in providing the best quality packaging, we will entertain all your design requirements and even guide you to improvise them. We keep ourselves updated with all of the latest marketing trends and technological advancements, bringing you the most desirable finished product that will captivate the audience.

Safety

Custom made rigid boxes are tailored to perfection by keeping in mind that the product you place in them is of great value. Shipment can cause damage to the contents due to rough handling, this is an important consideration when you are sending your products worldwide and cross country.

Embossing and other add-On

We, at The Custom Packaging, offer a whole variety of additional options that will decorate your box. Shimmering and shinning logos or text can be added to enhance the ocular appeal using out latest spot light UV technology. Gold and silver foiling can also be used to make the box look extra expensive. For further information on this, contact our experts.

Are you worried about the price? Don’t be!

Over the years, we have improved our production strategies and constantly improvised with valuable feedback from our customers. Survival in the toughest competitions requires dedication, determination and, above all, elasticity. The custom packaging has propelled itself forward by regular and supportive customers. To appreciate it, we offer the lowest rates among all packaging competitors. If you do not trust us, send us an inquiry and compare prices, you will not be disappointed. Note :( Rigid boxes are not shipped flat so additional charges may apply).

Custom Retail Boxes

What is a branded packing experience?

Simply placing “a branded packaging know-how could be a thoughtful choice of packaging and shipping materials as a deliberate presentation of your products”. Is this your purpose? To supply further worth for your customers and your business through the power of making a persistent and sharable experience.

Merchants have less impressing points to “wow” the customers. So, it’s necessary to utilize all the touching points you are doing to produce a branded experience, that sets you aside from competitors and ones that make an unforgettable experience for your customers.

What makes us different?

The Custom Packaging is one of the companies that takes the customer’s packaging experience seriously. For beginners, instead of having a standard box wrapped in a clean packaging tape, we decided to have a custom printed box that matches the customer’s brand. Why is a branded packaging experience important?

Why choose TheCustomPacakging.com?

People say that “good things come in small packages”. We believe that at the custom packaging, good things come in The Custom Packaging, whether small boxes or large printed shipping boxes or something in between. With a variety of materials and color sizes, we offer you the tools you need to create something, so that your customers feel excited with what they contain. Custom Packaging is the only company that offers customized designs with 100% customization, free design and instant offer. Not only do we offer you the opportunity to discover your creativity and develop your own design, but we can also help you in doing it effectively. Contact us today to get discounts and offers that we would like to offer.

Custom Pyramid Boxes

Boxes with a twist!

Whether you wish to package your candies or toys, custom pyramid boxes are the perfect way to create a memorable and shareable shopping experience. The Custom Packaging will help you create the most unique pyramid boxes using your products information and Images, presenting them with colorful and vibrant details. This can only be accomplished using our state of the art computer printing facility which churns up the most precise final products.

Speaking of precision, The Custom Packaging harbors highly diligent quality control agents that inspect each delivery before dispatch. This is to ensure that our customers are reassured and have the problem of packaging well taken care of. Also, we take extra care in measurements. Our cutting machines are computer guided to ensure zero ambiguity and deviations from the original blueprints.

The Best shipping options

We send your orders absolutely free of cost since we know that the burden of setting up a business has already weighed you down, so we do not want to put more pressure on you. We also provide the ultimate ease of reassembling the boxes by sending them flat and pre-glued. This is an important aspect in saving time, otherwise, you would spend a hefty chunk of your precious time gluing and reassembling each and every box.

More on us

The Custom Packaging is the only company that offers custom designed pyramid boxes with 100% customizability, free design, and an instant offer. We not only offer you the opportunity to discover your creativity and to develop your own design but also help to improvise it efficiently. Contact us today for discounts and interesting offers that we love to share.

Custom Toy Boxes

A stop shop for your toy boxes

The custom packaging goes out of its way to facilitate its clients in terms of quality and pricing. We provide you with attractive toy boxes which mesmerize the potential buyers. Our design team is dedicated to thoroughly work out design solutions, and give the best end product in terms of visual appeal. We take our work very seriously, and that’s why we have deployed the latest technology in box printing. Our designs are carefully measured and cut according to the blue prints and we use latest computer printing technology to add stunning visuals to the mix.

Combining with state-of-the-art technology and great design capabilities, we bring you the most sought-after boxes in the toy industry. Many of our customers have given us tremendous positive feedback and it is our motivation to deliver a high quality toy boxes to our customers. We understand that the captivating packaging will help u stand your toys out of the competition, and we’ve been trying to develop robust, strong and durable boxes.

If you require window boxes at an affordable price, do n’t hesitate to contact The Custom Packaging. Window boxes, which are used to reveal the item inside them, will get your company with the best possible sales and high cost-effectiveness. These boxes bring with them the details and the specifications of the toy inside. Also, printed on these boxes are the brand logos and images that show the toy in its full glory.

Join us today for the most effective, convenient and friendly packaging journey of your life. Place your orders at The Custom Packaging and take us for a spin – we will not let you down.

Custom Invitation Boxes

At the heart of every box we place our love for you

Awe-inspiring invitation boxes can be produced using a combination of stunning artwork and stimulating effects. Our aim is to use colorful embellishments to enhance the ocular appeal of your invitation box. This is very important to secure the trust of your esteemed guests. We absolutely know what’s at stake here so we provide you well designed and defect free boxes in order to ensure you get what you paid for. Enthralling, vivid and striking in appearance, we ensure that your boxes will leave an ever lasting impression on your guests.

Special treatment in price quotes

For those events which are of utmost importance to you like corporate events, we provide the special quotes on the boxes. This applies to all available ad-ons as well like spot-UV, embossing, raised ink and other embellishments that you might wish to add. We entertain all kinds of design ideas which you want us to add to the mix. We will advise you if it needs improvising and even suggest different additions that be visually stimulating to the audience.

We won’t let you down

Designing the most captivating and stunning boxes is what we do best. Our commitment to excellence has caused us to rise above our competition and gain the trust and friendship of our recurring customers. Quality and service makes the difference – so in the spirit of that we invite you to put us to the test. Call us today and let us pave the way to your success.

Custom Gift Card Boxes

Express your love intents behind a gift wrap

Conveying the message of love and affection towards your customer has been made easy through our packaging solutions. We, at the custom packaging, provide you the most stunningly designed gift card boxes, setting the standards in the packaging industry. We achieve this by using our cutting edge technology which we have deployed in order to enhance the quality of products we deliver to our precious customers. Keeping in mind your financial budget, we give you the most affordable rates and easy on the wallet pricing solutions that will help you increase business. We strongly believe in long term friendships and not short term rip offs, so you can absolutely trust our services.

Jumping ahead the competition

The highly competitive industry which requires you to set up your game and create something unique and exclusive. Again, this has been proved that gifts are one of the most important aspects of marketing for a successful business. We achieve safety, robustness and high eye catching appeal to the complex weaving of high quality elements. Custom packaging is your ticket to succeed in this fierce battle of product marketing.

Why choose The Custom Packaging?

People say that “good things come in small packages”. We believe that with the custom packaging, good things happen in custom packaging, whether small boxes or large printed shipping boxes or by any other means. With a variety of materials, color sizes, and shapes, we offer you the tools you need to create something exciting abroad, so that your customers feel frustrated with what they have inside. The Custom Packaging is the only company that offers a custom designed box with 100% customization, free design and instant offer. Not only do we offer you the opportunity to discover your creativity and develop your own design, but we also help you to finish it effectively. Contact us today to get discounts and offers that we would love to offer you.

Custom Gift Boxes

Please your customers or guests by presenting the gift in beautiful customized boxes. We produce such boxes that are absolutely perfect to present your gift or display on a retailer’s shop-shelf. Personalize your gift boxes according to your requirements at just The Custom Packaging.

Custom-printed gift boxes

A gift item can be in any shape so we manufacture gift boxes in all sizes and shapes you desire with alluring color combinations. We use high-quality cardboard material and digital printing that keep your gift product safe and make it noteworthy. We use 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt, 24pt & white SBS C1S C2S material in manufacturing of these boxes. We offer amazing design choices with the best finishing options such as glossy, matte, aqueous coating, spot UV. You can also ask to adorn your gift boxes with bows, ribbons, hearts, stars or glitters that attract both buyers and receivers. There are countless designs and colors to apply on gift boxes, express your obligations and we will follow them to make boxes 100% accurate.

Cost-effective Prices

Our exceptionally designed boxes will make gift items worthy. Print unique designs or pictures to the boxes and pack your products like chocolates, candies, jewelry or any other gift item. The Custom Packaging provides these Affordable Custom Gift Boxes in the sizes and colors that are required by our customers. Our customized gift packaging is cost-effective and recyclable; buy gift boxes and present gift items in supermarkets, stores or brands to sell on the occasions of Christmas, Easter, Independence Day, or Valentine’s Day. Contact us to avail such unique boxes. We do not charge any shipping fee.

Custom Game Boxes

Alluring box designs to increase sales

How many times do sellers pay attention to the packaging of a product? The answer is – not many! Appearance plays a vital role in grabbing the attention of customers. They subconsciously observe how the company gave attention to details and from that, they deduce that the product must be of high quality as well. The first seller is the package and only after years of developing brand trust do people overlook packaging details to some extent. We are here to give you that initial boost of sales by allowing you to present your packaging in the most visually attractive manner.

Game Industry

Ensuring that your innovation is appreciated by the public, it is essential to ensure high standards of presentation. Game consoles like Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo, etc. are the industry giants as you already know but if you are looking to sell any of your product you must come up with a unique design. At The Custom Packaging, we provide you with all sorts of packaging needs including those of custom game boxes. It is a competitive industry and only those who spend on the right marketing strategy will make it through. We will provide you the best price quotes so that your initial cost of business setup is not harmed in any way.

Want more information about Game boxes?

Do you have creative suggestions for custom Game boxes? Get the phone, just contact us or leave a message. We will surely contact you with the suggestions and help you improve your design to perfection. Our measurements are correct and our designs are artistic. But do not take it as our words, instead, try what we have to offer you.

Custom Flap Boxes

Design and functionality – two sides of the same coin

The marriage between visual appeal and functionality requires great skills and expertise in the field of packaging. This is exactly what our design team aspires to – bringing you innovative designs with the great ocular appeal. Our state of the art printing and cutting facility is at your disposal and is only restricted to what our imaginations can conjure. No matter the design specifications, we produce custom boxes in all shapes and sizes.

You can rely on us

Custom packaging is a company that seriously adhere to the packaging experience of customers. For beginners, instead of selecting a standard box wrapped with a clean packing tape, we decided to own a printed box that would match and accentuate the brand of customers. Also, our boxes are pre-glued to give to ease in reassembling them, saving you precious time. We provide free shipping as well to remove added burdens from your shoulder in terms of the initial set-up cost of your business.

Why choose The Custom Packaging?

Custom Packaging is the only company to offer the custom design boxes with 100% customization, free design, and prompt quote. Not only do we offer you the opportunity to discover your creativity and cultivate your own design, but we can also help to finish it perfectly. Contact us today for discounts and offers we would like to give.

Custom Favor Boxes

Trust is what we build

Customization possibilities are boundless when you desire do make a design for your packaging with us. We believe in the point that the realization of a design or concept is always possible and is limited only to what the mind can conceive. Companies out there do boast about how best they are in the field of packaging, but to be honest many of the firms out there are rookies who would waste your time by experimenting with your orders, just to get a know-how of the business. We are not denying that we once were at this stage, however, we have gone past such prerequisites and have polished our ways over the years of experience. So, you can be completely assured that you are dealing with veterans in the field of packaging. We know the market trends inside and out. Also, no flowery or glittery words will convey the absolute truth, so in light of that we advise you to take us for spin and know the difference between what we offer and what others present.

State of the art printing facility

In this day and age of powerful computer control technology, The Custom Package has not left itself out of the modern revolution. We have revamped our workshop and established an advanced computer-controlled printing and cutting facility. This has resulted in the most stunning and precise final products that leave our customers, awe-struck.

Design possibilities are thus endless and we invite you to get your boxes made, exclusively for your product, giving them a unique look. Our design team will help to improvise your selected designs for custom favor boxes absolutely free of charge.

Wholesale rates

Combined with the lowest market rates and fastest turnaround time, The Custom Packaging offers you memorable experience. One that will make you one of our recurring customers. This is a promise that we must deliver. So let us know about your packaging needs and we will surely cater it to our fullest ability.

Custom E-juice Boxes

We provide high-quality e-juice boxes tailored as per your need that will preserve the quality of e-juices packed inside and help in your branding as well.

Best Quality Printed E-juice Boxes

We offer a variety of options to design custom e-juice boxes like Spot UV, Gloss, Matte, Foiling and Embossing on the boxes. Die-Cut Window on box helps customers to choose their desired e-juice. Our Custom Printed Boxes can have any dimensions as just you want. E-Juice manufacturers are looking for reliable sources to print e-Juice boxes with their own logo and design due to high demand for e-cigarettes/vapors. We at thecustompackgaing.com are well-aware of providing best quality printed e-juice boxes at low cost.

Quality Services

Usually, cardboard material is used to produce these boxes which are low cost and comes out with a selective finish to attract customers in the market. All the boxes can be printed in full-color, which means you can choose to get any kind of color, a pattern of color or an image printed on the box. We promise to deliver the best quality boxes to our esteemed customers. We offer free design assistance in case if you’ve no idea in your mind to design your boxes. Our qualified graphic designers come up with creative ideas in order to embellish your e-juice packaging. Get our quality services on your one call or email with no shipping charges.

Custom Cigarette Boxes

Innovative idea and design on Cigarette Box can make your tobacco brand unique among other cigarette manufacturing brands/companies. In order to differentiate your tobacco brand from others, you must avail top-notch services of The Custom Packaging for your cigarette packaging. We produce Custom Printed Cigarette Boxes as per your requirements that not only fascinate smokers but also boost your sales.

Top-quality Material

Now get rid of wet, dried-out or crumple cigarettes through a qualitative packaging box manufactured by us. Quality of boxes, artwork and inner material has great importance that keeps cigarette safe. High-quality Cigarette Boxes are the perfect shield to protect tobacco from dust and humidity. If freshness of tobacco is great, people will surely purchase cigarettes from

your tobacco brand and all this is possible if packaging is made up of first quality cardboard material.

Numerous Customized Options

We create packaging available in any size and shape, select stock amid 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt and 24pt with White SBS C1S C2S. Make your Custom Cigarettes Boxes beautiful with finishing choices like Aqua Coating, Glossy, Matte, or Spot UV. The best add-on options are silver/gold foiling, Die-cut window, embossing or metallic labels. The Custom Packaging provides affordable Cigarette Boxes that are highly customize-able to numerous style variations. One pack can easily lug twenty cigarettes; all material we use to produce this special packaging is printable.

An Attractive Packaging

An outstanding packaging can attract consumers to use your brand. Buy Custom Cigarettes Boxes from The Custom Packaging and attach your customers. All the material we use is prone for labeling; you can also add brand logo, tagline and print the public healthcare messages that are sanctioned by the Government. An exceptional packaging always appeals to the smokers; they prefer to use a brand that is selling tobacco in catchy boxes.

Custom Ballot Boxes

How Ballot boxes are to use

Ballot boxes are an essential part of the polling stations, however, their use is not just restricted to the sole purpose of ballot collection. Rather, ballot boxes can be used for several other tasks like customer feedback collection, donations, lottery etc. they come in different materials. However, we specialize in corrugated and non-corrugated cardboard ballot boxes. We, at The Custom Packaging, offer you a wide range of color selections and design options for these boxes.

Choices for customization

We, the packaging company, assure you that all kind of your boxing requirements are well catered. We work in accordance to your design specification and if there is a need to inspire, we present you with a wide range of options in order to improvise. Thus, we are open to any kind of design goals that you want to achieve. Custom ballot boxes can be designed to have a thematic appearance which will be in accordance to the event theme. With our state of the art printing facility, we assure you that each box will be of supreme quality and have absolutely no defect. A guarantee, we confidently provide.

We work hard to satisfy you

We believe in cost management and that’s why we provide with below-market threshold prices in order to gain your trust and confidence, all while keeping strict quality control regimes. Contact us today to place your order – we are looking forward to working with you.

Custom Bottle Boxes

Bottle boxes

Each of our boxes is produced under the observation of skilled quality control team. We strongly implement ways to avoid defects at all costs. For your benefit and ease, we have made assembly of boxes easy by making them ready to be used. We pre-glue the boxes and leave only the folding and product insertion task to you. You can enhance the shopping experience of your customers by adding visually appealing features and attractive embellishments.

Our competitive pricing

As far the price is concerned, we offer the most cost effective solution for your packaging needs. Each individual business has their own particular needs, thus we cater everyone individually and provide price quotes that will perfectly suit your demands. On top of that, we ship absolutely free of charge. We are literally the cheapest among our competitors and we assure you the quality will be top notch.

The reason to select the TheCustomPacakging.com?

People say that good things come in small packing, but we at The Custom Packaging say that good things come in The Custom Packaging, no matter you need small carton or large printed shipping boxes, or anything in-between, give us a call and get our services according to your packaging needs.

Custom Bottle Necker

Finest printing

Our objective at the firm is to bring you the supreme quality products at the minimum possible rates. The ulterior motive is to satisfy your demands and for the most part, land you as our recurring customer. Over the years, we have been providing our customers with exceptionally satisfying services and since then they have remained loyal to us, and we to them. Our firm has reinvented itself by purchasing modern equipment to enhance the printing quality of the boxes.

Bottle Neckers, which were usually of cheap material, have now been replaced with lamination and graphic printing to elevate the standards of your brand. Packaging is one area where the expression “don’t judge a book by its cover” completely fails because modern buying habits have shown through extensive studies that people purchase base on the quality and presentation of the packaging.

Reasonable rates

High quality and customer-friendly rates is a claim made by many of our competitors. However, when the going gets tough, many of our competitors fail to substantiate and hold true to this virtue. We, at The Custom Packaging, assure you that our rates and the quality will not falter and disappoint you. We do not conform ourselves to the conventional ways and always try to think outside the box by providing you with innovative offers and great discounts. All kinds of design requirements are thus catered by our design team.

Connect with us on a packaging adventure

We are leaders in the packaging industry and your satisfaction is extremely important. Designing the most intriguing and impressive bottle Neckers is what we do best. Our commitment to excellence has led us to overcome our competition and win the trust and friendship of our returning customers. Quality and service mark a difference, so we kindly invite you to test us. Call us and get ready for the way to your success.

Custom Business Card Boxes

Our elegantly designed business card boxes are the best answer to your packaging problems. Our custom-made boxes ensure your card safety as well as help in building your brand identity.

Top-quality Material

The purpose of using thicker material is to make sure that it displays on the table suitably. Boxes manufactured with high-quality cardboard and printing material keep secure your business cards. These boxes will help to retain valuable contacts. Place the business card boxes on the top of the office tables to grab the attention of customers. Have fully Customized Business Card Boxes whenever required. Business Card Boxes are generally made out of 12pt, 14pt, 16pt or Craft Card materials with custom printing. You can also have them with various add-on choices or finishing options such as matte, spot UV, gloss, aqua coating, embossing/debossing etc.

High-quality Services

Our support team is always available to response queries. The Custom Packaging offer free design assistance with unlimited revisions, get customized and uniquely designed boxes and place in the drawer or tables. Custom Business Cards Boxes helps to keep Business Cards safe and organized, present spoil free cards to customers. We promise to deliver first-class boxes within the shortest turnaround time and we charge no shipment fee. Call or email us to get such catchy and durable business card boxes at wholesale prices.

 

Custom Baby Boxes

The appealing tiny boxes have great demand and we, at The Custom Packaging, have an expert team to encounter it. It is essential to pack small products in robust boxes because its packaging has to bear the burden of other products when placing in large boxes or racks.

The Custom Packaging always make sure to produce Affordable and Recyclable Custom Baby Boxes. Add images to make these products more impressive and captivating. Stock is available in 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt and 24pt along with White SBS C1S C2S. We are producing the baby boxes with quality stock to ensure complete safety of the product. Whether you want boxes with tab to hang it or you want to keep it in the stands, the boxes will preserve the actual condition of the product.

There are lots of Add-on Choices like gold/silver foiling, embossing, die-cut window, debossing and raised ink. You can also choose finishing options such as Glossy, Matte, Aqua Coating and Spot UV to provide superior protection. The baby boxes are obtainable in all colors. We have various other options to enhance the beauty and attraction of the baby boxes by personalizing them. We deliver custom-made baby boxes with your company logo or catchy images that make your product prominent as just you imaged.

We produce Cost effective and Lightweight Packaging with 100% accuracy and quick turnaround. The Custom Packaging offer Free Design support and Free Quote facility. Give us the order for Affordable Custom Baby Boxes and grab the Free Shipment service. If you’re finding 100 percent accuracy & quick turnaround for such a cost-effective and lightweight packaging, The Custom Packaging can be a good option for other packaging carriers.

 

Custom Apparel Boxes

The Custom Packaging is a notable company that provides the best Custom Apparel Boxes. We have great experience in printing industry, we provide customized apparel boxes with excellent printing services to valuable customers.

Digital Printing Techniques

The Custom Packaging has such packaging solutions that meet the needs of our customers. We are one of the trendiest and the trustworthy box printing company that is utilizing offset and digital printing techniques. We are catering the packaging needs of wide range of unique and tempting shirt boxes. The quality apparel boxes are best to prevent items from damages and maltreating as well. Our Custom Printed Apparel Boxes will surely enhance the appearance of cloths & garments such as shirts, pants, cardigans or sweaters etc. Our proficient and expert packaging team use quality material and high-tech printing quality in production of apparel boxes. We also offer a range of designs & themes to decorate your apparel packaging.

Versatile Packaging

Fully customized apparel boxes manufactured by us are great to present products efficiently. Providing Customized Apparel Boxes and a wide range of other custom boxes with high-quality printing. The designing services here at The Custom Packaging are absolutely free, we also offer a free, fast and secure delivery service to our esteemed customers. Our customized apparel boxes work well for some events like birthdays or Christmas party etc. We design such apparel boxes that not only boost your sales but also set apart your brand in a marketplace. So contact us now and get your own personalized apparel boxes here.

Custom Corrugated Boxes

Design options

We, at The Custom Packaging deal with corrugated packaging for variety of applications. Our in-house team work for you to find out the best possible way out to your requirements ranging from industrial packaging to event displays. For many years, we have been creating packaging for variety of purposes, and are keen to design something new, offering you with a wide range of customization options. For storage and managing delicate things, different customizations for example, handles, windows, pad sleeves, compartments, allotments and so on can be added to these boxes. Our state of art printing facility will create boxes for you in stunning visual details.

Why choose us

We are in industry for more than 10 years with strong determination and devotion to bring you better quality in custom corrugated boxes printing and designs. With the state of art printing and designing, we are constantly improving ourselves and moving forward. The Custom Packaging Company has stand itself out with constant customers support and their feedback. We strongly regulate the assurance of quality and our price quotes that are easy on wallet. You can fully trust us. We are impatiently in wait for your call.

Cardboard Dispenser Boxes

Cardboard dispenser boxes

These boxes are widely used at places where you want to take out the product easily. It helps to pour out the product without spilling the contents everywhere. These boxes are designed for ease of access and are usually used for small items like candies, biscuits, syringes, etc.  The manufacturing of these boxes is crucial in many aspects including robust bottom, precision folding grooves, and fine printing. Packaging Boxes are easily portable as they can be flattened, folded and then reconstructed back to perfection whenever needed in no time. With computer precision cutting tools and state of the art printing technology, we bring you high-quality boxes, without any defects. Any product that you place in this box will sell like hotcakes since the box’s alluring design will tell the customer to “grab and go”.

Why should you get our services?

Over the years, we have built a reputation for fast and friendly service. We offer a large selection of custom designed dispenser boxes and we can assist you with any design idea that you have. We, at the custom packaging, have the knowledge and experience to provide you with quality products and services. We offer our customers excellent service at competitive prices and provide high-quality products. You can make sure that you receive a quality product by taking advantage of our many years of market experience. Contact us today for the best deals a packaging company can offer.

 

Custom Pillow Hair Extension Boxes

The cost-effective and recyclable pillow hair extension boxes are being provided by The Custom Packaging. Utilize these customized boxes to enhance the brand’s reputation in the market.

Quality Packaging Material

We use first-class cardboard stock and the finest digital printing to produce your desired quantity of pillow boxes. Choose material amid 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt and 24pt along with White SBS C1S C2S, and finishing choices like Aqua Coating, Glossy, Matte, and Spot UV. You can also select cardboard material that has a smooth surface with desired printing designs on pillow boxes. Kraft paper option is available here to give your packaging a beautiful look. Packed hair extensions in such boxes will remain saved from any damage but also in its original form as well.

Best Additional Choices

You are offered with the best add-on choices here at The Custom Packaging. Options like embossing, silver/gold foiling, lamination, die-cut window make your pillow boxes more appealing and product noticeable. Ask us to print your brand name, code and logo on the box to create product identity among people. Pillow packaging provided by us can make your original product attractive and stylish.

Stunning pillow boxes are one of the great ways for hair extension packaging, our pillow boxes are very popular and new wave in the fashion industry. Buy Affordable Pillow Hair Extension Boxes now and get the Free Quote and Free Designing assistance. We also offer Free Shipment service across the USA and Canada.

Custom Hangable Hair Extension Boxes

The Custom packaging provides hangable hair extension boxes with your required printing and material at affordable prices. These hangable boxes with pre-cut stubs on top are easy to use. Direct us to cut in any dimension you want. It is perfect to make Hair Extensions noticeable among other related products and brands.

Several Customizing Choices

Finest quality stock can confront heat, scratches, and moisture. Kraft Card is eco-friendly or choose amid Stock ranging from 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt or 24pt with White SBS C1S C2S.

The finishing options are Spot UV, Aqueous Coat, Glossy, Matte. Add-on options include gold/silver foiling, embossing, ribbons or bows, Die-cut window, and lamination. This packaging is printed by using CMYK/PMS technique which confirms high image and color resolution. Choose these boxes from innumerable options and modify it in the styles, designs, sizes, shapes, printing, and finishing you want.

The reason to choose Us?

Custom Printed Hangable Boxes have several benefits, use it to pack hair extensions and show off to the customers. These highly designed boxes are great to strengthen the marketing strategies and to market the product in the shortest time span. Get the noticeable attention of customers with such Custom Hang-able Hair Extension Boxes manufactured by us. If these boxes required to pack heavy hair extension, we will prepare it with double hang tabs to make sure the extra safety of the product. Contact us to get our quality services with various discount offers. We provide free design-assistance and free delivery to our clients.

Custom Foldable Hair Extension Boxes

Foldable boxes are used to preserve Hair Extensions in excellent condition; that’s the reason these type of boxes are in huge demand. Off-load the old packaging and use the innovative foldable hair extension boxes.

Get custom foldable hair extension boxes from The Custom Packaging, tailor to your specific requirements. These foldable boxes are easy to carry, and window panes on boxes make the product visible to customers. We are offering High-quality and Affordable Custom Foldable Hair Extension Boxes to our esteemed customers. It doesn’t matter that what quality, quantity or size our customers want, we provide every order with the quickest turnaround time.

The card stock can be selected amid 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt and amp; 24pt White SBS C1S C2S, it all depends upon the customer’s needs. However, our experts are always ready to meet the client’s expectations. Get Free Design Support through our expert designers or upload the work you want to print on the boxes. The material we are using to produce these foldable boxes is 100% recyclable because we are keen to protect our environment from every sort of pollution. Give us the order now and get first-quality Custom Foldable Hair Extension Boxes with Free Shipment facility.

Custom Window Boxes

Stay competitive with our customizations

It is absolutely necessary to follow market trends. The fact that manufacturers of ordinary products use simple boxes without content, should not be denied. As a result, customers feel uncertain and hesitant to buy. Good companies have their signature window boxes, which not only reflect the image of the brand but also contain useful information such as address, company profile, logo, and other relevant details. They combine to make the shopping experience perfect and memorable.

Our features and accessories

We use the latest printing techniques to improve the surprise factor of your boxing. Our featured project is spotlight UV, which adds shine to your logo. The box around the logo is a matte finish that makes the logo shine like a beacon of hope. We assure you that features like ink finishing, laminating and embossing are very convenient if you desire to get boxes made by us. We are well-known in the packaging sector to offer the lowest cost without sacrificing on the quality.

Do you want to know more about window boxes?

Do you have a design proposal for your custom window boxes? Pick up the phone and make us call or leave a message. We will certainly contact you with suggestions and we will help you to improvise your project with perfection. Our measurements are accurate and our designs are artistic but do not take it as just our words. Try what we offer!

Custom Tea Boxes

Design

At the custom packaging, you can decorate your custom tea boxes using printed style variations to attract the audience. As an example, a steaming cup of tea can be shown on the box to give life to the packaging and ultimately the buying experience. We advocate that a shopping experience should be so memorable, that despite the competitor’s tea placed next to yours, the customers still reaches out and grabs your brand. This, however, can only be done if you invest a small portion of your budget and brain storm alongside us in developing an innovative box.

Our features and add-Ons

We deploy the latest printing techniques to enhance the ‘wow’ factor of your box. Among our featured add-Ons is the popular spot light UV which gives shine and shimmer to your logo. The box around the logo is of matte finish, allowing the logo to shine like a beacon of hope. We assure you that the features like raised ink, lamination finish and embossing will be very cost effective when you desire to get your boxes made from us. We are best known in the packaging industry to provide the lowest costs, without compromising the quality.

We won’t disappoint you

Designing the most captivating and stunning boxes is what we do best. Our commitment to excellence has caused us to rise above our competition and gain the trust and friendship of our recurring customers. Quality and service makes the difference – so in the spirit of that we invite you to put us to the test. Your tea box will not disappoint you in the fierce of competitions. Call us today and let us pave the way to your success.

Custom Take-Away Boxes

We deliver first quality takeaway boxes for any purpose. You can have these boxes for your food business or either to serve your guests and friends with some party favors in such customized boxes manufactured by The Custom Packaging.

Quality Material & Various Add-ons

Takeaway boxes require the finest material and high-quality printing to allure customers who come to buy products from your shop. This type of boxes is mostly utilized to carry food, so we use premium stock to keep eatables free from moisture and scuff. When it comes to pack decorative accessories in Custom Take-Away Boxes, we use Kraft Card material; it is ideal and eco-friendly.

These boxes can be adorned with decorative additions as well. Enhance these boxes with die cut window; it will enrich the product which is packed inside. You can choose finishing options like Glossy, Matte, Aqueous Coating and Spot UV. Add on choices for Affordable Take-Away Boxes are lamination, embossing, and foiling.

Why Choose Us?

The Custom Packaging offer cost-effective and lightweight boxes on demand; our packaging is just perfect to give superior protection to your products. Our highly customized take-away boxes are even safe to transport any product; we are producing these boxes in different shapes and sizes desired as per our client’s demand or needs.

Food Take-Away Boxes are in prodigious demand. Chinese food chains, fast food, and confectioners are giving orders to make these boxes according to their required designs. These boxes also have great need for special occasions like Christmas, Easter, Valentine’s Day, Birthday Parties and Wedding Events. Contact us to get such Versatile and Reasonable Take-Away Boxes and enjoy free design-support and shipping as well.

Custom Snack Boxes

What marks us the best snack box producer?

The custom packaging provisions you with marvelous snack boxes to cater to the packaging requirements of your food items. With the experience of our highly competitive and skilled design team, we produce exclusive packaging for your goods. Our design team engages with you in brainstorming to produce contemporary and up to date custom boxes so that you may compete with the big guns in the food industry. Company exclusive designs are the best way to merchandise your product and we truly understand this. Thus, our experts advise you every step of the way until we reach a finished product that’s befitting your precious business.

Safety is also a major concern when your products are in transit. We understand this great need and we make sure we utilize the best quality Kraft paper, cardboard, and corrugated cardboard. Cut to precision, our boxes do not allow the contents to wiggle around inside and cause spoilage. They maintain the original shape of your food items since we take our measurements very seriously

More on what we offer

Either you want plain or printed, we provide snack boxes of all shapes and sizes. We help our valued customers to climb up their food chain business. With their own personalized box design, we help our customers to establish themselves among the competitors. We assure to provide delivery on time and require no shipment cost. You can leave a message or give us a call, our customer support is available all the time to assist you. We will soon contact you to discuss your boxing requirements.

Custom Popcorn Boxes

Whether you need custom boxes for your popcorn shop/stall or need popcorn packaging for any of your private event or celebration; we are one of the best packaging manufacturers in the market. Here, you will get such handy and funky Custom Printed Popcorn Boxes that will pop-up your popcorn brand among others or increase the event’s happiness in an amazing way.

Unique Shapes in Popcorn Packaging

Choose shapes and sizes that you require, however, most famous shapes are Popcorn Buckets, Horizontal Striped Popcorn Boxes, Popcorn Bags, Round or Cone Shaped Popcorn Boxes. We superbly and precisely design these boxes with handles that suit your needs and easy to carry as well. The graceful, trendy and flashy colors can make the festival amazing and boost up your sales as well in a marketplace.

Various Design Options

These boxes are available in any size, shape or design tailor to your needs. Get these boxes from The Custom Packaging at reasonable rates. We print the pictures you want, buy Popcorn Boxes with several design variations and your brand name on them. We proudly offer the Free Designing Assistance to our customers. The cost-effective boxes are easy to carry and order in any thematic color scheme. The Customized Popcorn Boxes are particularly created to ensure that people enjoy eating popcorn fully.

Top-quality Cardboard Stock

We use quality card stock to manufacture the striking boxes. Choose a first-quality card stock and also select the glossy or matte finishing options to make these boxes worth looking. Present your flavored popcorns to your customers in catchy and durable boxes, it will surely add a great value, and they will enjoy eating these snacks. Call us now to discuss your specific requirements and get the free shipment facility across the USA and Canada.

 

Custom Pizza Boxes

Stand out between your competition, with our customizations

It is absolutely necessary that you keep pace with market trends. We should not neglect the fact that ordinary pizza makers use ordinary boxes that do not even state the flavor inside. This makes customers feel a little irritable when orders are large. Good pizza companies have their signature pizza boxes¸ which not only reflect the image of the brand but also provide useful information such as taste, address, company profile, logo, and other relevant information. These combinations create the perfect pizza delivery service.

Easy on the wallet’ customized boxes

If your main concern is budget when ordering a pizza box, do not hesitate to contact our design experts. We believe in customer satisfaction above all else, and we never want to see our valuable customer afraid to make a purchase, based solely on price quotations. We treat each customer indivisibly and try to bid lower.

Choose us for your pizza boxing

Plain or printed, we offer corrugated pizza boxes in all shapes and sizes. We want our valued customers to grab the opportunity and enter the food business chain. Establishing them among the giants in the business with their own individual box design. We do not need shipping costs and ensure delivery in time. Our customer service is always available. Call us or leave us a message. We will soon be get back to you and discuss your boxing requirements.

Custom Pie Boxes

Our custom-printed pie boxes for your packaging success

Tired of looking for a designer who can realize your packaging requirements? Well look no more! You have landed at the one-stop shop for all your packaging needs. We create custom packaging for all kinds of products and when it comes to pie boxes, we go to extreme lengths in bringing you high quality, visually appealing and immensely sturdy boxes.

Place your orders with us for brightest results at lowest rates

You can present your utterly divine pies to your loved ones in our custom printed pie boxes. In order to give these boxes vivaciousness and a personalized touch, they are further embellished with the help of ribbons, bows, glitters and colored flowers. Striking and bright color scheme will boost the occasion festivity, whatever it is. So, order wholesale pie packaging from The Custom Packaging right now, and see your business climb the ladder of success!

Custom Pastry Boxes

We make your pastry boxes come to life by a harmonious marriage of vibrant colors and alluring designs. Your customers will experience the unforgettable combination of heavenly taste and intelligent packing. Make your mark in the baking industry by setting standards in innovative packaging.

Our attention to detail will leave you awe-struck

One of the main thing that sets us apart from other packaging companies, is our amazing attention to detail. Before we commence with the design process, we craft out the blue prints which contain measurements and colors that need to be actualized. Once the design is complete and approved by you, our valuable customer, we move forward with the manufacturing process. Now, we make many assorted shapes and sizes to enhance the ocular appeal of custom boxes. Features like windows, partitions, carrying handles and separators can be added to improve functionality of the box. Our designs are only limited to your imagination and where yours stop, we step in to inspire you with our wide selection of premade templates. The Custom Packaging offers the best and colorful array of custom designed pastry boxes which can be modified in any size, shape, colors and designs of your liking.

Our concern for the environment and your satisfaction go hand in hand

The materials we use are environment friendly, recyclable and FDA approved to be used as food containers. Our concern for the preservation of the environment motivates us to bring you high quality and safe packaging solutions. This sets us apart from our competition since they would make a short term benefit when providing you with a poor quality packaging. While we, at The Custom Packaging, will go out of our way to commit to your needs and see our friendship flourish. So, order wholesale pastries boxes from The Custom Packaging right now and see your business climb the ladder of success!

Custom Paper Cups

Infinite possibilities

With modern computer printing technology, the understanding of the concept artwork is limited to the imagination only. It is to state that any event requiring a particular style, design, shape, and even finishing will be delivered on time. In addition to serving people with drinks, these cups can serve as an advertising campaign. With your beautiful logo embossed in these little marvels, it can reach the hearts of people on joyful occasions. We can supply gold / silver foils, PVC sheets, embossed ink, and even special cuts to add a little flavor to the innovation.

Hygienic and environment friendly

The paper cups we create are of extremely high quality, treated with FDA approved chemicals to ensure that no food contamination occurs. We have a strict policy to provide the most ecofriendly cups you can buy. This is because we want to conserve the environment for the future generations. Money is not everything and we have pledged allegiance with movements that ensure the environment is safe from harmful effects of non-biodegradable garbage. Hence we utilize recycled materials and our custom paper cups can be recycled themselves.

Are you worried about the price? Do not be!

Over the years, we have perfected our design strategies by constant improvisation through valuable customer feedback. Staying buoyant in the toughest competitions of these days’ demands determination, dedication and, above all, elasticity. Custom packaging has driven itself through its recurring and supportive customers. To honor this, we provide the lowest rates among all packaging competitors. If you do not trust us, kindly send us a query and relate the rates, you will not get disappointed.

Custom Muffin Boxes

We are here to realize your design

If you happen to take a stroll down your competitor’s bakery, you would see them using some-what “ok designed” boxes. What we offer is far, far better! Our claim is substantiated by the fact that we harbor state of the art printing and cutting facility which churns up excellent designs with zero defects. Whatever your design requirements are – like extra compartments, insertions or even partitions – we cater all possibilities. Signature muffin boxes are designed with the pertinent color schemes and logo of the bakery to present the special and limited edition muffins. Compartment, partitions, inserts can be added to the boxes for keeping the assorted muffins in one packaging, increasing their ocular appeal. Thus, we offer you an unmatched array of templates that we carefully articulated through our years of experience in the packaging industry.

We also offer you theme-specific designs on occasions like parties, birthdays, wedding occasions, Thanksgiving, Halloween etc. Personalized muffin boxes with startling color schemes and awe-aspiring themes can be crafted to match the spirit of any occasion. Our computer printing produces vibrant colors to brighten up the event. If you wish to present your specialties in a startling and captivating manner, choose the custom wholesale muffin boxes.

Reason to choose us?

Through our valuable customer feedback, we have improvised and perfected ourselves over the years. It requires strong determination, elasticity, and devotion to staying afloat among the competitors. The Custom Packaging has driven itself forward with the help of its persistent and recurring customers.

Moreover, the materials we use are environment-friendly, recyclable and FDA approved to be used as food containers. We assure you that we do not differentiate between small or bulk orders. Each of them we treat as high priority and try our hardest to put a smile on your beautiful face. So, join us today for the best custom packaging adventure of your life. Call us or leave us a text 888-851-0765 we will be happy to respond.

Custom Macaron Boxes

We are among best packaging providers in the market who supply right packaging boxes for confections like macarons. Get macaron boxes in your desired size, shape, or quantity as well.

Additional Options to Customize Boxes

The Custom Packaging is always ready to cope with the customer’s demand, we offer these boxes in all shapes and sizes. Color selection depends upon the client’s intentions, however, we offer both CMYK (Magenta, Yellow, Cyan, and Black) and PMS (Pantone Matching System) printing solutions. Have limitless choices to decorate macarons boxes, we’ll print the design you want. The professional and experienced team of designers is available to provide best design suggestions without any charges. The best options are available to adorn macaron boxes. Choose a glossy or matte finish, foil stamping, embossing, aqueous coating, spot UV, inner lamination, or a die-cut window to display macarons more appealingly.

Cost-effective Packaging

We are providing all packaging solutions at the affordable rates. Pack a range of your macaron in our custom designed boxes to prevent it from damages and to keep the quality and shape just right. Contact us now and get top-notch packaging services and achieve your business targets. Our experts can give a free quote on your single email or call. Enjoy free shipment facility across USA and Canada.

Custom Donut Boxes

Donut products can be preserved and presented efficiently only when you packaging is done in durable and beautiful boxes. We are here to provide you with the best quality donut boxes that are entirely customized per your needs.

Custom Printed Donut Boxes

Whether you need donut boxes for selling purpose or for any of your private event; we manufacture custom boxes according to your purpose and demand. You can have boxes in any size, shape or style as well. There are many types of boxes to choose from. We offer a choice to our customers to select the required colors and styles in many sizes. The Affordable Printed Donut Boxes are accessible with the die-cut option to add clear paper for product display purpose. This is a special offer that we design on request to let your customers see the contents inside. Well, we manufacture boxes imprinted with any of your desired design or image, company name, donut’s description etc.

A Number of Additional Choices

The Custom Packaging also offers a number of add-on choices in order to decorate your custom donut boxes. Choose required stock amid from12pt, 14pt 16pt, 18pt or 24pt White SBS C1S C2S with finishing choices like Matte, Aqua Coat, Glossy, Spot UV. You can also get a die-cut window on top of the boxes to display donuts more apparently, also make it looks great with gold foiling or silver foiling. If you want to attract your customers or please your guests, such add-on options can prove perfect in this regard. Our manufactured Donut Boxes at Wholesale Rates are good to protect donuts correctly and to avoid outside germs. We promise to provide such donut boxes that will surely help you in your food branding. Contact us now to avail our quality Service, free design support, as well as free shipment.

 

Custom Cupcake Boxes

 CWe deliver cupcake boxes customized as per your needs, whether you need custom packaging for your bakery or for any private event. We are here to help you in this regard as we are one of best packaging providers in the market.

Many Customized Options

We, at The Custom Packaging, can provide the appealing fancy Cupcake Boxes in various stock material and your desired sizes or shapes. The Custom Packaging offer numerous add-ons and finishing options such as gloss, matte, aqueous coat, embossing/debossing, foiling, stamping, and ribbons or bows etc. We provide free lamination as well to our esteemed customers. You can also avail free design assistance from our professional graphic designers. Experiences customer care and creative team of designers are always striving to design custom logo/designs upon request totally free of cost. The exclusively designed logo and die cut Cupcake Boxes will certainly set you apart from other brands of cupcakes in the market.

Top-class Packaging Boxes

Proceed with customized Cupcake Boxes for presenting your mouthwatering cupcakes. Our sturdy boxes produced with the finest cardboard material help in stocking and preserving the taste of your cupcakes as they can be easily affected by environmental factors. We use off-set and digital printing skills in the manufacturing of your custom boxes that not only give a fascinating look but also preserve them in an efficient way. Well, it’s totally up to the customer to choose what type of Cupcake Boxes required to be delivered. Order us to avail our quality services with no delivery charges

Custom Cookie Boxes

Customized Options

Have Custom Cookie Boxes in all sizes and shapes according to your specific needs. Our customized cookie boxes will be affordable yet will provide the protection and freshness to the cookies inside. Proceed with most elegant looking cookie boxes manufactured by us exclusively to pack freshly baked cookies. The customer will also have the choice of various add-ons, stock, and finishing selection as per their consent. Designing, printing, and color scheme should be distinctive enough to grasp the attention of the customer among various other brands. We have such qualified designers who design unique boxes to enhance your cookies prominence. We also offer free design assist to our customers.

Quality Assurance

Avail full quality assurance on whole process of custom cookie boxes production. At the end of the day, temptation is important in the food packaging because that’s what persuade the consumer while placed at any retail store. Packaging of the cookies must be durable enough to secure the cookies packed inside. This is what a customer demands actually. So try to give equal attention to your product packaging as you give to your cookie’s quality. We help you in maintaining your cookie quality by providing you with the high-quality custom boxes as per your needs. Whether you own a bakery shop or a cookie manufacturer/seller; contact us to get custom-made boxes for any purpose. We charge no shipment fee plus promise to deliver you the best quality cookie boxes within a turnaround time.

Custom Chocolate Boxes

Chocolates bring smiles on the faces, it gives eaters a jubilant experience. It is famous among every individual of any age. Unique packaging boxes produced by us present your chocolates more delightfully and make them even more mouth-watery.

Custom Printed Chocolate Boxes

Chocolates should be packed in the boxes that are attractive and composed masterfully. The top chocolate brands have got recognition not only because of the quality of their product, but they always use the best quality printed boxes to present their products in the market. By connecting to us, you can avail Custom-made Boxes imprinted with your logo, desired catchy designs and other product related info. We use finest cardboard material with high-tech printing quality to manufacture your chocolate packaging boxes.

Various Customized Options

The Custom Packaging is promoting the businesses by providing their customers the best and prominent Custom Chocolate Boxes. Options for customers to make their very own packaging size and style. These chocolate boxes are customized according to the customer’s requirements. Different Materials like 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt and 24pt with White SBS C1S C2S are perfect to choose from. Get the best printing services with Free Lamination and Free Design Assistance as well. The inspiring and special packaging can make any chocolate brand known in the market.

Quality Services at Reasonable Prices

Present the well-packed chocolates to consumers on celebrations like Valentine’s Day, New Year’s Eve, Christmas, Easter, Independence Day, and on other days. We are among best packaging providers who satisfy all needs of their valued customers and provide a Complete Packaging Solution to them within a short time. Call or email us to avail our top-notch packaging services without shipment fee.

Custom Chinese Takeout Boxes

Takeout boxes are used to pack small confectionaries like chocolates, cookies, candies, and to pack food for takeaway or frequently for delivery purpose. We produce Chinese Takeout Boxes in all sizes, shapes or styles as per your need and purpose.

Quality Material

Restaurants and food points are using these ideal boxes customized with some form of handles. They want flashy colors and quality material to present their products to the customers. We are here to assist you as we provide takeout boxes made of durable cardboard stock. We use off-set and digital printing techniques in their manufacturing process. Such quality material not only encloses foodstuff but decreases leakage and protect food from outer environmental factors as well.

Versatile Custom Food Boxes

Order the Custom Chinese Takeout Boxes altered to any size of your choice. The excellent color and packaging material always increase the value and quality of the product. These boxes are best to suit any occasion, just perfect for Christmas or Easter celebration. Use Customized Chinese Takeout Boxes on wedding occasions, birthday parties, and other events. Our well-manufactured food boxes are microwaveable and can serve as a dish or plate also.

Top-notch Services

Selection of material and color is based on the customer’s desire, call now to get the best customer support, Free Estimation, and Free Design assistance. Quality services and 100 % satisfaction guaranteed! These boxes are good to entice every customer, receiver or guest, we at The Custom Packaging are providing the tailor-made services.

Custom Cereal Boxes

Whether you manufacture or trade breakfast cereal or fitness cereal, we offer a complete packaging solution for any type of cereal you have in your stock.

Breakfast cereals or simply cereal is a processed diet to be consumed as a main diet during the morning meal. The cereals can be placed directly into cardboard boxes or cardboard boxes covered with plastics. Most cereals should be packed in airtight, waterproof plastic bags inside the corn boxes to prevent their deterioration. We are here to provide you with a Durable and Sturdy Packaging for your cereal food.

The box is assembled from a flat cardboard sheet that is previously printed with the desired model for the outside of the box. The bottom and sides of the box are sealed with a strong adhesive. The Custom Packaging Team is always available to help customers to print customized cereal boxes with their own design and logos in high-quality. You can also get support from our experienced graphic designers for free.

The most desired cereal boxes are the ones with a wide range of appeal: boxes are decorated with famous cartoon characters, sports stars or artists. We, at The Custom Packaging, are offering Cost-effective Colorful Cereal Boxes. Have cereal boxes which are made in any required size, so the producers of the various types of cereals – can ask for customized cereal boxes. Contact us to avail customized boxes produced with finest cardboard and printing material with no shipping fee as just you want.

Custom Candy Boxes

The Custom Packaging provides quality packaging services to candy industries. Regardless of the size of sweet, toffee, or candy; we make tailor-made boxes to pack this product. We provide candy boxes in exclusive variety, give us order and create a style of your choice.

Various Customized Options

We cater a variety of shapes, sizes, and colors.  Off-set and digital quality printing techniques are used in the production of candy boxes. Custom Printed Candy Box with our free lamination facility will make this packaging looks great as well as highly reasonable. Worth of your candies will be increased with such add-on choices like Aqua Coating, Gloss, Matte, raised ink, embossing or Spot UV, well affordable services are guaranteed at The Custom Packaging. You can have catchy images, fonts, your company name and candy description on these custom boxes to make them more appealing and pleasing too.

Quality Services

Buy customized boxes from us and fill with candies, chocolates, and caramel. We are offering right boxes for the right products with free customized design support. The fully packed box with different tasty candies will make this product noteworthy amongst candies of other companies. With the help of our Professional Packaging Staff, you’ll surely set your candy brand apart in a crucial market. Call us or email us for a free custom quote. We also provide free design assistance as well. We promise to fulfill your all packaging needs and deliver your order with no delivery charges in the shortest turnaround time.

Custom Cake Boxes

The Custom Packaging has the resolution for all the requirements of cake packaging. We produce custom printed boxes with top-quality cardboard and printing material that will become your brand mark and prove fruitful for your business.

Cake Boxes with Astonishing Finishing Choices

Whether you need standard boxes with no prints or design, or you want caked boxes designed artistically, we can prove a perfect packaging solution for each type of cake product you manufacture or sell. You can get best quality bakery boxes in any size and shape as just you demand us. You can enhance your sales by packing and displaying them in our Creatively Designed Cake Boxes. It really doesn’t matter to us if you want to apply add-on options or finishing options on your custom boxes such as glossy/matte, silver/gold foiling, aqueous coating, spot UV, embossing/debossing, ribbons or bows to increase their prominence. You can also ask us to add window panes on the top of the box to show cake more delightfully.

Top-class Services

We are a specialist in providing unique style attractive bakery boxes at a very economical price for the bulk customer. By connecting to us, you can have Wholesale Cake Packaging for all type of cakes you manufacture/sell and it will definitely prove profitable for your bakery business. Enjoy our quality packaging services that you won’t find anywhere. Our courteous sales team remain available to answer all the queries, giving a free price quote and providing free graphics support. We also offer free shipping on every order of Custom Bakery Cake Boxes. We ensure on-time delivery of your ordered Custom Cake Boxes at your given address.

Custom Bakery Boxes

We help your customers to take away freshly baked cakes and pastries with the help of our bakery boxes. Do you need to find out the perfect shape and size for your customers to send the sweet treats? We offer a wide range of size to adjust the variety of your cakes. When choosing a right bakery box, the first thing to be considered is, whether or not you would like to have a see-through window. If you are simply sending the bakery goods for take-out, you might not need a see-through window, but, we deliver an eye-catching view of your attractive pre-packaged delights for merchandising purposes at bakery or supermarket.

Another consideration is the bakery box material. Corrugated bakery boxes are made-up of a material that is thicker as compared to non-corrugated boxes, which make them perfect for heavy orders and preserve the food in transit. Non-corrugated boxes, on the other hand, are thinner than corrugated boxes and are more environmentally friendly, while still providing protection. We offer bakery boxes with alluring thematic designs like the holiday season, Halloween or any other custom themes that you wish to incorporate in parties, gatherings and other events. Also, these decorative boxes are perfect for presenting birthday cakes. Moreover, if you are uncertain about your box designs, our experts are available to help you in the process by suggesting layouts and providing templates. So, be sure to check out our wide range of bakery boxes that will satisfy your merchandising and transport needs.

Why choose us

Customized bakery boxes are the best way to promote your bakery business. We, at The Custom Packaging, offer the best retail prices which enable you to thrive in your business without the stress of over-expenditure. Our great customer satisfaction has landed us a huge market share and our free shipping has made us the one-stop destination for all packaging needs. Robust and sturdy, our boxes are the best value for money when it comes to quality. Surely, with the help of our custom boxes, your business will thrive and grow. We use high-tech machines for printing labels like company name, logo, barcode, date of expiry and other related information that helps to convey your brand message to your target audience. We are anxiously awaiting to hear from you. Give us a call and get free advice from our experts.

Hanging Tab Boxes

Boxes that make you smile

Our designs are carefully crafted to perfection because we consider customer satisfaction to be the highest motivating factor in our firm. The Custom Packaging is here to take care of all your packaging needs by providing you the most visually attractive tab boxes. We totally understand that there must be a wow factor involved in presentation of any gift item so if you have any intriguing design suggestions then do let us know.

What sets us apart?

The Custom packaging is one such company that has taken the customer packaging experience seriously. For starters instead of choosing a standard box sealed with clear packaging tape we opted for a custom printed box closely matching and accentuating customers brand. We give you the advantage of free shipping and also we send our boxes pre-glued and ready for deployment. This is ultimate ease of reassembly offered only at The Custom Packaging.

Why choose us

Staying in the industry for more than a decade requires determination, devotion and most of all elasticity. The custom Packaging has reinvented itself several times, only to bring you better than before quality in custom hanging tab box printing and designs. Propelling the business forward with its state of the art printing and designing facilities, The Custom Packaging Company has differentiated itself with the help of its supportive customers. We believe in ‘easy on the wallet’ price quotes and strongly regulate quality assurance in our firm. You can take full confidence in our skills – we are anxiously awaiting your call.

 

Custom Soap Boxes

Purchase our fully customized and elegant soap boxes at wholesale prices and drive your soap brand to the next level.

High Printing Techniques

We are using most popular color techniques and quality material that pleases the eyes of viewers and customers around the market. Our custom boxes are the first choice to pack soap products; it would be the best shell to keep it protected. As soaps are the basic need of our everyday life, such products should be packed in beautiful and durable boxes to add value to the business. The attractive soap packaging designed by our graphics designers will definitely increase the worth of soap in the market, and it will make it look impressive to buyers.

Best Finishing & Add-ons

Soap Boxes are generally made out of White Cardboard Stocks SBS C1S C2S & 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt, 24pt or Kraft Card. Order Custom Soap Boxes in any desired sizes and shapes with gloss or matte finish. Other additional choices for soap boxes are Die-Cut Window, Spot UV, Gold / Silver Foiling, Lamination, and Embossing. The Custom Packaging offers Affordable Custom Soap Boxes to meet specific requirements at low cost. We are waiting for your call or email, get ready to enjoy our quality services at cost-effective rates without shipping charges.

Custom Serum Boxes

Serums are one of the most prevailing self-care products in the market at this time. Pack them in secure but attractive enough custom serum boxes to increase the sales and lifespan of your serum products. With The Custom Packaging’s serum boxes, we make sure your serums remain safe during shipment and fascinate buyers while on the retailer’s shop shelf as well.

Custom Printed Serum Boxes

In order to pack your sensitive serum products, a top-quality packaging material (Cardboard, Kraft, Corrugated or material of your choice) along adequate viscosity is required. We are here to help you by providing custom printed boxes with alluring designs and exquisite shapes for your serum products. Our first quality serum packaging protects serum from sunlight to keep it fresh and also prevents any reactions.

We manufacture such boxes made of recyclable material that extend the life of serum without damaging. A perfect serum packaging gets your product off the retailer’s shelf and into the customer’s hands with useful info printed on it. Serum boxes designed with flashy colors and finest finishing will surely pull your customers. We offer you numerous customization choices from giving the boxes a matte or glossy finish to embossing to window patching or foil stamping. Well, you can personalize your serum boxes as just you want. With our highly customized serum boxes, you will be able to make your serum products more perceptible and noteworthy amongst other products.

Save Your Time & Money

Retail products packed in sustainable, beautiful and eco-friendly boxes are always preferred by customers. First class packaging is actually a positive key factor in pitching the retail purchasers to sell your serum products. So if you don’t have enough attractive and durable packaging for your products then it’s time to contact us as we are one of best packaging manufacturers who provide first quality packaging boxes. You can save your precious time and money by availing our best deals for serum packaging. The Custom Packaging supply you a complete packaging solution at the best lowest rates ever with free shipping service and free design support for your custom boxes. Place a short run or long run order now by contacting us.

Custom Perfume Boxes

We create attractive packaging for a variety of perfumes you’ve in your store. Your own Personalized and Affordable Perfume Boxes are just a step away from you.

Various Customized Choices

First Quality Custom Perfume Boxes increase the prettiness of products. Order perfume boxes in any size; stock is available in 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt and 24pt, White SBS C1S C2S. Have perfume boxes produced with best printing technologies, CMYK and PMS (Pantone Matching System). Choose customized boxes with attractive colors, select the customized and striking color combinations. Adorn these boxes with various additional choices that we offer such as lamination, silver/gold foiling, embossing, spot UV, aqueous costing, gloss or matte touch. A die cut window gives an exceptional display to the perfume.

Reason to select Us?

As we are one of the renowned packaging suppliers in the market so choosing us to fulfill your packaging needs is beneficial for your perfume business. When a lovely fragrance or an aroma is packed in beautifully designed custom boxes provided by us, it will surely grab the customers’ attention. In the whole process of manufacturing, we only use quality material stock. our Custom Printed Perfume Boxes enhance the status of the business. We design such boxes that are effective enough for advertising and promotion. Call or email us for a free price offer and order these cost-effective boxes in any quantity. Enjoy our free design-assistance and free shipping also.

Custom Nail Polish Boxes

Pack and display a variety of nail polishes you’ve in your stock in our fully customized printed boxes available at wholesale rates.

Various Printing Options

We, at The Custom Packaging, deliver these boxes with a lot of printing options to make nail polish more attractive and according to the customer’s intentions. We use the most advanced printing techniques like CMYK and PMS to print requested design. These methods are highly demanding because they provide a bright and striking look to the boxes. Our Custom Printed Nail Polish Boxes are the first choice of cosmetic business holders whenever they need an appealing container to showcase manicure products.

Additional Choices

The Custom Packaging is here to produce Nail Polish Boxes with your required design and size. Finishing options like gloss, matte, aqueous coating, spot UV, lamination, silver/gold foiling, embossing is available here. The die-cut option is best to add on the boxes, it is perfect to show the color of nail paint packed inside it. We offer free design assistance with multiple modifications upon request. Order in any size, shape, style or quantity as well.

Put Nail Polish colors in quality boxes and gain brand popularity. We are waiting for your call or email. Get a free price quote as well. We deliver First-class Nail Polish Boxes at reasonable rates with no delivery charges.

Custom Mascara Boxes

Visually attracting and informative

As part of the marketing strategy, visual elements and product information are essential. Our high precision printers and state of the art cutting technology ensures every mascara box is free of any defect. Using a blend of vibrant colors and images, we give a stunning outlook to your packages. With the infusion of robust and durable elements, our finished products will leave your customers in awe. We have a huge library of the most creative designs for your packaging needs that will definitely entice your target audience. You can expect to dazzle your potential buyers and compel them into purchases, with our wide range of fascinating designs imprinted on Mascara Boxes.

Stunned any hindrance

With our affordable prices and excellent quality, we pave the way to your success by handling all the design challenges that you may face. Any design requirement can be catered if we put our minds to it. Thus, we have professional and creative designers, who can work along with you in reaching the perfect packaging solution for your marketing strategies.

Need design suggestions for custom mascara boxes? Pick-up the phone and call us or leave a message. We will certainly come back with the loaded designs suggestions, and help you to improvise your design to perfection. Our measurements are accurate and our designs are artistic but do not take our word for it. Test what we offer!

Custom Makeup Boxes

If you launch, sell or produce any product, our Customized Makeup Boxes guarantee the proper packing of your product. Order us to get these boxes in all custom shapes and sizes with several alterations.

New and famous makeup brands are being presented their products in the market with attractive packaging. They want high quality and Affordable Makeup Boxes to stand on top in sales rankings. We can help you in this regard by providing you Top-quality Custom Makeup Boxes embellished with numerous choices like die-cut windows that allow customers to choose their favorite makeup product easily. You can also ask us to adorn your makeup boxes with the best finishing options such as gloss, matte, aqua/UV coating, lamination, silver/gold foiling or embossing.

A cosmetic that is packed in artistically designed Makeup Boxes is the first choice of regular consumers. Quality packaging can amplify the worth of your brand, choose material stock amid 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt or 24pt White SBS C1S C2S. Our Professionally Designed Makeup Boxes not only satisfy the packaging needs but also add an additional appeal and fascination to the product packed inside. We at The Custom Packaging are always ready to meet the highest standards and to cater every small or big order. We provide free design assistance and shipment to our clients. Get in touch with us to get the outstanding Custom Makeup Boxes at the most affordable rates.

Custom Lotion Boxes

The Custom Packaging is among best packaging suppliers in the market that delivers quality lotion boxes that equally matches with the lotion quality. Our custom-made boxes are perfect packaging solution for all types of lotion e.g. body, face, hand, or even for baby lotion.

Many Add-on & Finishing Options

Lotion boxes with custom designs and mesmerizing color themes represent your company or brand. The Custom Packaging provides fully customized Lotion Boxes in the sizes required by customers. We have a range of templates for your various lotion types and customize boxes as just you demand. We offer best finishing options to beautify lotion boxes like gloss, matte, aqua coat, spot UV, lamination, embossing, and silver/gold foiling. We also provide our valued customers with several add-on choices such as ribbons, bows, stickers or die-cut windows on boxes. Our graphic designers will help you throughout the designing process, offering designing ideas free of cost.

Quality Material Stock

We produce packaging boxes with quality material, choose recyclable Kraft Card or standard White card stock to pack product. Our experienced representatives will suggest the best solution for required Custom Lotion Boxes. Custom printed lotion boxes will entice customers which will surely make them love to buy the product. Designing a captivating custom lotion box requires professional expertise, we, at The Custom Packaging, have creative designers to gratify the packaging requirements. Custom Printed Lotion Packaging will attract thousands of individuals and provide the eminent identity to product. Contact us now and order such durable and affordable lotion boxes. We deliver your desired lotion boxes in a short time with no shipping charges.

Custom Lipstick Boxes

We at The Custom Packaging have designers that make the most suitable Lipstick Boxes’ Designs according to our client’s requirements. Get Custom Printed Lipstick Boxes in any size, shape or color. Avail our free design support in order to get amazing ideas to adorn lipstick boxes beautifully. We also offer the additions like Gloss, Matte, Aqua Coating, Embossing, Spot UV, Foiling and Custom Die cut.

Quality Packaging Material

Our designed boxes are of the finest quality and recyclable, as we are taking great care of our environment. Get the required packaging and give a new attraction to lipstick boxes with the help of our professional packaging staff. Uniquely designed boxes are the way to present this demanding product efficiently. This is why; top cosmetic brands prefer to pack their lipsticks in the boxes that are catchy and printed with high-quality colors.

Durable & Affordable Lipstick Boxes

The Custom Packaging is one of best packaging providers in the market that have such professionals who produce beautiful lipstick boxes tailored as per your requirements. Call us to get the best quality and Affordable Lipstick Boxes, or leave a message to get further info related to lipstick packaging. We are 24/7 available to assist our esteemed customers. It would become easy to achieve the highest level of success in a cosmetic business when you’ll promote a brand or advertise the product in our first-class custom boxes.

Custom Lip Liner Boxes

We create custom boxes made of printable material; get the boxes according to the size and shape required for Lip Liner products. Print the brand name to build your brand identity, and other useful info about the product on the boxes to facilitate customers. We use Quality Material Stock in making of these lip liner boxes. Such quality material not only keeps lip liner in its accurate form but also protects it from environmental factors. Provide people with the best quality lip liners packed in eco-friendly custom boxes.

Custom Lip Liner Boxes with classy packaging will definitely appeal the purchasers around the marketplace. Enhance boxes with various Add-on Choices & Finishing Options available here only at The Custom Packaging. Boxes with die-cut window display your product more appealingly that definitely attract customers. You can ask us to adorn your lip liner boxes with best finishing options offered by us like lamination, gloss, matte, aqua coat, spot UV, foiling or embossing.

The top cosmetic brands are giving full concentration to their product packaging. As they know that the first hands-on feel of the packaging will surely force their customers to buy it. Order us the high-quality packaging with vivacious colors and unique designs, we also offer free design assistance. What are you waiting for? Get our fully customized boxes to pack and display your lip liner products. Call or email us to get such Affordable Boxes with free shipping.

Custom Lip Gloss Boxes

The Custom Packaging is one of best Cosmetic Packaging suppliers in the market that produce First Quality Lip Gloss Boxes at Affordable Rates.

Custom Printed Lip Gloss Boxes

Try something different on these boxes in terms of printing and material selection. Our designers are ready to give you an instant custom design illustration. Guide us about the content and description to print on the boxes. Having precise information printed on the Lip Gloss Boxes will make product description convenient for the customers. We produce boxes with the material stock you want; it will have sufficient space to mention the clear instructions about the product. Custom Printed Lip Gloss Boxes with UV coating make the product more appealing.

Why Choose Us?

Customized Boxes are not only for glamour, but these are important to protect product as well. We manufacture quality packaging that equally matches the product’s quality. We use top-quality material stock in its production. Choose custom boxes in any size or shape you need for lip glosses. You can also beautify your packaging with some add-on options like lamination, foiling or die-cut window that let customers choose their desired lip gloss easily. Fully customized boxes provided by The Custom Packaging are just perfect to make this makeup item captivating and distinctive enough to grab customers. Call or email us to avail beautifully designed lip gloss boxes.

Custom Kraft Boxes

Custom-made

Presently, our planet is under extreme pressure of collapsing from the hazardous waste material we are developing each day. For this reason we must call for action and switch to bio-degradable sources of packaging. Custom made Kraft boxes are not only useful in solving this problem but they can also be helpful in increasing your business sales. Made from pine-wood pulp, these boxes can be recycled for use later on. The way they can increase your sales is by printing them with your company specific artwork and details. This is quite obvious, but many people avoid this essential detail because of the cost attached. However, the custom packaging provides you the most reasonable price quotes and most of the time we give out huge discounts for occasions like Christmas, New Year, corporate meeting etc.

Uses of Kraft boxes

Kraft boxes are being used in almost every industry which produces consumer products like soaps, cakes, fresh baked items because these boxes are remarkable in resisting moisture, high atmospheric temperatures, and other external factors. All of the qualities like moisture, taste and shape of the product placed in these boxes remain intact since we create them with precise measurements. Kraft boxes can also be used as jewelry boxes, soap boxes, cosmetic items candle boxes.

Why choose us

Staying in the industry for more than a decade requires determination, devotion and most of all elasticity. The Custom Packaging has reinvented itself several times, only to bring you better than before quality in custom Kraft boxes and designs. Propelling the business forward with its state of the art printing and designing facilities, The Custom Packaging Company has differentiated itself with the help of its supportive customers. We believe in ‘easy on the wallet’ price quotes and strongly regulate quality assurance in our firm. You can take full confidence in our skills – we are anxiously awaiting your call.

Custom Hairspray Boxes

Packaging is now a great way to promote your brand and create a trusted image. Using the customization skills that are available in our company, you can instantly gain a significant part of the competitive market. Now, we have many options, such as partitions and compartments, which will increase the functionality of the box. For example, a spray bottle can be placed in one compartment and all the appropriate documents placed in a suitable way. For promotional purposes, spraying images can be placed outside the box to give customers more in-depth experience.

Exceptional dealing in the price quotes

We offer the best deals in the packaging industry. This applies to all available accessories, as well as spot-UV, embossing, raised ink and other decorations that you want to add. We have a variety of ideas that you would like us to add. We will guide you if it needs improvements that could be visually stimulating for the audience.

Would you like to know more about hairspray boxes?

Do you have a design for custom hairspray boxes? Make us a call us or leave a message. We’ll be sure to contact you with suggestions to help you perfectly improve your design. Our measurements are accurate and our designs are artistic, but do not take it as our words. Try what we offer!

Custom Hair Extension Boxes

Get your own Personalized Hair Extension Boxes manufactured with top-quality cardboard and printing material at just The Custom Packaging.

Custom Printed Boxes

Hair Extension Packaging must be captivating enough to attract people towards your product. You can ask us to design your boxes with desired prints or images. Cosmetic brand logo on boxes builds your brand identification in a cosmetic industry and marketplace as well. We offer various add-on choice to embellish these boxes such as ribbons, bows, stickers, hang-tag etc. You can also request us to apply amazing finishing options like matte, gloss, spot UV, embossing or lamination that is provided free of cost. Order the best hair extension boxes in all shapes and sizes, give us directions to add window panes on the boxes. It will allow customers to have a glance inside at the original product.

Best Promotional Tool

Having extensions displayed in Custom Hair Extension Boxes is a great idea to people look and buy it instantly. Customized Hair Extension Boxes will prove beneficial for branding and product advertisement in a marketplace. A quality and well-customized packaging of a retail product is actually a promotional tool for your brand and product as well. So it’s time to give a boost to your cosmetic business and sales. We are 24/7 available to assist you, contact our qualified staff to order custom boxes. We provide free design assistance to our valued customers plus, we charge no delivery fee and deliver your order within the shortest time.

Custom Hair Color Packaging

We provide our esteemed customers with the best quality material stock and custom choices for the packaging of their outstanding hair color products at the lowest rates ever!

Get Quality Services at Cheap Rates

We at The Custom Packaging provide quality services to the fashion brands out there in the marketplace. Lead the fashion industry by obtaining our premium packaging for your fancy hair color products. We utilize robust cardboard that is really amazing to hold colors packed inside perfectly as well as to protect these sensitive colors from outer toxins, environmental effects like weather change, or heat, etc. Our durable and eco-friendly manufactured boxes are amazing to keep the quality of hair colors as long as possible. Customers get influenced by such products that are best in their efficiency and work perfectly even after a long period of time. So packing your sensitive hair color products in our ecological and 100& recyclable boxes can be the best choice ever you make. Get your brand featured amongst a number of cosmetic brands through our inventive hair color packaging.

Lead Your Cosmetic Brand in an Astounding Way

We are here to help you lead your cosmetic brand in that astounding way you’ve just imagined. We are here to fulfill your dreams as we provide such hair color packaging that is totally up to your demands and imaginations. Besides using recyclable and eco-friendly packaging material in the products of these boxes, we also offer striking custom choices. Customized choices that actually make your hair color products more noticeable and outstanding amongst an assortment of similar products on the retailer’s shop shelf. Choose stock amid 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, and 18pt with amp; 24pt White SBS C1S C2S. You can ask to design the boxes in your desired shape, style, and size. Also, ask us to imprint product specification, essential info like application or expiry with your particular brand name or logo. Choose options like gloss/matte lamination, silver/gold foiling, spot UV, or die-cut to apply on these boxes.

Feel free to contact us anytime for further queries. Or just order us your required quantity, as we do not charge extra charges for small quantity orders. Plus, we deliver these boxes within the shortest time at the lowest market rates.

Custom Foundation Boxes

Your customers will buy your product precisely with the help of the printed application method. It will develop trust on your brand. Preserve the quality of makeup foundations with such stylish and durable boxes available at The Custom Packaging. Build the identity of your makeup brand with well-designed packaging of your precious cosmetic products.

We cater your needs completely as you want to make the print of foundation boxes fascinating. We offer a wide range of Custom Foundation Boxes to heighten your brand’s popularity. Add trendy images and concise content to foundation boxes, it will surely beautify your product.

We use High Quality Material in production of these boxes that has great ability to protect your product from heat and water. We are producing boxes with the environmentally friendly material, it has the capacity to ward off losses and it can preserve the originality of the product as well. You can select the material stock among 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt & 24pt White SBS C1S C2S, we customize these boxes in all sizes and shapes.

Also, we can produce Kraft Cards Foundation Boxes with die-cut window option.

The finishing options are available in Glossy, Matte, Aqua Coat as well as Spot UV. Give us order now and get Free Design Support and Free Shipment across USA and Canada.

Custom Eyelash Boxes

The Custom Packaging offers the best Eyelash Boxes fully adapted according to the customer’s necessities. Whether you want to promote existing product or want to introduce a new range of eyelashes, our well-manufactured custom boxes will surely help to upsurge the brand’s strong presence in a crucial marketplace.

Customized Options

The Custom Packaging offers eyelash boxes in all shapes and sizes. You can customize these boxes with various selections. You can select between the following finishing options amid Glossy, Matte, Aqua Coating and Spot UV. Additional choices are die-cut window, gold/silver foiling, embossing, and ribbons or bows that make lashes more prominent. The Custom Packaging provides highly durable eyelash packaging that is perfect to provide complete protection to the product. It has a tendency to keep eyelashes far from getting broken or scratches.

Quality Services

The prominent cosmetic companies have been selling eyelashes in stylish and beautiful boxes. They like to add special window panes to let their customers have a look inside the actual product. Add gloss to the boxes and choose lively color schemes to fascinate consumers. The Custom Packaging is determined to help every customer precisely; we also help our valued customers to modify designs. Our designing services are free, no matter how many modifications you want. Get Affordable Custom Eyelash Boxes in material like 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt and 24pt with White SBS C1S C2S. Call or email us to avail our top-notch packaging services with no delivery charges.

Custom Eye Shadow Boxes

Jump ahead of the competition

The highly competitive industry you are in requires you to step up your game and produce something unique and exclusive. This has been proven time and time again that for a product to succeed. Packaging is among the most crucial aspects of marketing. We achieve Safety, robustness and high ocular appeal through our intricate weaving of high quality elements. The Custom Packaging is your ticket to success in this fierce battle of cosmetic marketing.

Customize and select from wide range of designs

Here, at The Custom Packaging, we offer you a wide range of design options. Features like partitions, compartments and separators can be added to enhance the functionality of your product. See through windows are a great way to show off the stunning content of the product and a great way for merchandize.

We won’t let you down

Designing the most captivating and stunning boxes is what we do best. Our commitment to excellence has caused us to rise above our competition and gain the trust and friendship of our recurring customers. Quality and service makes the difference – so in the spirit of that we invite you to put us to the test. Call us today and let us pave the way to your success.

Custom Eye Liner Boxes

Custom eyeliner boxes are just perfect to keep the makeup items protected. These high-quality boxes are available here in all sizes and shapes. Boxes can be customized in a number of ways, extra sleeves and partitions can also be added. We manufacture Fully Customized Boxes in your desired shapes, sizes and colors as well. Adding windows on Custom Eye Liner Boxes enhance the look of products packed inside and make them noticeable among buyers.

The best and Affordable Custom Eye Liner Boxes keep such makeup products safe for a long time. Buy our artistically designed boxes to get your aim for sales result. The Custom Packaging is determined to provide eyeliner boxes with a creative touch and impressive color schemes. Add some ribbons and bows to the box, as it is the great option to catch customer’s attention.

We deliver eyeliner boxes as just you demand. Choose between stock amid 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt, 24pt and White SBS C1S C2S. We deliver best finishing options like Glossy, Matte, Aqua Coat and Spot UV with free design assistance. Additional choices are die-cut window, gold foiling/silver foiling, lamination, embossing etc. Call us now and get First-quality Eye Liner Boxes with free shipment at your doorstep.

Custom Essential Oil Boxes

You will find the durable and mesmeric customized boxes to pack-up and protect your bottled essential oils at the lowest market rates only here at The Custom Packaging.

Eye-Catching Boxes to Showcase Your Essential Oils

Get the best boxes for your brand and take advantage of our matchless custom printed oil boxes. Now the herbal industry has a choice to get the desired boxes along with custom sizes, shapes, and prints. With innumerable herbal brands existing in the market, it has become hard to win your brand gratitude. What you have to do? Obviously, you have to get high standard personalized essential oil boxes for the stock you sell. Our eye-catching boxes made up of durable cardboard stock are just perfect to display and protect essential oils packaged inside. Who likes having distasteful boxes on their retail shelves? Definitely, no one desires this. We come up with a winning outlook for essential oil boxes for you in this manner. We use the top-grade material for manufacturing custom printed boxes that keep product’s efficiency and freshness well preserved.

Outstanding Tailor Made Design Selection

The Custom Packaging offers your very own designed boxes with product utility imitating slogans on it. Choose stock amid 14pt, 16pt, 18pt & 24pt White SBS C1S C2S or any desired size or shape. You can have your brand details, product image and other necessary info printed on the boxes which you need to promote your brand and product. Get health caution and application directions mentioned on the boxes. Avail the additional choices to make your boxes more prominent just like lamination, foiling, spot UV or die cut.

Our professionals will guide you to get outstanding customized boxes with perfect designs. We can send you a free price quote to have your approval regarding designs and any alteration. We deal with both short and long orders and send you boxes in small quantity as well as in wholesale with no shipping fee. Place an order now and let us serve you best at the cost-effective rates.

Custom Cream Boxes

We have the skills and experience to supply your required cream boxes with any print and size. Millions of people buy beauty creams because of attractive and quality packaging. Get Custom Printed Cream Boxes and make your product prominent among the multitudes. Every company wants their cream packaging to be out of the ordinary and special, we are the right service provider to help them precisely. Tell us the design and size of your choice, and select stock among 12pt, 14pt, 16pt, 18pt & 24ptWhite SBS C1S C2S.

We provide Best Finishing Options to enhance the visibility of cream boxes like Glossy, Matte, Aqua Coat as well as Spot UV. We also offer Add-on choices such as gold/silver foiling, embossing/debossing Die-cut windows,s, etc. Tell us about the color combination, material, and designs you want, we’ll make them accordingly. The leading cosmetic brands give attention to detail in their product packaging. They have successfully achieved their targets with attractive whitening and anti-aging cream boxes.

The Custom Packaging knows better about the quality of custom cream packaging boxes; we deliver what we promise. Cream packaging boxes not only fulfill the packaging conditions of the product, but these boxes prove very helpful for promotional campaigns. Get the cream boxes with an original touch and the best artwork designs. We provide Free Design Support, quick turnaround, and Free Shipping to our esteemed customers.

Custom Cosmetic Boxes

The major reason why custom-designed cosmetic boxes are important for success is their eye-catchy appearance. You can easily design these boxes following the trends to attract customers.

Choose from Variety

The cosmetic industry is very versatile, and so is the packaging industry. We are providing personalized cosmetic boxes of unique designs to fulfill your packaging needs. Countless cosmetic products need distinctive cosmetic packaging boxes. You can get cosmetic product boxes of creative shapes and sizes for your business. We have boxes of any design such as cosmetic display boxes, pillow boxes, sleeve boxes, flap boxes, tuck-end boxes, two-piece boxes, and many more. You can select boxes of your choice and then design them with the help of our experts. We are providing cosmetic window boxes as well to give a transparent view of your products. Furthermore, if you have any design in your mind, you can tell us and we will manufacture custom cosmetic packaging accordingly.

Ease Customers

Browsing for cosmetic products in an aisle, 90% of the time customers have no clue which product they are looking for. At this crucial point, the battle for visual appeal takes place and all the brands fight for the customer’s attention. You can print the features of your products using typography on the custom-printed cosmetic packaging. Customers have this predisposition that a product with the most expensive-looking cosmetic product packaging has the best contents because good packaging implies a good product. What you, as a business owner, need to do is market on this prejudice that they have. Your product may be of the highest quality or it may be lacking somewhere, but what makes the customers purchase, is your ability to package well.

Tell The Brand’s Story

Often, if not most of the time, people are fascinated by a story that the product tells. Maybe a user experience that you mentioned on the product and their picture is shown or maybe you reveal the results of a study conducted on your product. These kinds of marketing strategies are deployed to enhance the ocular appeal as well as the convincing power of the product. You can discuss with our design team these marketing strategies that you can incorporate into your cosmetic box design. For that purpose, we are offering Custom Cosmetic Boxes With Logo to promote your business.

What Do We Offer?

We provide you with the Best Cosmetic Boxes, as seventy percent of our customer base is in the cosmetic industry.

Best Design Solution

We, at The Custom Packaging, deliver you a design solution that will boost your sales, set you apart from the competition, and most importantly establish your brand name in the market. We are not looking to make sales rather we are looking to make friends because we love what we do. Moreover, we do not distinguish between large or small orders. Each order is very dear to us and we make no distinction whatsoever.

Most Reliable Packaging

Best cosmetic packaging is the one that is not only good for your business but also for the environment. That’s why we are providing sustainable cosmetic boxes of Kraft and cardboard materials. These boxes are durable, flexible, recyclable, and reusable. Thus, you can easily package your products inside these boxes. Many cosmetic brands are getting cosmetic subscription boxes as well. In fact, you can get customized cosmetic boxes to display, mail, or deliver your products. We provide the most reliable cosmetic packaging for you.

Fast Service

We listen to our clients carefully and value their time. Therefore, we try our best to deliver personalized cosmetic packaging boxes in the minimum time possible. You can rely on our expert designers for wholesale cosmetic boxes because they leave no stone unturned in giving the best final results. So give us a call and ask whatever you like – we are here for you. After all, that’s what an expert packaging company is for!

Custom Beard Oil Boxes

The Custom Packaging provides Premium Custom Beard Oil boxes with dexterous designing in the least possible time and the minimum rates. Our price with such high-quality services can’t opt from any other place.

Mesmerizing Custom Choices to Decorate Beard Oil Boxes

We are here to deliver you the best and the most unique custom choices in order to deck-up your beard oil packaging. Pick stock amid 14pt, 16pt, 18pt and 24pt with White SBS C1S C2S. You can also ask us to produce boxes in your preferred size and shape. Whatever the designs or prints you want to get on these boxes; we will totally follow your commands and come up with the best.

You can have your company name, brand logo, product description and expiry printed on these beard oil boxes. You will find lovely decked-up choices here such as gloss/matte lamination, spot UV, aqua coating, silver/gold foiling, and die-cut windows. We provide free design assist in case you don’t have any idea about your product packaging; our skilled creative staff is always ready to help you out with exclusive ideas. We also offer free mockups for the consent of suggested designs and upon your gratification.

Promote Your Brand thru Our Custom Printed Packaging

A product packaging isn’t just a fashion symbol but has turned into a crucial need nowadays. Various brands are efficient in the market and achieve peculiarity among them; you have to get premium custom-made beard oil boxes. If you care about your cosmetic or beard oil brand, then you must be careful about your product packaging. You must have innovative ideas in order to make your beard oil box distinct than similar products from other brands. We offer your very own personalized boxes in the display with exceptional application instructions on it. Anyhow, get these boxes designed and imprinted as just you want at affordable rates with no hidden charges and shipping fee also. After your approval, the processing will start. And the boxes will be delivered at your doorstep in the shortest turnaround period.